Petwa Softeners Catalogue PDF

Petwa Catalogue Cover May10.
qxp 5/26/2010 9:34 AM Page 1
Water Treatment Solutions

• Residential
Softeners &
Filters
• Commercial
Softeners &
Filters
• Components
• Media
• Drinking Water
Systems
• Ultraviolet
Systems
• Distillers
• Point-of-Use
Filtration
Products
• Testing Equipment
#29-40029 Rev. 5/10
• Chemical Feed
Pumps
340-2880 45 Ave. SE 265 Industrial Rd.
Calgary, AB 1-800-265-7289 Cambridge, ON • Chemicals
www.petwa.ca
Table of Contents
Welcome to Petwa® ....................................................................................................................................................2
Team Directory ............................................................................................................................................................3
Terms & Conditions of Sale and Guarantee ........................................................................................................4
Water Analysis..............................................................................................................................................................5
Water Softener Sizing ................................................................................................................................................8
Residential Water Softeners......................................................................................................................................9
Residential Water Filters ........................................................................................................................................19
Components ..............................................................................................................................................................27
Media ..........................................................................................................................................................................45
Drinking Water Systems ........................................................................................................................................63
Distillers ....................................................................................................................................................................77
Ultraviolet Disinfection Systems............................................................................................................................81
Point-of-Use Filtration Products............................................................................................................................87
Miscellaneous Filter Systems & Cartridges ......................................................................................................155
Testing Equipment & Reagents ..........................................................................................................................165
Chemical Feed Pumps, Applications & Accessories ........................................................................................169
Chemicals ................................................................................................................................................................191
Commercial Products ............................................................................................................................................199
Sales & Marketing ..................................................................................................................................................215
Reference Section ..................................................................................................................................................219
Contact our Order Desk Toll Free at

1-800-265-7289
www.petwa.ca
1
Welcome to Petwa®
We are proud to be your supplier of premium water treatment products for residential and commercial
applications.We specialize in offering superior product assembly and technical support from our facilities
located in Cambridge, Ontario and Calgary, Alberta to professional Canadian water treatment
companies.
We provide:
• Water Softeners
• Sediment Filters
• Iron Filters
• Carbon Filters
• Tannin Removal Systems
• Media, Resin Tanks, Brine Tanks & Components
• Reverse Osmosis Systems
• Ultraviolet Systems
• Distillation Systems
• Cartridge Filters
• Chlorinators
• Pro-Water Treatment Products
• Commercial Units & Components
Petwa® is recognized as the leading supplier of Pentair Autotrol Valve as well as the Clack Valve products
in Canada. We are known throughout the industry for our fast, professional service, well-stocked
inventories, rapid response water testing services and excellent technical support.
We look forward to being of service to your company.
2
Team Directory
Eastern Canada Sales Western Canada Sales
Jamie Buczynski Craig Dickson
Sales Representative CAMCOLE Agencies
265 Industrial Road 57 Windermere Cres.
Cambridge, ON N3H 5N3 St. Albert, AB T8N 3P1
Ph: 519-650-7502 Ph: 780-418-0868
Fx: 519-653-0316 Fx: 780-418-0867
Eastern Canada Office

265 Industrial Road
Cambridge, ON N3H 5N3
Ph: 519-653-7803
Fx: 519-653-0316
Shelley Peters.......................................................Director of Sales - Independent Dealers
Jamie Buczynski..........................................................Eastern Canada Sales Representative
Betty Collet..................................................................................National Customer Service
Jason White................................................................................................................Inside Sales
Jason Johnston ...........................................................................................................Production
Western Canada Office

Unit 340, 2880 45th Ave. SE
Calgary, AB T2B 3M1
Ph: 403-250-2850
Fx: 403-291-0704
John Armstrong..................................................Calgary Branch Manager - Technical Sales
William Rodriguez ....................................................................................................Production
Contact our Order Desk Toll Free at

1-800-265-7289
Toll Free Fax

1-800-663-4728
3
Terms & Conditions of Sale and Guarantee
PRICES: All prices are F.O.B. our plant. All taxes are extra where applicable. Prices are subject to
changes without notice.All shipments will be invoiced at prices in effect on date shipment is
made. All orders accepted are subject to credit approval. Shipping weights shown are
approximate.
ORDERS: Minimum order accepted is $25.00 net, exclusive of freight.
TERMS: Net 30 days (on approved credit) from date of invoice. Past due accounts will be charged
interest at 2-1/2% per month. Credit will not be extended to accounts with poor payment
history.Without approved credit, order will be shipped C.I.A.. Large orders may be subject
to a partial payment. Petwa Ltd. retains title to all goods until paid in full.
FREIGHT: All orders for shipping will be sent prepaid and then charged on invoice unless otherwise
requested. Shipments are the purchaser’s responsibility. Freight claims must be made
immediately, directly to the carrier. Petwa Ltd. will not be held responsible for breakage or
shortage after products are accepted by common carrier.
RETURNS: A return goods authorization (RGA) number must be obtained from Petwa Ltd. before any
returns can be shipped. All returns, including those for warranty, must be shipped prepaid.
Freight collect returns will not be accepted. Returns determined to be in warranty will be
repaired or replaced and will be returned to the purchaser prepaid. Minimum restocking
charge is 15% or $40.00, whichever is higher. Goods must be in original container and in
saleable condition to be considered for restocking.
GUARANTEE: Petwa Ltd. guarantees that the components used in the assembly of your new water
conditioner or filter are of quality material and workmanship. When properly installed and
maintained, they will give years of trouble free service.
FIVE YEAR COMPLETE PARTS GUARANTEE

TEN YEAR GUARANTEE ON MINERAL AND BRINE TANKS
Warranty does not obligate Petwa Ltd. to bear the cost of field labour or mileage. Petwa
Ltd. assumes no responsibility for consequential damage, labour or expense incurred as a
result of a defect or for failure to meet the terms of this guarantee because of circumstances
beyond its control. Please see the complete guarantee statement for further information
relating to warranty issues.
4
Water Analysis
For correct sizing and application of water If a contaminant exceeds the limits detectable by any
conditioning equipment, a water analysis is required. A test method, the raw water sample can be diluted with
basic water analysis includes tests for the following: distilled water until a reading can be taken. A
calculation must then be performed to determine the
• Hardness actual degree of contamination.
• Iron All test chemicals are subject to age and extreme
• Manganese temperatures. Proper storage techniques and expiry
• pH dates should be observed.
• TDS (Total Dissolved Solids)
The Water Analysis Report shown on the next two
Water samples should be taken as near the source as pages must be completed accurately to determine the
possible and represent the average water condition. correct equipment to recommend for the water
Clean containers must be used. When performing the problem(s) being experienced.
analysis, the test equipment must be clean and rinsed
with the test water and the test water should be Hard Water
between 68°F and 77°F (20°C and 25°C). Use rubber Water with a total hardness of 1.0 gpg or more as
stops as supplied. Do not use your fingers as calcium carbonate equivalent.
contaminants and acids could affect test results. Less than 1.0 gpg .................. Soft
1.0 - 3.5 gpg .......................... Slightly hard
Additional tests can be performed for tannins and 3.5 - 7.0 gpg .......................... Moderately hard
hydrogen sulfide (H2S). The test for H2S must be 7.0 - 10.5 gpg ........................ Hard
performed on-site for accurate results. Special tests More than 10.5 gpg .............. Very hard
can be performed for chlorides, sulfates and alkalinity
by specified laboratories. If it is suspected the water Hardness
supply is contaminated with coliform bacteria or A characteristic of natural water due to the presence
nitrates, a sample must be collected in an approved of dissolved calcium and magnesium.Water hardness is
sterilized container and submitted to a government responsible for most scale formation in pipes and
approved laboratory. Iron bacteria will not be detected water heaters and forms insoluble “curd” when it
with the standard iron test and can be tested for by a reacts with soaps. Hardness is usually expressed in
government approved laboratory. grains per gallon (gpg), parts per million (ppm) or
milligrams per liter (mg/l) all as calcium carbonate
If the TDS is over 1000 ppm and hardness is less than equivalent.
30% of the TDS, a complete water analysis should be
performed to discover what other contaminants exist
Soft Water
in the water.
Any water which contains less than 1.0 gpg (17.1 mg/l)
of hardness minerals, expressed as calcium carbonate
equivalent.
Softened Water
Any water that is treated to reduce hardness minerals,
expressed as calcium carbonate equivalent.
5
Water Analysis FOR LABORATORY USE ONLY
Date Received ______________________
Questionnaire/Report Report No. __________________________

Date Completed ______________________
NOTE: Please answer ALL appropriate questions to ensure accurate equipment recommendations
CUSTOMER DEALER DISTRIBUTOR

_______________________________________ _______________________________________ _______________________________________
Name Name Name
_______________________________________ _______________________________________ _______________________________________

Street Street Street
_______________________________________ _______________________________________ _______________________________________

Town State/Province Town State/Province Town State/Province
_______________________________________ _______________________________________ _______________________________________

Zip Code/P.C. Email Zip Code/P.C. Email Zip Code/P.C. Email
_______________________________________ _______________________________________ _______________________________________

Phone Fax Phone Fax Phone Fax
Bacterial analysis must be performed by your local health department.

HOW TO DRAW WATER SAMPLE 3. Water System
Use outlet nearest pump (not from bottom of pressure tank). Type of Pump
Run water for five minutes or two pump cycles, then fill clean Constant Pressure Jet Submersible Unknown
bottle to neck and cap immediately. Never use hot water. Pumping rate of pump gpm
Return bottle with this completed form. Pressure Tank
Air to water Bladder Capacity gallons
HOW TO MEASURE PUMPING RATE OF PUMP Operating pressure (low/high) / psi
a. Make certain no water is being drawn. Open spigot nearest
pressure tank. When pump starts, close tap and measure 4. Water Problems
time (in seconds) to refill pressure tank. This is cycle time. When this sample was drawn, it was:
b. Using a container of known volume, draw water and Clear Colored Cloudy
measure volume in gallons until pump starts again. This is This water sample is Untreated Treated
drawdown. How is it treated?
c. Divide drawdown by cycle time and multiply the result by
60 to arrive at the pumping rate in gallons per minute.
Insert this figure in #3 Water System. PROBLEMS
Hardness (e.g. high soap usage, bathtub ring, lime deposits,
1. Water Source etc.)
City or area-wide authority Iron Deposits - if so, is iron build-up in flush tank?
Community water system (small water system usually Greasy Gritty Stringy (iron bacteria?)
supplying 12 homes or fewer) Color of Water - Red Orange Black
Water comes from: Greenish or blue stains on sinks, tubs, etc.
Well Lake Reservoir River Unknown Pitting of fixtures and/or pipes
New private well - Approx age months Sand (visible particles) Sediment or silt (cloudy)
Old private well - Approx age months Bad Taste - Iron Bitter Salty
Private lake Private spring Private dugout Other - describe
Private cistern Other - describe Bad Odor - Rotten Egg Musty Iron
Odor is in - Cold Water Hot Water Both
Other Problems - describe
2. Household Information
Do you now have water conditioning equipment?
No Yes Type Size
Single family Multi-family No. of units
No. persons No. baths Return completed form to:
Lawn irrigation on water system?
Indoor pool Outdoor pool - Capacity gallons
Water line size from source - inches
6
5. Standard Laboratory Tests D. pH
Total Hardness ____________ gpg A scale used to measure the acidity or alkalinity of
Iron ____________ mg/l water. A pH reading below 6.5 normally indicates
Manganese ____________ mg/l highly corrosive water and neutralizing equipment
pH ____________ should be used. A pH reading in excess of 8.5 could
Total Dissolved Solids ____________ mg/l indicate contaminated water and generally requires
bacteriological and chemical analysis.
6. Other Tests
Hydrogen Sulfide ____________ mg/l E. Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S)
(test must be performed on-site) Testing for hydrogen sulfide should occur on-site.
Tannins ____________ mg/l Hydrogen sulfide imparts a rotten egg odor and taste
that makes water all but undrinkable and also
7. Special Laboratory Tests promotes corrosion. In addition, it can foul the resin
Chlorides ____________ mg/l bed of a water conditioner. The use of a water
Sulfates ____________ mg/l conditioner is not recommended unless the water is
Alkalinity ____________ mg/l first treated for the removal of hydrogen sulfide.
F. Total Dissolved Solids (TDS)

If TDS is over 1000 ppm and hardness is less than
A measure of the soluble solids present in the water.
30% of the TDS, a total water analysis is required.
G. Tannins
8. Explanation of Water Analysis
Tannic acid is formed by decaying organic matter.
Tannins alone are not harmful, although they can
A. Total Hardness
affect the proper operation of a chemical free iron
This indicates the efficiency or workability of the
filter.
water for everyday household use. Water in excess
of 1 gpg is generally considered hard and should be H. Chlorides
softened. Over 500 ppm may impart a salty taste to water.
B. Iron I. Sulfates
Over 0.3 ppm of iron will cause discoloration of Over 500 ppm may impart a bitter taste to water and
water and staining. Fully automatic water have a slight laxative effect.
conditioners will correct this problem. Some extreme
water situations may require filtration. J. Alkalinity
Caused by the presence of bicarbonates,
C. Manganese carbonates and hydroxides. Over 500 ppm creates a
Manganese is frequently encountered in iron- “soda” taste and makes skin dry.
bearing water but to a lesser degree. Manganese is
similar to iron in that it stains and clogs pipes and
valves. Concentrations as low as 0.05 mg/l of
manganese can cause problems.
Recommendations
Recommendations are based entirely on the information supplied and the water sample chemistry results at the
time of analysis.
Recommended by ____________________________________ Date ______________________________
7
How to Size a Softener
Water Softener Sizing is Based On Water Consumption for Regeneration
• 60 gallons per person per day - total household use The volume of water used during the regeneration
• Three day minimum between regenerations process of a water softener will vary depending on:
• Capacity between regenerations at factory salt • Amount and type of resin
settings • Cycle time settings
• Number of people x 60 gallons per person x gpg of • Flow controllers
hardness x 3 days = capacity required between • Salt settings
regenerations • Tank diameter
• Consult your factory representative for water that is
75 gpg or harder Generally, water usage for regeneration is based on
(Note: for high volume households, use 75 gallons per day the cubic feet of resin per water softener from a low
per person). of 30 gallons of water per cubic foot, up to a normal
of 75 gallons of water per cubic foot, to a maximum of
Hardness Compensation 100 gallons of water per cubic foot. Manufacturing
• 1 mg/l of iron = 4 gpg specs and settings for each model size should be
• 1 mg/l of manganese = 8 gpg checked to verify exact amounts.
• Maximum iron is not to exceed 1.5 mg/l total iron
• Recommend the addition of a Res-Up Feeder when Three Day Sizing Method
the total iron exceeds 0.5 mg/l The three day sizing method is used for the
following reasons:
1.To determine the size of the water conditioner to be

used
2.To allow for reserve capacity between regenerations
so the customer does not run out of soft water
3.To provide the most economical operation cost
8
Water
Softeners
9
Part Number Scheme
“A” Sample Part # : 011-075063
01 – Refer to 400 Series domestic softeners
02 – Refer to 400 Series domestic filters
011 – Refer to Logix domestic softeners
021 – Refer to Logix domestic filters
Quantity of Media
075 – ¾ cu.ft. of resin or filter media (not incl. support gravel)
100 – 1.0 cu.ft of resin or filter media (not incl. support gravel) etc, up to 4.0 cu.ft.
Subdivision of softener types (if prefix is a 01 or 011)
0 – Softener,Twin Tank, almond
1 – Softener, Cabinet
2 – Softener,Twin Tank, blue
3 – Softener,Twin Tank, almond with Turbulator
4 – Softener,Twin Tank, blue with Turbulator
5 – Softener,Twin Tank, black
6 – Tannin,Twin Tank, almond
7 – Tannin,Twin Tank, blue
8 – Special Units
9 – Exclusively Avantapure
Subdivision of filter types (if prefix is a 02 or 021)
0 – Filter, Multi-Media
1 – Filter, Activated Carbon
2 – Filter, Manganese Greensand
3 – Filter, Neutralizing
4 – Filter, Birm
5 – Filter, Pyrolux
6 – Filter, Centaur
7 – Filter, Ultra Iron
8 – Filter, Filter Ag
9 – Filter, nextSand
Valve Types
0 – Clack Valve
1 – Future Use
2 – 268 Performa Filter Valve (greensand)
3 – 263 Performa Filter Valve
4 – 268 Performa Softener Valve
5 – Future Use
6 – 255 Valve
7 – Future Use
8 – Exclusive Avantapure
9 – Future Use
Timer or System Types
0 – Future Use
1 – Future Use
2 – 740 or 440I (118 min) clock timer
3 – 760 or 460I (118 min) metered
4 – WS1
5 – WS1CS
6 – 742 clock timer
7 – 762 metered timer
8 – WS1TC
9 – Future Use
Digit 9 – Filter Only – Accessories
0 – Nothing
1 – Air Injectors
Digit 10 – Filters Only – Tank Colour
0 – Almond
1 – Blue
10
Introduction to Water Softeners
The following pages of this catalogue contain our wide Tank Sizes
selection of assembled water softeners for you to The tank sizes in the unit selection will typically be
choose from to enhance and grow your business. Each abbreviated as follows:
type of unit has its own advantages and we have tried
to point out those important differences with each 844 - 8" Diameter x 44" High Fiberglass
unit. If you are still unsure of which way to go, call your Mineral Tank with 2.5" Top Hole
sales representative or our customer service and they 940/ - 9” Diameter Mineral Tank
will be glad to assist you with your selection. 948 with 2.5” Top Hole
1040/ - 10" Diameter x 40" High Fiberglass
A couple of important notes you should know on the 1044 Mineral Tank with 2.5" Top Hole
abbreviations used to designate unit capacities,
1054 - 10" Diameter x 54" High Fiberglass
controls and options are as follows;
Mineral Tank with 2.5" Top Hole
Valve Type 1252 - 12" Diameter x 52" High Fiberglass
Each page will highlight a different type of assembled Mineral Tank with 2.5" Top Hole
softener using a different timer. We supply Autotrol 1465 - 14" Diameter x 65" High Fiberglass
and/or Clack Controls with all of our softeners. Noryl Mineral Tank with 2.5" Top Hole
composites, advanced electronic controls and *The above represent a selection of tanks, other sizes
improved flow are all a part of the valve products available.
designs and they are backed by a solid warranty.
Timer Control Types
Softener valve types include: 740 / 742 / 440 - Calendar Clock Regeneration
Pentair Autotrol: 255, 268, 278 and Magnum IT 760 / 762 / 460 - Meter Initiated Regeneration
Clack:WS1,WS1CS,WS1.25,WS1.5EE Clack - Metered or Time Clock
Resin Volume
The resin volume in the unit selection will typically be
abbreviated as follows:
075 - ¾ cubic foot of cation resin
100 - 1 cubic foot of cation resin
125 - 1 ¼ cubic foot of cation resin
150 - 1 ½ cubic foot of cation resin
11
255 Valve Water Softeners - Time Clock
The Calendar Clock Series

The Logix™ 740 valve takes a calendar clock and adds state of the art
electronics to gives the consumer all the reliability that they need with the
simplicity of a clock control.
Logix Series - 740 Time Clock Logix Series - 742 Time Clock
• Simple, economic electronic time clock Same features as the 740 time clock, plus:
(chronometric) • Fully programmable cycle times
• 7 to 99-day regeneration sequence • Salt setting in 1-pound increments (3-18)
• 12-volt operation • Optional no-salt detector
• Filter or conditioner setting in one control
Water Softener Performance and Specifications

Product Model Capacity grains per cubic feet dosage Service Flow Resin Tank Resin Volume Salt Capacity Shipping
Code Number @19 lbs. @ 9 lbs. @ 3 lbs. Rate (gpm) Size (inches) (cu. ft.) (lbs.) Weight (lbs.)
Logix™ 740 Series
011-075062 TT844-24-740 23,000 19,000 11,000 3.75 8 x 44 0.75 275 80
011-100062 TT940-32-740 30,000 25,000 15,000 5.0 9 x 40 1.0 275 95
011-125062 TT1040-40-740 38,000 34,000 17,000 6.25 10 x 40 1.25 275 110
011-150062 TT1054-48-740 45,000 38,000 22,000 7.5 10 x 54 1.5 275 125
011-200062 TT1252-64-740 60,000 50,000 28,000 10.0 12 x 52 2.0 275 170
011-250062 TT1252-75-740 75,000 60,000 32,000 12.5 12 x 52 2.5 275 195
011-300062 TT1465-90-740 90,000 75,000 44,000 15.0 14 x 65 3.0 500 245
Logix™ 742 Series
011-075066 TT844-24-742 23,000 19,000 11,000 3.75 8 x 44 0.75 275 80
011-100066 TT940-32-742 30,000 25,000 15,000 5.0 9 x 40 1.0 275 95
011-125066 TT1040-40-742 38,000 34,000 17,000 6.25 10 x 40 1.25 275 110
011-150066 TT1054-48-742 45,000 38,000 22,000 7.5 10 x 54 1.5 275 125
011-200066 TT1252-64-742 60,000 50,000 28,000 10.0 12 x 52 2.0 275 170
011-250066 TT1252-75-742 75,000 60,000 32,000 12.5 12 x 52 2.5 275 195
011-300066 TT1465-90-742 90,000 75,000 44,000 15.0 14 x 65 3.0 500 245
• All softener units must have either 256 bypass or manifold added to connect to plumbing • The manufacturer reserves the right to make product improvements which may deviate from
source. These specifications are for units in almond with cycle times of 118 minutes. specifications stated herein, without obligation to change previously manufactured products
Softeners are also available in blue. or to note change.
• Softener ratings based on brining at maximum dosage. Capacities may be higher or lower
than published depending on flow rates and water characteristics. A turbulator can be added
to assist with low levels of iron.
256 Bypass
12
255 Valve Water Softeners - Demand
The Demand Series

Other control systems guess how much water a family needs. There is no
guesswork with the Logix™ valve. They use an on Demand controller that
measures how much soft water a family actually uses day after day.The control
monitors changes in usage and regenerates only when necessary.
Logix Series - 760 Demand Logix Series - 762 Demand

• Simple, economic electronic demand (volumetric) Same features as the 760 demand, plus:
• Calendar override • Fully programmable cycle times
• 12-volt operation • Salt setting in 1-pound increments (3-18)
• 28-day variable reserve • Optional no-salt detector
• High efficiency regeneration sequence
• Automatic capacity calculations
• Operates 255, 263, 268 with one controller

Logix™ 760 Series
011-075063 TT844-24-760 23,000 19,000 11,000 3.75 8 x 44 0.75 275 80
011-100063 TT940-32-760 30,000 25,000 15,000 5.0 9 x 40 1.0 275 95
011-125063 TT1040-40-760 38,000 34,000 17,000 6.25 10 x 40 1.25 275 110
011-150063 TT1054-48-760 45,000 38,000 22,000 7.5 10 x 54 1.5 275 125
011-200063 TT1252-64-760 60,000 50,000 28,000 10.0 12 x 52 2.0 275 170
011-250063 TT1252-75-760 75,000 60,000 32,000 12.5 12 x 52 2.5 275 195
011-300063 TT1465-90-760 90,000 75,000 44,000 15.0 14 x 65 3.0 500 245
Logix™ 762 Series
011-075067 TT844-24-762 23,000 19,000 11,000 3.75 8 x 44 0.75 275 80
011-100067 TT940-32-762 30,000 25,000 15,000 5.0 9 x 40 1.0 275 95
011-125067 TT1040-40-762 38,000 34,000 17,000 6.25 10 x 40 1.25 275 110
011-150067 TT1054-48-762 45,000 38,000 22,000 7.5 10 x 54 1.5 275 125
011-200067 TT1252-64-762 60,000 50,000 28,000 10.0 12 x 52 2.0 275 170
011-250067 TT1252-75-762 75,000 60,000 32,000 12.5 12 x 52 2.5 275 195
011-300067 TT1465-90-762 90,000 75,000 44,000 15.0 14 x 65 3.0 500 245
256 Bypass
13
255 Valve Water Softeners - 400 Series
The 400 Series

The 460i demand control provides the home with
conditioned water based on a family's water usage,
regenerating only when needed. This environmentally
friendly control ensures years of soft water; saving
money, water and regenerant.
The economic 440i timer control features a control
setting that is easy as turning a dial. All settings are
440i Timer Control visible on the face of the control and are easy to use. 460i Demand Control
400 Series - 440i Time Clock 400 Series - 460i Demand

• Value priced, reliable mechanical control • Economical electronic-demand control
• Time-clock regeneration • Simple set-up and programming
• Set it and forget it • Calendar override
• 12-volt • 12-volt operation
• 6- or 7-day regeneration • 7-day variable reserve

Code Number @15 lbs. @ 8.5 lbs. Rate (gpm) Size (inches) (cu. ft.) (lbs.) Weight (lbs.)
440i Series
01-075062 TT844-24-440 24,000 19,000 3.75 8 x 44 0.75 275 80
01-100062 TT940-32-440 32,000 24,000 5.0 9 x 40 1.0 275 95
01-125062 TT1040-40-440 40,000 30,000 6.25 10 x 40 1.25 275 110
01-150062 TT1054-48-440 48,000 36,000 7.5 10 x 54 1.5 275 125
01-200062 TT1252-64-440 64,000 48,000 10.0 12 x 52 2.0 275 170
01-250062 TT1252-75-440 75,000 60,000 12.5 12 x 52 2.5 275 195
01-300062 TT1465-90-440 90,000 72,000 15.0 14 x 65 3.0 500 245
460i Series
01-075063 TT844-24-460 24,000 19,000 3.75 8 x 44 0.75 275 80
01-100063 TT940-32-460 32,000 24,000 5.0 9 x 40 1.0 275 95
01-125063 TT1040-40-460 40,000 30,000 6.25 10 x 40 1.25 275 110
01-150063 TT1054-48-460 48,000 36,000 7.5 10 x 54 1.5 275 125
01-200063 TT1252-64-460 64,000 48,000 10.0 12 x 52 2.0 275 170
01-250063 TT1252-75-460 75,000 60,000 12.5 12 x 52 2.5 275 195
01-300063 TT1465-90-460 90,000 72,000 15.0 14 x 65 3.0 500 245
256 Bypass
14
Performa Valve Water Softeners - 700 Series
The Performa Valve Logix Series offers full 1” porting with the reliability
of the Logix premier timer control. Superior flow rates with quality built
Noryl® components.
742 Time Clock 762 Demand

• Economic electronic time clock • Fully programmable cycle times
• 7 to 99 day regeneration sequence • Salt setting in one pound increments
• Filter or conditioner setting in one control • Optional no-salt detector
• Salt setting in one pound increments • Calendar Override
• Optional no-salt detector • 28 day variable reserve

Logix™ 742 Series
011-075046 TT844-24-268 23,000 19,000 11,000 3.75 8 x 44 0.75 275 80
011-100046 TT940-32-268 30,000 25,000 15,000 5.0 9 x 40 1.0 275 95
011-125046 TT1040-40-268 38,000 34,000 17,000 6.25 10 x 40 1.25 275 110
011-150046 TT1054-48-268 45,000 38,000 22,000 7.5 10 x 54 1.5 275 125
011-200046 TT1252-64-268 60,000 50,000 28,000 10.0 12 x 52 2.0 275 170
011-250046 TT1252-75-268 75,000 60,000 32,000 12.5 12 x 52 2.5 275 195
011-300046 TT1465-90-268 90,000 75,000 44,000 15.0 14 x 65 3.0 500 245
Logix™ 762 Series
011-075047 TT844-24-268 23,000 19,000 11,000 3.75 8 x 44 0.75 275 80
011-100047 TT940-32-268 30,000 25,000 15,000 5.0 9 x 40 1.0 275 95
011-125047 TT1040-40-268 38,000 34,000 17,000 6.25 10 x 40 1.25 275 110
011-150047 TT1054-48-268 45,000 38,000 22,000 7.5 10 x 54 1.5 275 125
011-200047 TT1252-64-268 60,000 50,000 28,000 10.0 12 x 52 2.0 275 170
011-250047 TT1252-75-268 75,000 60,000 32,000 12.5 12 x 52 2.5 275 195
011-300047 TT1465-90-268 90,000 75,000 44,000 15.0 14 x 65 3.0 500 245
• All softener units can have Performa bypass added to connect to plumbing source. These • The manufacturer reserves the right to make product improvements which may deviate from
specifications are for units in almond with cycle times of 118 minutes. Softeners are also specifications stated herein, without obligation to change previously manufactured products
available in blue. or to note change.
Performa Bypass
15
The Performa Valve is a full 1” ported valve. It offers

superior flow rates with quality built Noryl
components and reliability of the ‘workhorse’ 400
Series timers.
440i Timer Control 460i Demand Control

• 12-volt or 120-volt versions available • 12-volt operation

440i Series
01-075042 TT844-24-268-440 24,000 19,000 3.75 8 x 44 0.75 275 80
01-100042 TT940-32-268-440 32,000 24,000 5.0 9 x 40 1.0 275 95
01-125042 TT1040-40-268-440 40,000 30,000 6.25 10 x 40 1.25 275 110
01-150042 TT1054-48-268-440 48,000 36,000 7.5 10 x 54 1.5 275 125
01-200042 TT1252-64-268-440 64,000 48,000 10.0 12 x 52 2.0 275 170
01-250042 TT1252-75-268-440 75,000 60,000 12.5 12 x 52 2.5 275 195
01-300042 TT1465-90-268-440 90,000 72,000 15.0 14 x 65 3.0 500 245
460i Series
01-075043 TT844-24-268-440 24,000 19,000 3.75 8 x 44 0.75 275 80
01-100043 TT940-32-268-440 32,000 24,000 5.0 9 x 40 1.0 275 95
01-125043 TT1040-40-268-440 40,000 30,000 6.25 10 x 40 1.25 275 110
01-150043 TT1054-48-268-440 48,000 36,000 7.5 10 x 54 1.5 275 125
01-200043 TT1252-64-268-440 64,000 48,000 10.0 12 x 52 2.0 275 170
01-250043 TT1252-75-268-440 75,000 60,000 12.5 12 x 52 2.5 275 195
01-300043 TT1465-90-268-440 90,000 72,000 15.0 14 x 65 3.0 500 245
Performa Bypass
16
Tannin Units
Tannin units use a specialty formulated anion resin to

remove organics and colour from your water.
• Available in full and mixed bed units.
• Please contact office for help with sizing and prices.
• When applying tannin filters, a complete water analysis
must be completed.
• With this water analysis, we can properly design and size
a unit for the application.
Water Filter Performance and Specifications

Product Code Model Number Service Flow Rate Resin Tank Size Media Volume Shipping Weight
(gpm) (inches) (cu. ft.) (lbs.)
Tannin Units - Full Beds
011-100646 1040-1.0-TA 3 10 x 40 1.0 95
011-150646 1054-1.5-TA 5 10 x 54 1.5 125
011-200646 1252-2.0-TA 7 12 x 52 2.0 170
• The manufacturer reserves the right to make product improvements which may deviate from specifications stated herein, without obligation to change previously
manufactured products or to note change.
17
Clack CL Series Softeners
CL Series WS1 Softeners CL Series WS1CS Softeners CL Series WS1TC Softeners
• Full manufacturers guarantee

• State of the art microprocessor
• Fully programmable control to meet your families water needs
• Backed by quality Water Treatment Professionals

Item# Model # Size/Capacity Service Flow Resin Volume
051-075504 TT20 - DFM - I 20,000 3.75 0.75
051-100504 TT30 - DFM - I 30,000 5.0 1.0
051-125504 TT40 - DFM - I 40,000 6.25 1.25
051-150504 TT50 - DFM - I 50,000 7.5 1.5
051-200504 TT60 - DFM - I 60,000 10 2.0
051-075505 TT20 - DFM - ICS 20,000 3.75 0.75
051-100505 TT30 - DFM - ICS 30,000 5.0 1.0
051-125505 TT40 - DFM - ICS 40,000 6.25 1.25
051-150505 TT50 - DFM - ICS 50,000 7.5 1.5
051-200505 TT60 - DFM - ICS 60,000 10 2.0
051-075508 TT20 - DFM - ITC 20,000 3.75 0.75
051-100508 TT30 - DFM - ITC 30,000 5.0 1.0
051-125508 TT40 - DFM - ITC 40,000 6.25 1.25
051-150508 TT50 - DFM - ITC 50,000 7.5 1.5
051-200508 TT60 - DFM - ITC 60,000 10 2.0
18
Water
Filters
19
Introduction to Water Filters
The following pages of this catalog contain Filter Media Volumes
specifications for the standard setup of residential The media volume in the filter is abbreviated as
water filters. You can use these pages to assist in the follows:
construction of your own water filters using these 075 - ¾ cubic foot
specifications. Petwa also pre-assembles a number of 100 - 1 cubic foot
these filters in various sizes. Consult your price list or 150 - 1 ½ cubic foot
ask your sales representative for available models. 200 - 2 cubic foot
The filter media volume does not include the required
A couple of important notes you should know on the support gravel.
controls and options are as follows; Timer Control Types
740 / 742 - Calendar Clock Regeneration
Valve Type Clack - Metered or Time Clock
Each page will highlight a different filtration method
using a Autotrol® 3 cycle 1” Performa or Clack Filter Media Types
WS1TC valve configuration. M - Sediment and Turbidity Filter (Multi-Media
consisting of Sand, Garnet, Anthracite)
Filter valve types include: S - Next Sand
Autotrol: 263, 273 Valves A - Filter Ag
Clack:WS1,WS1CS,WS1.25,WS1.5EE B - Birm
G - Manganese Greensand Plus for Iron and Sulfur
Tank Sizes U - Ultra Iron Filter Chemical Free
The tank sizes in the unit selection will typically be I - Iron Master Chemical Free
abbreviated as follows: P - Pyrolux
C - Activated Carbon
844 - 8" Diameter x 44" High Fiberglass Mineral R - Centaur
Tank with 2.5" Top Hole N - Neutralizing Filter
1044 Mineral Tank with 2.5" Top Hole
*The above represent a selection of tanks, other sizes
available.
20
Sediment Filters
These water filters use a variety of filtering medias such as FilterAg™,

nextSand™ and a mixed media. The systems are used to remove
suspended particulates like clay, silt or oxidized iron from chlorinated
systems.These filters will trap sediment, eliminating the particulates that
can give water a cloudy appearance.
A thorough backwash prevents the bed from chanelling or locking up and
extends the filter bed life.
Adapters available in:

• 3/4” and 1” Copper
• 3/4” and 1” PVC
• 90° ABS Elbows
Sample Tube Adapters
Performa Bypass

Product Code Model Number Backwash Flow Rate Service Flow Rate Resin Tank Size Bypass Media Volume Shipping Weight
(gpm) (gpm) (inches) (cu. ft.) (lbs.)
Next Sand
021-100936 1040-1.0-SA 8 5 10 x 40 1.0 125
021-150936 1054-1.5-SA 10 7 10 x 54 1.5 175
021-200936 1252-2.0-SA 12 9 12 x 52 2.0 225
Filter Ag
021-075836
021-100836 1040-1.0-AA 5 4 10 x 40 1.0 70
021-150836 1054-1.5-AA 5 4 10 x 54 1.5 80
021-200836 1252-2.0-AA 7 5 12 x 52 2.0 100
Birm
021-100436 1040-1.0-BA 5 3 10 x 40 1.0 135
021-150436 1054-1.5-BA 7 4 10 x 54 1.5 195
021-200436 1252-2.0-BA 10 4 12 x 52 2.0 235
• The manufacturer reserves the right to make product improvements which may deviate from specifications stated herein, without obligation to change previously manufactured products or to note
change. A bypass valve can be added to the above units.
21
Iron Filters
Manganese Greensand Plus Iron Filters

For use when you have high levels of iron, hydrogen sulphide and
manganese. Manganese Greensand Plus media is used, combined with a
regenerate of potassium permanganate which oxidizes the iron to a form
that can be filtered and washed away. Regeneration is required with
potassium permanganate.
Chemical Free Iron Filters

The system injects air to oxidize ferrous (clear water) iron and the filter
bed traps the sediment and filters it from your water.
The Ultra Iron works very well on moderate levels of iron and
manganese. The unit is very economical since it needs no chemicals to
regenerate and has low attrition loss. It is not suited for H2S applications.
The Chemical Free Iron

Filters use a 1” air injector
to help with oxidation. For
superior oxidation an Air
Pump can be added with
air tank.
Note: Potassium Permanganate Feeder available with Air Pump and

Manganese Greensand Filters only. Retention Tank System
Product Code Model Number Backwash Flow Rate Service Flow Rate Resin Tank Size Media Volume Shipping Weight
Manganese Greensand Iron Filters(1)
021-100226 1040-1.0GA 5 4 10 x 40 1.0 121
021-150226 1054-1.5GA 6 5 10 x 54 1.5 164
021-200226 1252-2.0GA 8 6 12 x 52 2.0 212
Chemical Free Iron Filters
021-100736 1040-1.0UA 5 4 10 x 40 1.0 70
021-150736 1054-1.5UA 5 4 10 x 54 1.5 80
021-200736 1252-2.0UA 7 6 12 x 52 2.0 100
(1)
A dose of 2-4 ounces of Potassium Permanganate/cu.ft. is suggested. Each unit comes complete with a 5kg pail of potassium permanganate.
change.
22
Carbon Filters
These water filters use granular activated carbon to adsorb chlorine and
give you water free of chemicals. The most common application is the
removal of the undesirable taste present in many chlorinated water
supplies. The carbon filter can also be used to eliminate certain odours
and some colour applications.
It is essential that the unit is backwashed periodically to remove
accumulated suspended matter and to re-grade the filter bed.The carbon
media will require replacement, due to exhaustion from adsorption.
The Centaur carbon units are commonly applied to remove chloramines
from municipal water supplies. Chloramines attack the integrity of your
softener resin. To extend the life of your softener bed, a whole house
centaur carbon unit should be added before your softener.
Performa Bypass

Product Code Model Number Backwash Flow Rate Service Flow Rate Resin Tank Size Bypass Media Volume Shipping Weight
HAC Carbon Filters
021-100136 1040-1.0CA 4 3 10 x 40 1.0 65
021-150136 1054-1.5CA 5 4 10 x 54 1.5 80
021-200136 1252-2.0CA 7 5 12 x 52 2.0 100
Centaur Carbon Filters
021-100636 1040-1.0RA 4 3 10 x 40 1.0 65
021-150636 1054-1.5RA 5 4 10 x 54 1.5 80
021-200636 1252-2.0RA 7 5 12 x 52 2.0 100
change.
23
Neutralizing Filters
The neutralizer filters are used to raise

the pH into the neutral range of 6.5 -
8.5.The media mixture uses Calcite® and
Corosex® as a combination filter.
Sample Tube Adapters
Performa Bypass

Product Code Model Number Backwash Flow Rate Service Flow Rate Resin Tank Size Media Volume Shipping Weight
Neutralizing Filters
021-100336 1040-1.0-NA 5 3 10 x 40 1.0 135
021-150336 1054-1.5-NA 7 5 10 x 54 1.5 195
021-200336 1252-2.0-NA 10 6 12 x 52 2.0 235
change.
24
Clack CL Series Filters
CL Series Carbon Filters CL Series Iron Filters

• Standard with Time Clock, Metered available upon request

Item# Model # Size/Capacity Service Flow Backwash
052-100108 BFTC - 1AC 1.0 3 4
052-150108 BFTC - 1.5AC 1.5 4 5
052-200108 BFTC - 2AC 2.0 5 7
052-100608 BFTC - 1CC 1.0 3 4
052-150608 BFTC - 1.5CC 1.5 4 5
052-200608 BFTC - 2CC 2.0 5 7
052-100708 BFTC - 1IM 1.0 4 5
052-150708 BFTC - 1.5IM 1.5 5 6
052-200708 BFTC - 2IM 2.0 6 8
052-100908 BFTC - 1NS 1.0 3 6
052-150908 BFTC - 1.5NS 1.5 4 8
052-200908 BFTC - 2NS 2.0 5 10
052-100208 BFTC - 1GS 1.0 4 5
052-150208 BFTC - 1.5GS 1.5 5 6
052-200208 BFTC - 2GS 2.0 6 8
25
NOTES
26
Introduction to Water Softeners
The following pages of this catalogue contain our wide Tank Sizes
selection of assembled water softeners for you to The tank sizes in the unit selection will typically be
choose from to enhance and grow your business. Each abbreviated as follows:
type of unit has its own advantages and we have tried
to point out those important differences with each 844 - 8" Diameter x 44" High Fiberglass
unit. If you are still unsure of which way to go, call your Mineral Tank with 2.5" Top Hole
sales representative or our customer service and they 940/ - 9” Diameter Mineral Tank
will be glad to assist you with your selection. 948 with 2.5” Top Hole
A couple of important notes you should know on the 1044 Mineral Tank with 2.5" Top Hole
controls and options are as follows;
Valve Type 1252 - 12" Diameter x 52" High Fiberglass
Each page will highlight a different type of assembled Mineral Tank with 2.5" Top Hole
softener using a different timer. We supply Autotrol 1465 - 14" Diameter x 65" High Fiberglass
and/or Clack Controls with all of our softeners. Noryl Mineral Tank with 2.5" Top Hole
composites, advanced electronic controls and *The above represent a selection of tanks, other sizes
improved flow are all a part of the valve products available.
designs and they are backed by a solid warranty.
Timer Control Types
Softener valve types include: 740 / 742 / 440 - Calendar Clock Regeneration
Pentair Autotrol: 255, 268, 278 and Magnum IT 760 / 762 / 460 - Meter Initiated Regeneration
Clack:WS1,WS1CS,WS1.25,WS1.5EE Clack - Metered or Time Clock
Resin Volume
The resin volume in the unit selection will typically be
abbreviated as follows:
075 - ¾ cubic foot of cation resin
125 - 1 ¼ cubic foot of cation resin
11
255 Valve Water Softeners - Time Clock
The Calendar Clock Series

The Logix™ 740 valve takes a calendar clock and adds state of the art
electronics to gives the consumer all the reliability that they need with the
simplicity of a clock control.
Logix Series - 740 Time Clock Logix Series - 742 Time Clock
• Simple, economic electronic time clock Same features as the 740 time clock, plus:
(chronometric) • Fully programmable cycle times
• 7 to 99-day regeneration sequence • Salt setting in 1-pound increments (3-18)
• 12-volt operation • Optional no-salt detector
• Filter or conditioner setting in one control

Logix™ 740 Series
011-075062 TT844-24-740 23,000 19,000 11,000 3.75 8 x 44 0.75 275 80
011-100062 TT940-32-740 30,000 25,000 15,000 5.0 9 x 40 1.0 275 95
011-125062 TT1040-40-740 38,000 34,000 17,000 6.25 10 x 40 1.25 275 110
011-150062 TT1054-48-740 45,000 38,000 22,000 7.5 10 x 54 1.5 275 125
011-200062 TT1252-64-740 60,000 50,000 28,000 10.0 12 x 52 2.0 275 170
011-250062 TT1252-75-740 75,000 60,000 32,000 12.5 12 x 52 2.5 275 195
011-300062 TT1465-90-740 90,000 75,000 44,000 15.0 14 x 65 3.0 500 245
Logix™ 742 Series
011-075066 TT844-24-742 23,000 19,000 11,000 3.75 8 x 44 0.75 275 80
011-100066 TT940-32-742 30,000 25,000 15,000 5.0 9 x 40 1.0 275 95
011-125066 TT1040-40-742 38,000 34,000 17,000 6.25 10 x 40 1.25 275 110
011-150066 TT1054-48-742 45,000 38,000 22,000 7.5 10 x 54 1.5 275 125
011-200066 TT1252-64-742 60,000 50,000 28,000 10.0 12 x 52 2.0 275 170
011-250066 TT1252-75-742 75,000 60,000 32,000 12.5 12 x 52 2.5 275 195
011-300066 TT1465-90-742 90,000 75,000 44,000 15.0 14 x 65 3.0 500 245
256 Bypass
12
255 Valve Water Softeners - Demand
The Demand Series

Other control systems guess how much water a family needs. There is no
guesswork with the Logix™ valve. They use an on Demand controller that
measures how much soft water a family actually uses day after day.The control
monitors changes in usage and regenerates only when necessary.
Logix Series - 760 Demand Logix Series - 762 Demand

• Simple, economic electronic demand (volumetric) Same features as the 760 demand, plus:
• Calendar override • Fully programmable cycle times
• 12-volt operation • Salt setting in 1-pound increments (3-18)
• 28-day variable reserve • Optional no-salt detector
• High efficiency regeneration sequence
• Automatic capacity calculations
• Operates 255, 263, 268 with one controller

Logix™ 760 Series
011-075063 TT844-24-760 23,000 19,000 11,000 3.75 8 x 44 0.75 275 80
011-100063 TT940-32-760 30,000 25,000 15,000 5.0 9 x 40 1.0 275 95
011-125063 TT1040-40-760 38,000 34,000 17,000 6.25 10 x 40 1.25 275 110
011-150063 TT1054-48-760 45,000 38,000 22,000 7.5 10 x 54 1.5 275 125
011-200063 TT1252-64-760 60,000 50,000 28,000 10.0 12 x 52 2.0 275 170
011-250063 TT1252-75-760 75,000 60,000 32,000 12.5 12 x 52 2.5 275 195
011-300063 TT1465-90-760 90,000 75,000 44,000 15.0 14 x 65 3.0 500 245
Logix™ 762 Series
011-075067 TT844-24-762 23,000 19,000 11,000 3.75 8 x 44 0.75 275 80
011-100067 TT940-32-762 30,000 25,000 15,000 5.0 9 x 40 1.0 275 95
011-125067 TT1040-40-762 38,000 34,000 17,000 6.25 10 x 40 1.25 275 110
011-150067 TT1054-48-762 45,000 38,000 22,000 7.5 10 x 54 1.5 275 125
011-200067 TT1252-64-762 60,000 50,000 28,000 10.0 12 x 52 2.0 275 170
011-250067 TT1252-75-762 75,000 60,000 32,000 12.5 12 x 52 2.5 275 195
011-300067 TT1465-90-762 90,000 75,000 44,000 15.0 14 x 65 3.0 500 245
256 Bypass
13
255 Valve Water Softeners - 400 Series
The 400 Series

The 460i demand control provides the home with
conditioned water based on a family's water usage,
regenerating only when needed. This environmentally
friendly control ensures years of soft water; saving
money, water and regenerant.
The economic 440i timer control features a control
setting that is easy as turning a dial. All settings are
440i Timer Control visible on the face of the control and are easy to use. 460i Demand Control

• 12-volt • 12-volt operation

440i Series
01-075062 TT844-24-440 24,000 19,000 3.75 8 x 44 0.75 275 80
01-100062 TT940-32-440 32,000 24,000 5.0 9 x 40 1.0 275 95
01-125062 TT1040-40-440 40,000 30,000 6.25 10 x 40 1.25 275 110
01-150062 TT1054-48-440 48,000 36,000 7.5 10 x 54 1.5 275 125
01-200062 TT1252-64-440 64,000 48,000 10.0 12 x 52 2.0 275 170
01-250062 TT1252-75-440 75,000 60,000 12.5 12 x 52 2.5 275 195
01-300062 TT1465-90-440 90,000 72,000 15.0 14 x 65 3.0 500 245
460i Series
01-075063 TT844-24-460 24,000 19,000 3.75 8 x 44 0.75 275 80
01-100063 TT940-32-460 32,000 24,000 5.0 9 x 40 1.0 275 95
01-125063 TT1040-40-460 40,000 30,000 6.25 10 x 40 1.25 275 110
01-150063 TT1054-48-460 48,000 36,000 7.5 10 x 54 1.5 275 125
01-200063 TT1252-64-460 64,000 48,000 10.0 12 x 52 2.0 275 170
01-250063 TT1252-75-460 75,000 60,000 12.5 12 x 52 2.5 275 195
01-300063 TT1465-90-460 90,000 72,000 15.0 14 x 65 3.0 500 245
256 Bypass
14
The Performa Valve Logix Series offers full 1” porting with the reliability
of the Logix premier timer control. Superior flow rates with quality built
Noryl® components.

• Economic electronic time clock • Fully programmable cycle times
• 7 to 99 day regeneration sequence • Salt setting in one pound increments
• Filter or conditioner setting in one control • Optional no-salt detector
• Salt setting in one pound increments • Calendar Override
• Optional no-salt detector • 28 day variable reserve

Logix™ 742 Series
011-075046 TT844-24-268 23,000 19,000 11,000 3.75 8 x 44 0.75 275 80
011-100046 TT940-32-268 30,000 25,000 15,000 5.0 9 x 40 1.0 275 95
011-125046 TT1040-40-268 38,000 34,000 17,000 6.25 10 x 40 1.25 275 110
011-150046 TT1054-48-268 45,000 38,000 22,000 7.5 10 x 54 1.5 275 125
011-200046 TT1252-64-268 60,000 50,000 28,000 10.0 12 x 52 2.0 275 170
011-250046 TT1252-75-268 75,000 60,000 32,000 12.5 12 x 52 2.5 275 195
011-300046 TT1465-90-268 90,000 75,000 44,000 15.0 14 x 65 3.0 500 245
Logix™ 762 Series
011-075047 TT844-24-268 23,000 19,000 11,000 3.75 8 x 44 0.75 275 80
011-100047 TT940-32-268 30,000 25,000 15,000 5.0 9 x 40 1.0 275 95
011-125047 TT1040-40-268 38,000 34,000 17,000 6.25 10 x 40 1.25 275 110
011-150047 TT1054-48-268 45,000 38,000 22,000 7.5 10 x 54 1.5 275 125
011-200047 TT1252-64-268 60,000 50,000 28,000 10.0 12 x 52 2.0 275 170
011-250047 TT1252-75-268 75,000 60,000 32,000 12.5 12 x 52 2.5 275 195
011-300047 TT1465-90-268 90,000 75,000 44,000 15.0 14 x 65 3.0 500 245
Performa Bypass
15
The Performa Valve is a full 1” ported valve. It offers

superior flow rates with quality built Noryl
components and reliability of the ‘workhorse’ 400
Series timers.

• 12-volt or 120-volt versions available • 12-volt operation

440i Series
01-075042 TT844-24-268-440 24,000 19,000 3.75 8 x 44 0.75 275 80
01-100042 TT940-32-268-440 32,000 24,000 5.0 9 x 40 1.0 275 95
01-125042 TT1040-40-268-440 40,000 30,000 6.25 10 x 40 1.25 275 110
01-150042 TT1054-48-268-440 48,000 36,000 7.5 10 x 54 1.5 275 125
01-200042 TT1252-64-268-440 64,000 48,000 10.0 12 x 52 2.0 275 170
01-250042 TT1252-75-268-440 75,000 60,000 12.5 12 x 52 2.5 275 195
01-300042 TT1465-90-268-440 90,000 72,000 15.0 14 x 65 3.0 500 245
460i Series
01-075043 TT844-24-268-440 24,000 19,000 3.75 8 x 44 0.75 275 80
01-100043 TT940-32-268-440 32,000 24,000 5.0 9 x 40 1.0 275 95
01-125043 TT1040-40-268-440 40,000 30,000 6.25 10 x 40 1.25 275 110
01-150043 TT1054-48-268-440 48,000 36,000 7.5 10 x 54 1.5 275 125
01-200043 TT1252-64-268-440 64,000 48,000 10.0 12 x 52 2.0 275 170
01-250043 TT1252-75-268-440 75,000 60,000 12.5 12 x 52 2.5 275 195
01-300043 TT1465-90-268-440 90,000 72,000 15.0 14 x 65 3.0 500 245
Performa Bypass
16
Tannin Units
Tannin units use a specialty formulated anion resin to

remove organics and colour from your water.
• Available in full and mixed bed units.
• Please contact office for help with sizing and prices.
• When applying tannin filters, a complete water analysis
must be completed.
• With this water analysis, we can properly design and size
a unit for the application.

Product Code Model Number Service Flow Rate Resin Tank Size Media Volume Shipping Weight
(gpm) (inches) (cu. ft.) (lbs.)
Tannin Units - Full Beds
011-100646 1040-1.0-TA 3 10 x 40 1.0 95
011-150646 1054-1.5-TA 5 10 x 54 1.5 125
011-200646 1252-2.0-TA 7 12 x 52 2.0 170
• The manufacturer reserves the right to make product improvements which may deviate from specifications stated herein, without obligation to change previously
manufactured products or to note change.
17
Clack CL Series Softeners
CL Series WS1 Softeners CL Series WS1CS Softeners CL Series WS1TC Softeners


Item# Model # Size/Capacity Service Flow Resin Volume
051-075504 TT20 - DFM - I 20,000 3.75 0.75
051-100504 TT30 - DFM - I 30,000 5.0 1.0
051-125504 TT40 - DFM - I 40,000 6.25 1.25
051-150504 TT50 - DFM - I 50,000 7.5 1.5
051-200504 TT60 - DFM - I 60,000 10 2.0
051-075505 TT20 - DFM - ICS 20,000 3.75 0.75
051-100505 TT30 - DFM - ICS 30,000 5.0 1.0
051-125505 TT40 - DFM - ICS 40,000 6.25 1.25
051-150505 TT50 - DFM - ICS 50,000 7.5 1.5
051-200505 TT60 - DFM - ICS 60,000 10 2.0
051-075508 TT20 - DFM - ITC 20,000 3.75 0.75
051-100508 TT30 - DFM - ITC 30,000 5.0 1.0
051-125508 TT40 - DFM - ITC 40,000 6.25 1.25
051-150508 TT50 - DFM - ITC 50,000 7.5 1.5
051-200508 TT60 - DFM - ITC 60,000 10 2.0
18
Components
27
255 Valve Specifications
The 255 valve is a 3/4” ported valve with a unique built-in visual air check.
The valve is easily serviced with the handy locking bar. With one screw to
loosen, you have access to all internals for easy servicing.
Logix® Timer Control

• 740
• 742
• 760
• 762
Flow Rates (Valve Only)

Service @ 15 psi (1.03 bar) drop ...............................15.5 gpm (3.52 m3/h)
Backwash @ 25 psi (1.72 bar) drop...........................6.0 gpm (1.36 m3h)
Service ...............................................................................Cv = 3.99 (Kv = 3.4)
Backwash...........................................................................Cv = 1.20 (Kv = 1.0)
Note:Tested with a 3/4 inch brass manifold
Valve Connections/Dimensions
Tank Thread ......................................................................2-1/2 inches – 8, male
Inlet/Outlet Manifold (Brass or Noryl®) ....................1 inch NPT or BSPT, female
3/4 inch NPT or BSPT, female
3/4 inch NPT or BSPT, male, Noryl®
1/2 inch NPT or BSPT, male Noryl®
Drain Line .........................................................................1/2 inch (manifold dependent)
Brine Line..........................................................................1/4 inch or 3/8 inch NPT, male; air check built into valve
Distributor Tube Diameter ...........................................1.050 inches (27 mm) or 13/16 inch (20.6 mm)
Distributor Tube Length ................................................1-1/8 ± 1/8 inches (29 mm ± 3 mm) above top of tank
Design Specifications/Ratings
Valve Body ........................................................................Glass-filled Noryl® – NSF listed material
Rubber Components......................................................Compounded for cold water – NSF listed materials
Valve Materials Certification.........................................NSF/ANSI 44 rated component for material safety
Weight (Valve with Control) ........................................4 lbs (1.8 kg)
Recommended Operating Pressure............................20 - 120 psi (1.38 - 8.27 bar)
Canada...........................................................................20 - 100 psi (1.38 - 6.89 bar)
Hydrostatic Test Pressure..............................................300 psi (20.69 bar)
Water Temperature ........................................................35° - 100°F (2° - 38°C)
Ambient Temperature*...................................................35° - 120°F (2° - 48.9°C)
*Recommended use of outdoor cover for direct sunlight applications
28
255 Valve Specifications
Options
Turbine for Demand Units............................................Standard manifold, 1 inch Autotrol turbine
Bypass Valve ......................................................................Noryl®, 1 inch flow path, 1/2 inch (13 mm) NPT male, drain
Bypass Inlet-Outlet Fitting Kits:
Copper, Sweat Tube Adapter ........................................1 inch or 3/4 inch (25 mm or 19 mm)
CPVC, Solvent Weld Tube Adapter .............................1 inch or 3/4 inch (25 mm or 19 mm)
Plastic NPT or BSPT Pipe Adapter .............................1 inch male or 3/4 inch male (25 mm or 19 mm)
Brass NPT or BSPT Pipe Adapter...............................1 inch male or 3/4 inch male (25 mm or 19 mm)
Brine Refill Controls.......................................................0.33 gpm (1.25 Lpm) fixed
0.17 gpm (0.64 Lpm) fixed – optional for small tank applications
1-10 lbs (0.45-4.5 kg) – 400 series controllers
3 19 ;bs (1.3 - 8.6 kg) – 400 series controllers
Compatible with Regenerants/Chemicals .................Sodium chloride, potassium chloride, potassium
permanganate, sodium bisulfite†, sodium hydroxide†,
hydrochloric acid†, chlorine†† and chloramines††
†See owners manual for specific concentrations
††Valve for use on potable water supply
Electrical Specifications
Controller Operating Voltage 12 Volt - AC (Requires use of Pentair Infrastructure supplied transformer)
Input Supply Frequency 50 or 60 Hz (Controller configuration dependent)
Motor Input Voltage 12 Volt - AC
Electronics Operating Voltage (Logix Series) 3.5 Volt - AC
Controller System Power Consumption 3 Watts average
29
255 Valve Controller Series (Logix & 400 Series)
Logix Series Logix Series
740 Time Clock 742 Time Clock
• Simple, economic electronic • Simple, economic electronic
time clock (chronometric) time clock (chronometric)
• 7- or 99-day regeneration • 7- or 99-day regeneration
setting setting
• High efficiency regeneration • High efficiency regeneration
sequence sequence
• 12-volt operation • 12-volt operation
• Filter or conditioner setting in one control • Filter or conditioner setting in one control
• Operates 255, 263, 268 with one controller • Operates 255, 263, 268 with one controller
• Fully programmable cycle times
• Salt setting in 1-pound increments
• Optional no-salt detector
• Operates 255, 263, 268, 278 and Magnum IT with
one controller
Logix Series Logix Series

760 Demand 762 Demand
• Simple, economic electronic • Simple, economic electronic
demand (volumetric) demand (volumetric)
• Calendar override • Calendar override
• 12-volt operation • 12-volt operation
• 28-day variable reserve • 28-day variable reserve
• High efficiency regeneration sequence • High efficiency regeneration sequence
• Automatic capacity calculations • Automatic capacity calculations
• Operates 255, 263, 268 with one controller • Operates 255, 263, 268 with one controller
• Fully programmable cycle times
• Salt setting in 1-pound increments
• Optional no-salt detector
one controller
400 Series 400 Series

440i Time Clock 460i Time Clock
• Value priced, reliable • Economical electronic
mechanical control demand control
• Time clock regeneration • Simple set-up and
• Set it and forget it programming
• 12-volt or 120-volt versions • Calendar override
available • 12-volt operation
• Operates 255, 263, 268 valves • Operates 255, 268 valves
30
Performa Valve Specifications
Flow Rates (Valve Only) - Logix
Service @ 15 psi (1.03 bar) drop.........................................25.0 gpm (5.7 m3/h)
Backwash @ 25 psi (1.72 bar) drop ....................................20.0 gpm (4.5 m3h)
Service.........................................................................................Cv = 6.50 (Kv = 5.6)
Backwash ....................................................................................Cv = 4.00 (Kv = 3.5)
Flow Rates (Valve Only) - 400 Series Controllers

Service @ 15 psi (1.03 bar) drop.........................................25.0 gpm (94.6 Lpm)
Backwash @ 25 psi (1.72 bar) drop ....................................13.3 gpm (50.4 Lpm)
Service.........................................................................................Cv = 6.50 (Kv = 5.6)
Backwash Softener ...................................................................Cv = 2.68 (Kv = 2.3)
Valve Connections/Dimensions
Tank Thread................................................................................2-1/2 inches – 8, male
Inlet/Outlet Threads.................................................................1-3/4 inches – 12 UNC-2A male
Drain Line...................................................................................3/4 inch NPT, male
Brine Line ...................................................................................3/8 inch NPT, male
Distributor Tube Diameter.....................................................1.050 inches (27 mm)
Distributor Tube Length..........................................................1/2 ± 1/2 inches (13 mm ± 13 mm) above top of tank
Design Specifications/Ratings
Valve Body..................................................................................Glass-filled Noryl® – NSF listed material
Rubber Components ...............................................................Compounded for cold water – NSF listed materials
Valve Materials Certification..................................................NSF/ANSI 44 rated component for material safety
Weight (Valve with Control) .................................................5.34 lbs (2.42 kg)
Recommended Operating Pressure.....................................20 - 120 psi (1.38 - 8.27 bar)
Canada ....................................................................................20 - 100 psi (1.38 - 6.89 bar)
Hydrostatic Test Pressure.......................................................300 psi (20.69 bar)
Water Temperature..................................................................35° - 100°F (2° - 38°C)
Ambient Temperature*............................................................35° - 120°F (2° - 48.9°C)
*Recommended use of outdoor cover for direct sunlight applications
Options
Turbine for Demand Units .....................................................Internal standard Autotrol 1 inch (25 mm) turbine
Bypass Valve, Model 1265 .......................................................Noryl®, 1 inch flow path
Bypass Fitting Kits:

Copper, Sweat Tube Adapter..................................................1-1/4 inches, 1 inch or 3/4 inch (32 mm, 25 mm or 19 mm)
CPVC, Solvent Weld Tube Adapter.......................................1 inch or 3/4 inch (25 mm or 19 mm)
Plastic NPT Pipe Adapter .......................................................1 inch male or 3/4 inch male (25 mm or 19 mm)
Plastic BSPT Pipe Adapter ......................................................1 inch male or 3/4 inch male (25 mm or 19 mm)
Brass NPT Pipe Adapter .........................................................1 inch male or 3/4 inch male (25 mm or 19 mm)
Brass BSPT Pipe Adapter ........................................................1 inch male or 3/4 inch male (25 mm or 19 mm)
Brine Refill Controls................................................................0.17 gpm (0.64 Lpm) fixed; 0.33 gpm (1.25 Lpm) fixed;
0.77 gpm (2.91 Lpm) fixed
Compatible with Regenerants/Chemicals...........................Sodium chloride, potassium chloride, potassium permanganate,
sodium bisulfite†, sodium hydroxide†, hydrochloric acid†, chlorine††
and chloramines††
†See owners manual for specific concentrations
††Valve for use on potable water supply
Electrical Specifications
Controller Operating Voltage 12 Volt - AC (Requires use of Pentair Infrastructure supplied transformer)
Input Supply Frequency 50 or 60 Hz (Controller configuration dependent)
Motor Input Voltage 12 Volt - AC
Electronics Operating Voltage (Logix Series) 3.5 Volt - AC
Controller System Power Consumption 3 Watts average
31
CL Series Specifications
WS1
Specifications WS1CS WS1.25 WS1.5EE
Service @ 15 psi drop 27 gpm 34 gpm 60 gpm
(includes meter and bypass) (includes meter and bypass)
Backwash @ 25 psi drop 27 gpm 32 gpm(3) 50 gpm
(includes bypass) (includes bypass)
Tank Applications:
Softener 6” - 21” diameter 6” - 21” diameter 12” - 24” diameter
Filter(1) 6” - 21” diameter 6” - 24” diameter 12” - 30” diameter
Inlet/Oulet 1” - 1.25” NPT 1” - 1.25” NPT 1.5” Female NPT
Fitting Connections 3/4” - 1.5” Sweat 3/4” - 1.5” Sweat –
3/4” - 1.5” Solvent 3/4” - 1.5” Solvent –
3/4” - 1” SharkBite® 3/4” - 1” SharkBite® –
Valve Material Noryl(2) Noryl(2) Lead Free Brass
Cycles Up to 6 Up to 6 Up to 6
Regeneration Downflow/Upflow Downflow Downflow
Operating Pressure 20 - 125 psi 20 - 125 psi 20 - 125 psi
Operating Temperatures 4.4 - 43.3°C (40 - 110°F) 4.4 - 43.3°C (40 - 110°F) 4.4 - 43.3°C (40 - 110°F)
Meter:
Flow Rate Range 0.25 - 27 gpm 0.25 - 34 gpm 0.5 - 75 gpm
Volume Range (gallons) 20 - 50,000 gallons 20 - 50,000 gallons 20 - 1,500,000 gallons
Totalizer Yes Yes Yes
Distributor Pilot 1.050” O.D. Pipe 1.32” O.D. Pipe 1.90” O.D. Pipe
3/4” NPS 1” NPS 1.5” NPS
Drain Line Connection 3/4” Male NPT Standard 3/4” Male NPT Standard 1.25” Female NPT with
3/4” Male NPT Standard
1” Male NPT Optional 1” Male NPT Optional 1” Male NPT Optional
Brine Line Connection 3/8” or 1/2” O.D. 3/8” or 1/2” O.D. 3/4” Female NPT
Poly Tube Compression Poly Tube Compression 1/2” O.D. Poly Tube
Compression
Mounting Base Options 2-1/2” - 8 NPSM 2-1/2” - 8 NPSM 4” - 8 UN
Height from Top of Tank 7-3/8” 7-3/8” 7-1/2”
Shipping Weight 4.5 lbs 4.5 lbs 21 lbs (with meter)
Electrical:
Supply Voltage 120V AC 120V AC 120V AC
Supply Frequency 60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz
Output Voltage 12V AC 12V AC 12V AC
Output Current 500 mA 500 mA 500 mA
(1) Filter tank size calculated @ 10 gpm of backwash per square foot of bed area.
(2) Noryl is a trademark of Sabic Innovative Plastics IP B.V. Company
(3) Acquired by use of external drain line flow control
32
Bypasses
256 - 3/4” Bypass Valve for use with 255 valve. Simple on / off
rotor design made of Noryl®. Connections for the bypass
range from 3/4”, 1” or 1-1/4” in PVC, ABS, copper or brass.
1256 - 1” Bypass Valve for use with Performa valves. Similar to

the 256 bypass. Connections range from 3/4”, 1” or 1-1/4” in
PVC, ABS, copper or stainless.
Backplates
For use with 255 valve if a bypass valve is not required.Available in Noryl® or stainless (pictured below) 3/4” or 1”.
33
Mineral Tanks
Our filament wound mineral tanks are constructed of
advanced composite materials to ensure corrosion
resistance, longevity and strength without unnecessary
weight.
A seamless, rotationally molded polyethylene liner

contains the water, while an epoxy resin and filament
wound fiberglass shell provides superior strength.The top
opening features a threaded polyethylene insert
electromagnetically welded to the liner.
The tanks are Tested and Certified by WQA to NSF/ANSI

Standard 44 for conformance to the material and
structural integrity requirements only.
Features:
• Rotationally molded polyethylene liner
• High strength epoxy/fiberglass outer shell
• Threaded high density polyethylene glass filled top
insert
• Corrosion resistant
• Bottom of liner is recessed to allow distributor to
center itself
• Tank bases are screwed on for safe handling
• Available in blue, almond, natural or black
• Tested and Certified by WQA
• 10 year warranty on domestic tanks
• 5 year warranty on commercial tanks*
*See notes section on next page.
This product is manufactured for Petwa® by

WaterGroup Inc., 580 Park Street, Regina, SK S4N 5A9 Canada
34
Pressure Tanks
Warranty
A limited warranty applies to each fluids or vacuum; abrasion caused by
mineral tank. Any domestic mineral gravel beds or other abnormal
tank failing within TEN YEARS of the circumstances.
date of manufacture and any
commercial mineral tank failing within Quality Control
FIVE YEARS of the date of Random samples from each
manufacture will be replaced without production run are subjected to
charge, provided it has been operated cycle and burst testing to ensure tank
within approved pressure and quality and integrity. The tanks are
temperature ranges and under normal Tested and Certified by WQA to
conditions. The warranty specifically NSF/ANSI Standard 44
excludes damage caused by extreme for conformance to the
heat or freezing; external impact; material and structural
exposure to direct sunlight; exposure integrity requirements
to corrosive chemicals; only.
Maximum Operating Pressure: 150 psi (1,034 kPa) Maximum Operating Temperature: 120°F (48.9°C)
Tank Tank Size Dimensions - Inches Dimensions - Mm Tank Weight Capacity
Port Inches A B C A B C Lbs Kg US Gal Liters Cu. Ft.
2.5” 6x18 6.8 18.5 19.13 173 470 486 4.10 1.86 2.20 8.30 0.29
2.5” 6x35 6.8 31.1 35.7 173 790 907 6.60 2.99 4.49 16.96 0.60
2.5” 7x35 7.7 35.0 35.6 196 889 904 8.60 3.90 5.69 21.52 0.76
2.5” 7x44 7.7 44.0 44.6 196 1117 1133 10.20 4.63 7.34 27.75 0.98
2.5” 8x18 8.6 18.6 19.1 218 471 484 5.10 2.31 3.47 13.11 0.46
2.5” 8x30 8.6 30.1 30.6 218 765 778 7.20 3.27 6.21 23.48 0.83
2.5” 8x35 8.7 35.1 34.7 221 892 907 9.80 4.45 7.42 28.04 0.99
2.5” 8x40 8.7 40.1 40.7 223 1019 1034 11.00 5.00 8.09 30.59 1.08
2.5” 8x44 8.7 44.1 44.5 221 1120 1135 11.70 5.31 9.51 35.97 1.27
2.5” 8x47 8.7 47.2 47.9 221 1199 1217 12.50 5.67 10.56 39.93 1.41
2.5” 9x35 9.5 35.4 36.0 241 899 914 10.90 4.94 9.37 35.40 1.25
2.5” 9x40 9.5 40.4 41.1 241 1029 1044 12.40 5.62 10.86 41.06 1.45
2.5” 9x42 9.5 42.3 42.8 241 1075 1086 10.20 4.63 11.01 41.63 1.47
2.5” 9x48 9.5 48.0 48.6 2411 1219 1234 13.80 6.26 12.59 47.58 1.68
2.5” 10x35 10.5 34.9 35.5 267 886 902 12.10 5.49 10.79 40.78 1.44
2.5” 10x40 10.5 39.9 40.5 267 1013 1029 14.00 6.37 12.21 46.16 1.63
2.5” 10x47 10.5 47.1 47.7 267 1196 1212 15.60 7.08 14.91 56.36 1.99
2.5” 10x54 10.5 54.1 54.7 267 1374 1389 16.40 7.44 17.76 67.12 2.37
2.5” 12x52 12.5 52.0 52.7 318 1321 1339 29.00 13.16 23.30 88.08 3.11
2.5” 14x50 14.7 49.4 50.1 373 1255 1273 33.30 15.11 29.82 112.71 3.98
4.0” 14x50 14.7 49.4 50.1 373 1255 1273 33.30 15.11 29.82 112.71 3.98
2.5” 14x65 14.7 64.5 65.2 373 1638 1656 43.30 19.65 41.66 157.46 5.56
4.0” 14x65 14.7 64.5 65.2 373 1638 1656 43.30 19.65 41.66 157.46 5.56
2.5” 16x65 16.2 64.0 64.7 411 1626 1643 62.60 28.40 50.12 189.46 6.69
4.0” 16x65 16.2 64.0 64.7 411 1626 1643 62.60 28.40 50.12 189.46 6.69
4.0” 21x54 21.9 53.5 55.0 556 1359 1397 78.00 35.40 72.07 272.44 9.62
4.0” 21x69 21.9 68.7 70.2 556 1745 1783 100.00 45.40 93.90 355.42 12.55
4.0” 24x72 24.9 71.4 73.0 632 1814 1854 115.00 52.20 127.89 483.42 17.07
Notes:
• 2.5” - 8 NPSM & 4” - 8 UN threaded top ports are industry standard.
• 4.5” BTRS threaded top port is typical for exchange tank deionization equipment.
• All weights and dimensions are nominal.
• All tanks residential (up to and including 12”) are available in natural, almond and blue. Commercial tanks (14” and larger) are available in natural.
Black tanks are available in large volume, special orders only.
• Tanks available in singles, sixteen (16)-packs and twenty-five (25)-packs.
• The manufacturer reserves the right to make product improvements which may deviate from the specifications herein, without obligation to change
previously manufactured products or to note the change.
• Commercial tanks are 14” in diameter and larger with a 4” Top Port.
(Please consult with our Customer Service for details on multi-packs, tank colour availability and warranty information.)
35
Tank Jackets
Petwa® wrap around jackets and caps are
constructed of high impact polystyrene. They are
designed to fit our own fiberglass tank products
perfectly, and feature a layer of insulation which fits
snugly to the tank, virtually eliminating sweating.
Contemporary styling and two fashionable colors

will improve the appearance of your products and
add to their market value.
Jackets are available in regatta blue and almond with

contrasting black caps.
Chrome jackets are also available as a special order.
Features:
• Insulation to prevent sweating
• Snap-together assembly
• Attractive, contemporary styling
• Choice of two colors to improve the appearance
and add to the value of your products
• Contrasting black caps
Nominal Nominal
Item No. Tank Size Jacket Color Cap Color Item No. Tank Size Jacket Color Cap Color
04-100598 8 x 44 Almond Black 04-100453 9 x 48 Blue Black
04-100456 8 x 44 Blue Black 04-100596 10 x 40 Almond Black
04-100452 9 x 40 Blue Black 04-400597 10 x 54 Almond Black
36
Brine Tanks
Petwa® brine tanks are not only good looking, they’re rugged and
durable too. Available in a variety of colors, these brine tanks are
the “smart” choice for the discriminating water professional.
Seamless, one piece rotational moulded polyethylene construction
produces a superior tank which is strong yet lightweight and
guaranteed not to crack, rust, corrode or leak.
Item Number: 04-BT1914-AL or BL

Length: 19”
Width: 14”
Height: 39”
Salt Capacity: 275 lbs
‘Salt Capacity’ refers to the dry salt capacity of tank without a grid plate. Actual capacity may vary with salt brand.
*Suitable for brine and chemical solutions.
Please note Length,Width, Diameter and/or Height measurements can vary +/- 1/8” maximum (largest outside nominal
measurement).
Features:
• Stress free rotational moulded polyethylene
• Seamless one piece construction
• Chemical resistant
• Top opening provides easy access for assembly and service
• Lightweight
• Stackable designs available
Item Number: 04-1414-3

Length: 14”
Width: 14”
Height: 34”
Salt Capacity: 200 lbs
‘Salt Capacity’ refers to the dry salt capacity of tank without a grid plate. Actual capacity may vary with salt brand.
*Suitable for brine and chemical solutions.
Please note Length,Width, Diameter and/or Height measurements can vary +/- 1/8” maximum (largest outside nominal
measurement).
Features:
• Injection moulded
• Chemical resistant
• Lightweight
• Stackable design
• Float valve standard
37
Windsor Low Profile Cabinets
The Windsor Lo-Profile (LP) series cabinets feature a
blow molded cabinet and two injection molded covers
designed to leave the valve exposed for easy adjustment
and viewing.The cabinet design also allows the valve to be
oriented to fit the installation: to the front, back, left and
right. Available in three models, the cabinets are sized to
fit 18, 24 and 35 inch tall mineral tanks without base.*
Their unique design makes the Windsor LP series easy to

assemble, reducing labor costs.The cabinet body features
a molded push-up that holds the bottom of the mineral
tank in place without the need for a retaining plate. The
top of the cabinet allows the neck of the mineral tank to
snap into place, securing it for shipment.
The large salt port opening allows easy filling of rock or

block salt. The injection molded salt port lid is easy to
handle and locks securely in place.
Cabinets are available in almond with black covers.
*Note: LP18, LP24 and White are special order.
Windsor LP Cabinets Specifications

Model Description Dimensions Mineral Tank Resin Capacity Resin Capacity Salt Capacity Salt Capacity
Number WxHxD (in.) Size (in.) (Tank Full) (50% Freeboard) (with grid)
G2726LP-01 LP-18 Almond/Black Covers 13.5x19x22.5 8x18 0.47 ft3 0.31 ft3 125 lbs 100 lbs
G2727LP-01 LP-18 White/Black Covers 13.5x19x22.5 8x18 0.47 ft3 0.31 ft3 125 lbs 100 lbs
G2729LP-01 LP-24 Almond/Black Covers 13.5x24x22.5 7x24 0.51 ft3 0.34 ft3 175 lbs 150 lbs
G2730LP-01 LP-24 White/Black Covers 13.5x24x22.5 7x24 0.51 ft3 0.34 ft3 175 lbs 150 lbs
G2723-03 LP-35 Almond/Black Covers 13.5x35x22.5 10x35 1.40 ft3 0.92 ft3 250 lbs 225 lbs
G2723-04 LP-35 White/Black Covers 13.5x35x22.5 10x35 1.40 ft3 0.92 ft3 250 lbs 225 lbs
The Windsor LP-18 cabinet accepts 18” tall mineral tanks less base.The Windsor LP-24 cabinet accepts 24” tall mineral tanks less base.The Windsor LP-
35 cabinet accepts 35” tall mineral tanks less base.
PLEASE NOTE:The LP cabinet base and covers are shipped separately. Cabinet bases are packaged one per box. LP covers are packaged 20 sets per box.
LP-18 and LP-24 cabinets are not stocked in all colors. Please consult Customer Service for minimum order quantities.
38
Distributors - Domestic
Assembled Distributor and 13/16” Riser Tube
04-D730C2A54 Standard Distributor with 13/16” x 54” Riser
Assembled Distributor and 1” Riser Tube

04-D750C2A44 Standard Distributor with 1” x 48” Riser
04-13687 High Flow Segment Distributor with 1” x 48” Riser Standard Distributor High Flow and Fine Mesh 1”
04-13688 High Flow Segment Distributor with 1” x 54” Riser Distributor
Pre-Cut Turbulator Tubes

04-SC34-44 1” x 44” Length Tube
04-SC34-54 1” x 54” Length Tube
Turbulator
04-1040021 1” Turbulator Kit
Upper Cones - Snap-On

Turbulator Kit Upper Cone
04-D1203 13/16” Upper Cone, Snap-On
04-D1203-1 1” Upper Cone, Snap-On
Autotrol® Turbulator®
The Autotrol Turbulator is a proven, economical, efficient way to enhance iron removal and
add extra value in any water conditioner.
The Turbulator is a unique system that attaches to the bottom of the conditioner’s
distributor tube deep inside of the system’s ion-exchange tank. The Turbulator backwash
distributor system doesn’t rely on the conventional raiser system; a hit-or-miss technique
where water flows up through the resin bed in the hope that some iron will be removed
in the process. Instead, the Autotrol Turbulator uses a water stream compression device
that actually physically moves and stirs the resin.
Maximum Cleaning
To ensure maximum cleaning of the resin, the Turbulator propels resin beads to the top of
the bed, and then allows them to settle back to the bottom. As the particles are stirred,
they move past one another, scrubbing the dirt and iron particles from the resin beads.
Once free from the beads, this sediment and iron flows to drain.This resin bed is constantly
turned over and reclassified, cleaning the beads and extending their life greatly. The small
investment in the Autotrol Turbulator will save you significant money over the life of the
conditioner.
Design Flexibility
Since the Turbulator works in less space, you can easily design narrower or shorter water
conditioners without compromising performance.
39
Bottom Stack Distributors
These bottom stack distributors are designed primarily for use with top mount water
softeners or filter valves. The stack distributors are comprised of individual ABS
segments which are held together with 18-8 stainless steel screws. The segmented
stack has the ability to open up when backwashed, removing any fines that might
accumulate on the distributor.The standard slot size is .010 - .013.
There is no stack distributor assembly required. To install,

solvent weld or thread the riser pipe directly into the
distributor and extend the distributor to the bottom of the
mineral tank.
950 Bottom Stack Distributor (right):

#62011 1.5” Commercial Stack Basket
Hub & Lateral Series for Top Mount Valves

This top mount hub and lateral series is designed to accommodate 14” - 36” diameter
fiberglass mineral tanks with 4” through 6” top openings.The top mount hub and lateral
series consists of an ABS hub and 8-PVC slotted laterals with 3/4” threaded adapters.
The hub is available with a number of openings to accommodate different riser pipe
diameters.
To install, simply solvent weld or thread the riser pipe into the hub and insert it into the
tank through the top opening.Thread the laterals into the hub and extend the hub and
laterals to the bottom of the mineral tank.
Top Mount Hub & Lateral Series (right)

#60059 1.5” Hub and Lateral, 14” & 16” tanks
#33042 1.5” Hub and Lateral, 18” to 24” tanks
#62072 1.5” Hub and Lateral, 30” tanks
#62073 1.5” Hub and Lateral, 36” tanks
#62070 2” Hub and Lateral, 30” tanks
#62071 2” Hub and Lateral, 36” tanks
Top Mount Hub & Lateral (below)

Designed for top mount 3” valves, this 3” hub and
lateral series has excellent flow characteristics.The
hub is machined from PVC stock to accept a 3”
PVC riser pipe.To install, solvent weld laterals into
the hub.
#940047 3” Hub and Lateral, 30” tank

#940001 3” Hub and Lateral, 36” tank
40
890 Series Plastic Distributor Heads
The 890 Series Distributor Heads are molded of rugged composite
plastic and are designed for single in-out applications on simple
filters (sediment removal, taste, odor or pH neutralization).
These economical heads will fit onto standard 2-1/2” NPSM tank
openings. A tapered riser port simplifies installation of 13/16” riser
pipes. Inlet and outlet are 3/4” FNPT for easy straight line
installation.
890 Series Plastic Distributor Head:

#33005 890S Distributor Head, 3/4” Inlet/Outlet
#75132 XPE-81 Distributor Head, 3/4” Inlet/Outlet
with Refill Post
900 Series Plastic Distributor Heads

The 900 Series Distributor Head is constructed of rugged plastic
and is designed for single in-out applications on simple filters such
as sediment removal, taste, odor or pH neutralization.
This economical head will fit onto standard 2-1/2” NPSM tank
openings. Inlet and outlet are 1” FNPT for easy straight line
installation, where higher flow rates are required.
990S Series PVC Distributor Head:

D1221-01 990S Distributor Head, 1” Inlet/Outlet
Tank Closures & Adapters

#81039 Tank Closure, 2-1/2” PVC
#81040 Tank Closure, 4” CPVC
#81041 Tank Adapter, 4” x 12-1/2” CPVC
#62042 Tank Closure, 4” PVC
#62043 Tank Closure, 6” PVC
#62041 Tank Closure, 6” CPVC
41
Air Injectors
Applications
Injectors are easily installed in-line before filter systems when the
percentage of dissolved oxygen content may be too low for effective
oxidization.
Efficiency
These injectors operate with service flow as low as 1-1/2 gpm.They draw
air by a venturi effect and inject it into the water system. Rated working
flows up to 15 gpm.
U1020 Adjustable PVC

Machined from solid 2” PVC, this injector is durable and resistant to rust
and corrosion. The Adjustable PVC Injector has an adjustable bypass for
fine adjustment of the air/volume ration. The venturi and all other
components are easily disassembled for cleaning.
U1020-02 Automatic Bypass PVC

Machined from solid PVC, this injector is durable and resistant to rust and corrosion. Internal spring-loaded
bypass opens when full flow is required, reducing pressure drop. Improved back bore design increases bypass flow
capability. No time consuming adjustments on installation.
Both machined PVC air injectors have 1” FPT inlet and outlet for easy installation.
U1031 Micronizer and Air injector

Injection molded of high impact ABS, the Micronizer Air Injector features simple construction for ease of
adjustment and cleaning. Comes standard with additional check valve and barbed cap for chemical injection.
Features 1” male inlet and outlet.
Model Number Material Inlet/Outlet Size

04-U1020 Adjustable machined PVC 1” FPT
04-U1020-02 Adjustable Machined PVC 1” FPT
04-U1031 ABS manual 1” MPT
Replacement Parts
04-U1020-01 Check valve for machined PVC air injectors
04-U1030-01 Check valve for Micronizer air injector
42
Brine Wells and Caps
3-1/2” & 4” Plain and Slotted Brine Well and Caps
Petwa’s 3-1/2” and 4” brine wells are extruded from high impact polystyrene for long life and
durability. Both the 3-1/2” and 4” wells are available with die punched slots that are clean
and uniform. Our wells provide the fit and finish needed for your complete assembly. Custom
brine well lengths are also available, please consult customer service for details. A press fit
cap can be installed in the top and bottom of the well without the use of solvents, giving you
the flexibility to assemble units to your customer’s requirements.
*Note: 3-1/2” wells are stocked.
3-1/2” Brine Wells

Order # Description
H1031-30S 3-1/2” x 30” slotted
H1031-36S 3-1/2” x 36” slotted
4” Brine Wells
Order # Description
H1030-30S 4” x 30” slotted
H1030-36S 4” x 36” slotted
Brine Well Caps

The 3-1/2” and 4” caps are designed to be press fit into wells without the need for solvents
or glues.The 6” cap will sit on top of the well.
H7015 - 3-1/2” Cap H7016 - 4” Cap H1024 - 6” Cap
43
Residential - 464 Brine Valve Series
Our popular 464 brine valve is available in three models; Standard, Control Flow and
High Flow, to allow you to choose the best model for your application.The 464 brine
valve can be used on residential and light commercial applications refilling up to one
gallon per minute. Each model is equipped with an air check to prevent air from being
pulled into the system during the brine draw cycle.
Features:
• Easily adjustable to fir all brine tanks and cabinets
• Fits both 3-1/2” and 4” brine wells
• Built-in air check prevents air from being drawn into the system
• Refill and brine draw rates of up to 1 gpm
• Can be used as brine refill shut-off valve or safety back-up float
• Easily adjustable float setting
• Materials are FDA compliant and/or NSF certified
Specifications
Brine Valve Color Hole Size Refill Ball Control Valve Control Valve
Description of Body in Body in Body Refill Style Refill Flow Rate
Standard Black Small Yes No Timed Refill1 0.35 gpm2
Control Flow Blue Medium Yes Timed Refill Up to 0.6 gpm
High Flow White Large No Timed Refill Up to 1.0 gpm
1
The Standard brine valve should not be used on systems with timed brine flow controls.
2
At 50 psi
Light Commercial - 474 Brine Valve Series

Featuring a 1/2” riser pipe, our 474 safety brine valve system is capable of providing
brine draw and refill rates up to two gallons per minute when used with the optional
1/2” elbow.The 474 safety brine valve system can be used as a safety back-up float or
as the primary brine shut-off valve depending upon which float assembly you choose.
Features:
• 1/2” riser tube
• Higher flow rates-refill and brine draw up to 1-1/2 gpm with 3/8” elbow and 2 gpm
with optional 1/2” elbow (may be ordered separately)
• Fits both 3-1/2” and 4” brine wells
• Can be used as a safety back-up float or primary brine shut-off
• Components are air tested to ensure proper performance
Optional 1/2” Elbow Specifications

with Polytube Insert Item Number Description
04-H4800-30 474 Safety Brine Valve with 3/8” Elbow, Polytube Insert & Float Assembly Pin
All items packaged 24/carton. Please order even carton quantities.
44
Media
45
AQUAFINE® Ion Exchange Resin
AQUAFINE® AQ100-Na is a premium high capacity gel polystyrene strong acid cation exchange resin supplied
regenerated in the sodium form. It is suitable for use as either residential or commercial water softening
equipment.
Physical & Chemical Characteristics

Polymer Matrix Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Polystyrene 8% cross-linked with Divinylbenzene
Physical Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Amber spherical beads
Whole Bead Count . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90% minimum
US Standard Mesh Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 - 50
Ionic Form as shipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sodium (Na+)
Approximate Shipping Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 lb / cu. ft. (850 grams / litre)
Total Capacity in the Sodium Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.9 meq / ml
pH Range, Stability in the Sodium Form . . . . . . . . . . 0 - 14
Conditioning for Operation

Petwa recommends AQUAFINE AQ100-Na resin be initially regenerated upon the startup of any water softener
system. It is also recommended that the resin be sanitized during the initial regeneration with a small amount of
5.25% sodium hypochlorite solution diluted in the saturated brine mixture.
AQUAFINE is a registered trademark of WaterGroup Inc.

Manufactured in China.
Regulatory Compliance
AQUAFINE AQ100-Na is tested and certified by WQA to NSF / ANSI Standard 44 for material requirements
only.
AQUAFINE AQ100-Na is compliant with US FDA Code of Federal Regulations, Section 21, Paragraph 173.25.
This product has been tested and

certified to meet the material
requirements of NSF/ANSI
Standard 44.
46
C-100E
Purolite® C-100E is a high purity premium grade bead form conventional gel polystyrene sulfonate cation
exchange resin designed expressly for the treatment of foodstuffs, beverages, potable waters and water used in
the processing of food. Its specification is such that it will exceed the relevant EEC requirements, and the resin is
in compliance with the U.S. Food & Drug Administration Code of Federal Regulations, section 21, paragraph
173.25; for use in the treatment of foods for human consumption. Its high bead integrity, excellent chemical and
physical stability and very low extractibles content play a large part in its successful employment in these areas.
Typical Characteristics
Polymer Matrix Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Polystyrene crosslended with Divinylbenzene
Physical Form and Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clear spherical beads
Whole Beads Count . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90% min
Functional Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Polystyrene sulfonate
Ionic Form, as shipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Na+
Shipping Weight, approx. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 850 g/l (53 lb/ft3)
Screen Size
British Standard Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-52 mesh wet
US Standard Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 - 50 mesh wet
Particle Size Range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +1.2 mm < 5%, -0.3 mm < 1%
Moisture Retention, Na+ Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46-50%
Swelling Na+ ¨ H+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5% max
Ca+ ¨ Na+. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8% max
Specific Gravity, Moist Na+ Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.27
Total Exchange Capacity, Na+ Form, wet, volumetric. . . . . 1.9 eq/l min
dry, weight . . . . . . . . 4.5 eq/kg min
Operating Temperature, Max., Na+ Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150°C (300°F) max
pH range, Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 - 14
Operating, Na+ cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 10
Suggested Operating Conditions

Operation Rate Solution Minutes Amount
Service 8 - 40 BV/h Influent Water – –
1.0 - 5.0 gpm/ft3
Backwash 7 - 12 m/h Influent Water 5 - 20 1.5 - 4 BV
3.0 - 5.0 gpm/ft2 5° - 30°C (40° - 80°F) 10 - 20 gal/ft3
Regeneration 2 - 7 BV/h 8 - 20% NaCl 15 - 60 60 - 320 g/l
0.25 - 0.90 gpm/ft3 4 - 10 lb/ft3
Rinse, (slow) 2 - 7 BV/h Influent Water 30 2 - 4 BV
0.25 - 0.90 gpm/ft3 (approx) 15 - 30 gal/ft3
Rinse, (fast) 8 - 40 BV/h Influent Water 30 3 - 10 BV
1.0 - 5.0 gpm/ft3 (approx) 24 - 45 gal/ft3
Backwash Expansion 50% to 75%

Design Rising Space 100%
“Gallons” refer to the U.S. Gallon = 3.785 litres
47
Anthracite
Anthracite is a select coal, mined and processed for use in water filtration. It is ideal for single bed, dual bed or
multi-media filtration systems.
Crushed Anthracite makes an excellent medium density filtration media. Anthracite is mined from the finest
Pennsylvania coal. It is specifically selected for water treatment, and during its production goes through several
sizing inspections. Representative samples are randomly chosen for a complete laboratory quality control analysis
for effective size, uniformity coefficient, specific gravity, acid solubility and hardness.
Because of its angular shape, some of the sediment penetrates deeper into the bed.When compared to equivalent
filter sands, this means longer filter runs and less head loss. Backwash rates are also reduced.
Because of its unique density,Anthracite can be used in multi-media filters.At 50 lbs/ft3, it will hydraulically classify
and remain above heavier media such as Filter Sand or Manganese Greensand, providing a prefiltration layer.
Physical Properties
Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Black
Bulk density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 lbs/ft3
Hardness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.0 - 3.8 (Mohs scale)
Effective size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . #1 Anthracite: 0.6 - 0.8 mm
#1-1/2 Anthracite: 0.85 - 0.95 mm
#2 Anthracite: 1.7 - 2.0 mm
Uniformity Coefficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . #1 Anthracite: <1.7
#1-1/2 Anthracite: <1.7
#2 Anthracite: <1.6
Mesh size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . #1 Anthracite: 14 x 30
#1-1/2 Anthracite: 10 x 20
#2 Anthracite: 4 x 12
Acid solubility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ≤1%
Caustic solubility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <1%
Apparent specific gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6 gm/cc
Meets AWWA Standard B100-96

Bed depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 - 36 in., 10 - 18 in multi-bed filters
Freeboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50% of bed depth (min.)
Service flow rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 gpm/sq.ft. or higher depending upon local conditions
Backwash flow rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . #1 Anthracite: 12 - 18 gpm/sq.ft.
#1-1/2 Anthracite: 18 - 25 gpm/sq.ft.
#2 Anthracite: use air scour
Backwash bed expansion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 - 40% of bed depth
Certified to
ANSI/NSF
Standard 61.
48
Pyrolux®
A naturally mined ore, Pyrolux is a mineral form of manganese dioxide which has been used in water treatment
for more than 75 years. Pyrolux is a granular filtration media for hydrogen sulfide, iron and manganese reduction.
Pyrolux functions as a catalyst, but itself remains relatively unchanged.
Pyrolux works on a principle whereby the hydrogen sulfide, iron and manganese are oxidized and trapped on the
media while simple backwashing cleans the bed. No chemical regeneration is required, nothing is imparted into
the drinking water and Pyrolux has a high capacity for low contaminant concentrations.
Pyrolux can be used in conjunction with aeration, chlorination, ozone or other pretreatment methods for difficult
applications. Chlorine or other oxidants accelerate the catalytic reaction.
Because of its heavy weight, it is very important that Pyrolux filters are backwashed properly to
insure adequate bed expansion and continued service life.
Physical Properties
Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Black
Bulk density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 lbs/ft3
Mesh size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 x 20
Effective size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.51 mm
Uniform coefficient. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.7
Specific gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8

pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.5 - 9.0
Bed depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . application dependent
Backwash flow rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . #25 - 30 gpm/sq.ft.
Service flow rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 gpm/sq.ft.
49
Filter-Ag®
Filter-Ag has many outstanding advantages over the more common granular filter media used for suspended solids
reduction. Its fractured edges and irregular surface provides a high surface area and complex flow path for efficient
removal of suspended matter throughout the filter bed, typically reducing suspended solids down to the 20 – 40
micron range. Filter-Ag’s larger particle size creates less pressure loss through the filter and allows deeper
sediment penetration into the bed for higher sediment loading and longer filter runs.This large and irregular shape
prevents the screening and caking of sediment in the top several inches of the filter bed as happens in the typical
sand filter, thus preventing a rapid build up of headloss and blinding problems. Filter-Ag’s light weight means lower
backwash rates and better bed expansion to release trapped sediment and rinse the filter media during the
backwash cycle. This ideal combination of particle shape, size and density make it a good choice where quality
water filtration and water conservation are important.
Although not intended to be an iron reduction media, extensive field experience has shown Filter-Ag’s rough and
jagged surface to be very good at entrapping the fragile iron flock that forms after dissolved iron has been
oxidized. The fragmented edges are apparently good flock collection points for the precipitated iron. Typical
oxidation methods include aeration, ozonation and chlorination.
Substantial savings can be realized when designing a system using Filter-Ag. Its low pressure drop, high service flow
rates and high bed loadings combined with lower backwash rates allow economy in equipment downsizing and
reduced pumping requirements. Its light apparent density also saves on handling expense and shipping costs.
Filter-Ag can be applied to systems designed for either pressure or gravity flow. Because of its unique density,
Filter-Ag can also be used in multi-media (graded density) filter designs allowing a more flexible approach to
difficult filtration problems.
Physical Properties
Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Light grey to near white
Bulk density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 - 26 lbs/cu.ft.
Specific gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.25 gm/cc
Mesh size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 x 30
Hardness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 (Mohs scale)
Conditions for Operation

Water pH range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wide range
Maximum water temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140°F/60°C
Bed depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 - 36 in.
Service flow rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 gpm/sq.ft. (although considerably higher rates are often used)
Backwash flow rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 10 gpm/sq.ft.
• Upon installation allow bed to soak overnight before backwashing
50
Manganese Greensand Plus
GreensandPlus™ is a black filter media used for removing soluble iron, manganese, hydrogen sulfide, arsenic and
radium from water supplies. The manganese dioxide coated surface of GreensandPlus acts as a catalyst in the
oxidation reduction reaction of iron and manganese.The silica sand core of GreensandPlus allows it to withstand
operating conditions in waters that are low in silica, TDS and hardness. When using GreensandPlus, you can
eliminate the aluminate feed.
GreensandPlus is effective at higher operating temperatures and higher differential pressures than ordinary
manganese greensand. Tolerance to higher differential pressure can provide for longer run times between
backwashes and a greater margin of safety. Systems may be designed using either vertical or horizontal pressure
filters, as well as open gravity filters.
GreensandPlus is a proven technology for iron, manganese, arsenic, radium and hydrogen sulfide removal. Unlike
in-situ treated media, there is no need for extensive preconditioning of filter media or lengthy startup periods,
during which required water quality may not be met.
GreensandPlus is an exact replacement for manganese greensand. It can be used in CR or IR applications and
requires no changes in backwash rate or times or chemical feeds.
GreensandPlus has the WQA Gold Seal Certification for compliance with NSF/ANSI 61. Packaging is available in
1/2 cubic foot bags or 1 metric ton (2,205 lbs) bulk sacks.
Physical Properties
Physical Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Black, nodular granules shipped in a dry form
Apparent Density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 pounds per cubic foot
Shipping Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 pounds per cubic foot gross
Specific Gravity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approximately 2.4
Porosity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approximately 0.45
Screen Grading (dry) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 x 60 mesh
Effective Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.30 - 0.35 mm
Uniform Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Less than 1.6
pH Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2 - 8.5*
Maximum Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No limit
Backwash Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minimum 12 gpm/sq.ft. at 55°F
Service Flow Rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 5 gpm/sq.ft.
Minimum Bed Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 inches (15-18 in. of each media or dual media beds)
*Raw waters having natural pH of 6.2 or above can be filtered through GreensandPlus without pH correction. Raw waters with a pH lower than
6.2 should be pH-corrected to 6.5-6.8 before filtration. Additional alkali should be added following the filters if a pH higher than 6.5-6.8 is desired
in the treated water.This prevents the possible adverse reaction and formation of a colloidal precipitate that sometimes occurs with iron and alkali
at a pH above 6.8.
51
Filter Sand and Gravel
Filter sand and gravel are naturally occurring, river washed, glacial deposit products. Their excellent chemical
properties – high in silica content and low in soluble calcium, magnesium and iron compounds. Precision sizing
and uniform grading to close limits meet the rigid specifications of professional engineers throughout the world.
For over 80 years filter sand and gravel have been satisfying the requirements of industrial, municipal and
residential users.These products have been specified and used nationally and internationally because of their high
quality, desirable chemical properties, color, and wide range of precision sizing.
Processing and regular analysis of production are supervised by registered professional engineers.
Filter Sand is graded specifically for water filtration plants. It can be used in municipal, industrial or residential
applications for sediment filtration.
Uncrushed Gravel has a highly spherical shape that promotes good flow and even distribution in support beds.
Gravel is low in soluble impurities and it will maintain the quality of the treated water, especially in softeners.
Three inch layers are recommended in graded support beds.
Physical Properties
Filter Sand
Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Light tan to reddish brown
Density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 lbs/cu.ft.
Mesh Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 x 35*
Effective Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.45 - 0.55 mm*
Uniform Coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5 or less*
Acid Solubility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.3 - 1.6%
Specific Gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.65 - 2.75

Filter Sand
Bed depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 - 30 in.
Freeboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . % of bed depth (min.)
Backwash bed expansion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20% of bed depth
Service flow rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Municipal: 1.5 - 2 gpm/sq.ft.
Industrial: 3 gpm/sq.ft.
Domestic: 5 gpm/sq.ft.
*All physical properties and conditions for operation are the same for gravel with the exception of mesh size, effective size and
uniformity coefficient.
52
Garnet
Called multi-media or mixed media filtration, the high density, small grain size of #30-40 Garnet solves a major
filtration problem. In a single media granular filter such as a sand filter, the material will hydraulically classify during
backwash according to granule size, the smallest rising to the top.When water flows downward through the sand,
the fine particles at the top of the bed do most of the straining of the sediment. The solids form a cake on the
surface with filtration typically taking place in the top few inches. As the cake forms, the filtration becomes finer
and the head loss increases exponentially with time.
The ideal situation would be to have the large grains of media at the top to trap the large solids, and a uniformly
decreasing grain size in the direction of fluid flow with the small grains at the bottom to do the final polishing.
The penetration of the solids into the entire bed allows for increased solids storage, longer filter runs, and higher
filtration rates.
A properly designed multi-media system will maintain its unique grading of large grains on top and small grains
on the bottom and provide superior performance even after many backwashings. This stable condition of large
grains above finer ones is achieved by the use of materials of different sizes and specific gravities. Garnet with its
high specific gravity of 4.0 forms the lower fine grain layer, its 0.3 mm effective size can filter down to the 10 –
20 micron range. Filter Sand, (effective size of 0.5 mm) and Anthracite, (effective size of 0.9 mm), or Filter-Ag can
form the larger, less dense layers.
Multi-media filtration technology is applicable to both water and waste water treatment. Custom designed filters
with varying filter bed configurations can be designed to meet specific needs. For the majority of municipal and
industrial water supply applications, a filter bed composed of 55% low density material, 30% medium density
material, and 15% high density material is recommended.
#8 Garnet at 140 lb/ft3 is a good choice for support beds when using other high purity Corosex II or the new
manganese dioxide oxidation medias such as Pyrolux.
Physical Properties
Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Light tan to reddish purple
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Almandite
Crystal system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cubic
Hardness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.0 - 7.5 (Mohs scale)
Bulk density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . #8 Garnet: 140 lbs/cu.ft.
#8 - 12 Garnet: 140 lbs/cu.ft.
#30 - 40 Garnet: 130 lbs/cu.ft.
Effective size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . #8 Garnet: 2.0 mm
#8 - 12 Garnet: 1.5 mm
#30 - 40 Garnet: 0.35 mm
Uniformity coefficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . #8 Garnet: 1.3
#8 - 12 Garnet: <1.5
#30 - 40 Garnet: 1.4
Specific gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8 - 4.2 gm/cc
Free silica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minimal
Acid solubility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minimal

Wide range – application specific
53
Birm®
Birm is an efficient and economical media for the reduction of dissolved iron and manganese compounds from
raw water supplies. It may be used in either gravity fed or pressurized water treatment systems. Birm acts as an
insoluble catalyst to enhance the reaction between dissolved oxygen (D.O.) and the iron compounds. In ground
waters the dissolved iron is usually in the ferrous bicarbonate state due to the excess of free carbon dioxide and
is not filterable. Birm, acting as a catalyst between the oxygen and the soluble iron compounds, enhances the
oxidation reaction of Fe++ to Fe+++ and produces ferric hydroxide which precipitates and may be easily filtered.The
physical characteristics of Birm provide an excellent filter media which is easily cleaned by backwashing to remove
the precipitant. Birm is not consumed in the iron removal operation and therefore offers a tremendous economic
advantage over many other iron removal methods.
Other advantages of Birm include: long material life with relatively low attrition loss, a wide temperature
performance range and extremely high removal efficiency. Negligible labor costs are involved because Birm does
not require chemicals for regeneration, only periodic backwashing is required.
When using Birm for iron removal, it is necessary that the water: contain no oil or hydrogen sulphide, organic
matter not to exceed 4 - 5 ppm, the D.O. content equal at least 15% of the iron content with a pH of 6.8 or
more. If the influent water has a pH of less than 6.8, neutralizing additives such as Corosex, Calcite or soda ash
may be used prior to the Birm filter to raise the pH. A water having a low D.O. level may be pretreated by
aeration. Chlorination greatly reduces Birm’s activity. High concentrations of chlorine compounds may deplete the
catalytic coating.
Birm may also be used for manganese reduction with the same dependability as iron removal. In these applications
the water to be treated should have a pH of 8.0 – 9.0 for best results. If the water also contains iron, the pH
should be below 8.5. High pH conditions may cause the formulation of colloidal iron which is very difficult to filter
out. All other conditions remain the same for either manganese or iron removal.
Physical Properties
Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Black
Bulk density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 – 45 lbs/cu.ft.
Mesh size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 x 40
Uniformity coefficient. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7

• Alkalinity should be greater than two times the combined sulphate and chloride concentration.
Water pH range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.8 – 9.0
• Dissolved Oxygen (D.O.) content must be equal to at least 15% of the iron (or iron and manganese) content.
Bed depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 - 36 in.
Backwash rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 12 gpm/sq. ft.
Service flow rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5 - 5 gpm/sq. ft. intermittent flow rates and/or favorable
local conditions may allow higher flow rates
54
Corosex® and Corosex II
Corosex
By neutralizing the free carbon dioxide in water, Corosex can correct acidic water conditions and render it less
corrosive. Corosex, being a highly reactive magnesium oxide, is used most effectively where pH correction is
substantial or high flow conditions are in use. pH correction and media consumption are affected by a number of
water chemical variables. Being soluble to acidity, Corosex will slowly dissolve and will need to be replenished
periodically.
On a per weight basis, magnesium oxide can neutralize much more acidity than can calcium carbonate (five times
as much). This results in greatly reduced chemical usage for the same pH correction. Please note, under certain
low flow conditions, Corosex may over-correct and create a highly basic (high pH) condition.
Under certain hardness conditions, pH correction can cause hardness minerals to precipitate out of solution,
resulting in cementing or solidification of the Corosex mineral bed. Upflow service is generally recommended
with hardness exceeding five grains per gallon. (Always use an in-line filter ahead of an upflow system to prevent
plugging of the lower distribution screen).
As Corosex’s magnesium oxide neutralizes the water, it will increase hardness and a softener may become
necessary after the neutralizing filter.
Corosex can be effectively combined with Calcite to combine the high flow neutralization properties of Corosex,
along with the slower reacting low flow properties of Calcite, reducing potentially high basic properties due to
overcorrection.
Corosex II
Also available is a high purity, high density magnesium oxide that overcomes some of the drawbacks of the original
Corosex.The advantage of Corosex II is that it is a slower reacting, more stable form of magnesium oxide, yet it
retains the advantages of substantial corrections to low pH waters and reduced chemical usage.
Physical Properties Conditions for Operation

Corosex • Downflow service is generally satisfactory on waters
Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brownish white with a hardness of less than five grains/gal. or where
Bulk density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 lbs/cu.ft. it’s combined with Calcite at least 50-50. Upflow
Mesh size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 x 16 service is generally recommended with hardness
Specific gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6 gm/cc exceeding five grains/gal. to prevent “cementing of the
Effective size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4 mm Corosex bed”
Uniform coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.7 • Use distributors designed for upflow applications
Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MgO 97% min. • A gravel support bed is recommended
Water pH range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5 - 6.0
Corosex II Bed depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 - 30 in.
Color. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . White Freeboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50% of bed depth (min.)
Bulk density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 lbs/cu.ft. • Backwash frequently to prevent possible cementing
Mesh size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 x 16 Backwash rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 12 gpm/sq. ft.
Specific gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4 gm/cc Service flow rate . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 6 gpm/sq. ft. but may
Effective size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3 mm be modified to adapt to
Uniform coefficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5 local conditions
Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MgO 99% min.
55
Activated Carbon
Granular activated carbon is designed for reduction of tastes, odors and dissolved organic chemicals from
municipal and industrial water supplies. Manufactured in the United States from select grades of bituminous coal
to produce a high density, durable granular product capable of withstanding the abrasion and dynamics associated
with repeated hydraulic transport, backwashing and mechanical handling. Activation is carefully controlled to
produce exceptionally high internal surface area with optimum pore size for the adsorption of a broad range of
high and low molecular weight organic contaminants.
One of the most common applications for High Activity Carbon (HAC) is the reduction of the undesirable tastes
and odors present in many chlorinated water supplies. HAC has been successful for many years in the reduction
of free chlorine from water supplies. The end product is clean, fresh water with no objectionable taste or odor
characteristics.
To obtain maximum efficiency of the activated carbon in the adsorption process, it is desirable to have the greatest
possible surface area in the smallest practical volume. This is necessary because the rate of adsorption is
proportional to the amount of surface area of the adsorbing medium media. HAC has a surface area of 850 square
meters per gram.This results in high efficiency and greater system economy. Petwa has provided activated carbon
as a pre-treatment for other water purification systems as well as for use in individual treatment equipment for
the removal of specific impurities.
HAC requires periodic backwashing to eliminate accumulated suspended matter and to re-grade the filter bed.
HAC has an extremely high capacity but must be replaced when the filter bed loses the capacity for reduction of
taste and odor. HAC may be used in either domestic or industrial applications using gravity flow or pressurized
filter vessels.
Physical Properties
Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Black
Mesh size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 x 40
Bulk density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 lbs/cu.ft.
Specific gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4 - 1.5 gm/cc
Effective size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.55 - 0.75 mm, 0.65 typical
Water soluble ash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . less than 0.5%
Iodine # . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 850 min., 900 typical
Abrasion # . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 min., 81 typical
Moisture as packed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2% max., 0.7% typical
• Meets American Water Works Association standard B604-96

• Water to be filtered should preferably be free of oil and suspended matter
• The water to be filtered should be relatively free of iron and turbidity for maximum service life
Water pH range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wide range
Bed depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 – 30 in.
Service flow rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 gpm/sq.ft.
• Upon installation, backwash to remove carbon fines before placing unit into service
56
Calcite
Calcite is a naturally occurring calcium carbonate media. One of the advantages of Calcite is its self-limiting
property. When properly applied, it corrects pH only enough to reach a non-corrosive equilibrium. It does not
over-correct under normal conditions. Upon contact with Calcite, acidic waters slowly dissolve the calcium
carbonate to raise the pH which reduces the potential leaching of copper, lead and other metals found in typical
plumbing systems. Periodic backwashing will prevent packing, reclassify the bed and maintain high service rates.
Depending on pH, water chemistry and service flow, the Calcite bed will have to be periodically replenished as
the Calcite is depleted.
As the Calcite’s calcium carbonate neutralizes the water, it will increase hardness and a softener may become
necessary after the neutralizing filter.
Calcite can be effectively combined with Corosex to combine the high flow neutralization properties of Corosex,
along with the slower reacting low flow properties of Calcite, increasing the ability to correct low pH.
Physical Properties
Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Near white
Bulk density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 lbs/cu.ft.
Mesh size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 x 40
Specific gravity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7
Hardness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.0 (Mohs scale)
Composition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CaCO3, 95% min.
MgCO3, 3.0% max.

• A gravel support bed is recommended
Water pH range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.0 - 7.0
Bed depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 - 30 in.
Backwash rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 12 gpm/sq. ft.
Backwash bed expansion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35% of bed depth
Service flow rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 6 gpm/sq.ft. but may be modified to adapt to local
conditions
57
MTM®
MTM is a granular manganese dioxide filtering media used for reducing iron, manganese and hydrogen sulphide
from water. Its active surface coating oxidizes and precipitates soluble iron and manganese. Hydrogen sulphide is
oxidized to a sulphur.The precipitates are filtered out in the granular bed and removed by backwashing.
MTM consists of a light weight granular core with a coating of manganese dioxide. The coating provides an
example of contact filtration where the media itself provides the oxidizing potential. This allows for a much
broader range of operation than many other iron removal media. A pH level as low as 6.2 can be treated.
Dissolved oxygen is not essential.The media’s light weight reduces backwash water requirements.
When the oxidizing power of MTM is reduced, the bed has to be regenerated with a weak solution of potassium
permanganate (KMnO4), thus restoring its oxidizing capacity. A regenerating solution of 1-1/2 to 2 ounces (dry
weight) of potassium permanganate per cubic foot is sufficient for normal regeneration. Upon start-up a new bed
should be backwashed and caution taken to insure that the lightweight media is not backwashed to drain.A new
bed should be regenerated the evening of installation. Operating the filter after its oxidizing capacity is exhausted
will reduce its service life and may cause staining.
MTM requires either intermittent or continuous regeneration to maintain its oxidizing capacity. A solution of
potassium permanganate (or chlorine then potassium permanganate) can be pre-fed to maintain capacity. In the
latter case, the manganese dioxide coating acts as a catalyst to enhance the oxidation reaction and as a buffer to
reduce any excess potassium permanganate concentration and prevent it from entering the service lines.
Physical Properties
Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dark brown
Bulk density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 lbs/cu. ft.
Uniformity coefficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0
Mesh size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 x 40

Water pH range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2 - 8.5
Maximum water temp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100°F / 38°C
Bed depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 - 36 in.
Service flow rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 5 gpm/sq. ft., 8 - 10 gpm/sq. ft. intermittent flow possible
Backwash flow rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 10 gpm per sq. ft.
Backwash expansion rate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 - 40% of bed depth (min.)
Regenerant dosage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1/2 - 2 oz. of KMnO4 by weight per cu. ft.
Influent Limitations
Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . None
Polyphosphates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . None
Capacity Per Cu.Ft.

• Iron (Fe+2) alone 600 grains (10,000 ppm)
• Manganese (Mn+2) alone 300 grains (5,000 ppm)
• Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) alone 175 grains (3,000 ppm)
58
Centaur® 12 x 40
CENTAUR 12x40 is a liquid phase virgin activated carbon that has been manufactured to develop catalytic
functionality. The product is unique in that it concentrates reactants via adsorption and then promotes their
reaction on the surface of the pores. CENTAUR 12x40 is produced from bituminous coal using a patented
process. Although it is not impregnated with metals or alkali, it displays the catalytic functionality of these
materials. In most cases, it can be reactivated and does not present the disposal concerns associated with
impregnated carbons.
Applications
CENTAUR 12x40 can be utilized in the liquid phase for the promotion of oxidation, reduction, decomposition,
substitution, and elimination reactions. Specific applications include chloramines, hydrogen sulphide, and iron
removal from drinking water.This product is particularly suited for use in residential and commercial water filters,
for treatment of process water in the bottling and soft drink industries, and for aquarium water treatment.
CENTAUR 12x40 combines a fine pore structure for enhanced adsorption of trace contaminants with high
catalytic activity for their elimination. Thermal reactivation is an option for recycle and reuse of this product to
minimize operating costs and eliminate disposal concerns.
Design Considerations
CENTAUR 12x40 is intended primarily for use in liquid phase systems to promote catalytic reactions. Depending
on the reactant concentrations, the required contact times are usually less than five minutes.The backwashed and
drained density of the product is typically 33 lb/ft3.
Packaging
33 lb (15.0 kg) Kraft bags
Physical Properties
Peroxide No.*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 max
Iodine No., mg/g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 825 min
Ash, by weight %. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 max
Moisture, wt %, as packed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 max
Abrasion No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 min
Apparent Density, g/ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.56 min
U.S. Sieve Series:
Percent on 12 mesh. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 max
Percent through 40 mesh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 max
*Peroxide number utilizes the rate of decomposition of hydrogen peroxide by the carbon and is an indicator of the amount of catalytic
activity.
59
next-Sand
next-Sand is based on a rare natural mineral that is highly processed and graded. It’s unique properties allow it to
radically alter the performance and cost of media filtration.The hardness, stability and microporous character of
nextsand makes it a perfect filtration media for virtually every application in the water and wastewater treatment
industry.
Features
• High filtration performance-3-5 micron removal.
• High capacity filtration throughout the entire nextsand bed depth provides more than twice the capacity of
multimedia filtration.
• High flow– 3-4 times that of multimedia with superior filtration.
• Long lasting media (>5 years) not consumed in the process.
• Simple periodic backwash keeps the media clean and operating efficiently.
Applications
• RO Pretreatment–superior SDI (silt density index) reduction
• Cooling Towers–unequalled Turbidity removal
• Municipal Water Treatment, pressure and gravity filters–higher flow, lower pressure drop and superior filtration
performance
• Wastewater Polishing–exceptional TSS (total suspended solids) removal
• Precipitated metals removal
• Carwash reclaim and recycling
• Irrigation
Physical Properties
• Composition ....................................................................High Purity Alumino-Silicate
• Size .....................................................................................0.4-1.4 mm (approx. 14x40 mesh)
• Color .................................................................................Dark Gray
• Surface Area .....................................................................25m2/gram
• Surface Absorption .........................................................Hydrophillic
• Thermal Stability .............................................................Stable to 500° C
• Coefficient of Uniformity ..............................................1.7
• Bed Void Volume ..............................................................55%
• Surface Charge ................................................................Net Negative
• Bulk Density .....................................................................55 lbs per ft3 (0.88 kg/L)
• Packaging ...........................................................................1 ft3 bags, 2200lb (40ft3) supersacks.
Performance Characteristics
• Filtration (nominal) .........................................................3-5 micron
• Surface Loading ...............................................................16-20 gpm/ft2 (Typical)
12 gpm/ft2 (Optimized for silt, SDI and ultrafine
particulates)
Operating Characteristics Typical Backwash Flow Requirements vs

Water Temp*
Service Flow 12-20 gpm/ft2
Backwash Flow 13-22 gpm/ft2 80°F 70°F 60°F 50°F 40°F
Backwash Duration 5-15 min Flow (27°C) (21°C) (16°C) (10°C) (4.5°C)
Backwash Expansion 40-50% 2
U.S.gpm/ft 22.3 19.8 17.2 14.8 12.5
Backwash Frequency Delta-P determined m/h 54.5 48.4 42 36.2 30.6
Bed Depth 30”-48” depending on application *40% bed expansion.
60
Potassium Permanganate Feeder
Potassium Permanganate Feeder Assembly incorporates a non-pressurized storage tank and innovative grid design
along with our dependable 464 float valve. The attractive 10” x 16” tank is made of tough blow molded high
density polyethylene, and contains an ultraviolet inhibitor (UVI) for increased resistance to sunlight.* It has a
Potassium Permanganate capacity of 30 pounds and a liquid capacity of five gallons. Feeders are available in blue,
almond, or black (standard) and can be ordered in two, four, or six ounce delivery capacities.
The black injection molded cover is securely fastened with three stainless steel safety screws to prevent access
by children and pets. (As with all chemicals, the potassium permanganate chemical tank should be placed safely
away from children or pets). Chemical warning and drain caution labels are affixed to the unit.
The unique polypropylene felt grid pad retains even the finest grade of undissolved Potassium Permanganate above
the grid.This permits efficient use of our assembly with all grades of Potassium Permanganate.Two and four ounce
feeders have a grid platform height of 5-3/4 inches. Six ounce feeders have a grid platform height of 7-5/8 inches.
The unit is shipped fully tested and assembled in individual cartons. Shipping weight is seven pounds. Please consult
the factory for further information.
Iron and Manganese Removal:

A recommended dose of 1-1/2 - 2 ounces of
Potassium Permanganate per cubic foot of MTM or
Manganese Greensand is suggested for regeneration.
Correct water temperature is important to properly
dissolve Potassium Permanganate. At 50°F (10°C)
four ounces of Potassium Permanganate can dissolve
in one gallon of water.At room temperatures (72°F -
22°C) eight ounces will dissolve in one gallon of
water.
For further information please contact customer

service.
*Black HDPE tanks do not require UVI. Black colored HDPE is

naturally resistant to sunlight.
61
NOTES
62
Drinking
Water
Systems
63
1240 Series Manifold RO Drinking Water Systems
Pro Series
Premier Push Button Reverse Osmosis Systems
Our premier model is equipped with our patented Smartap® Push
Button Monitor.At the touch of a button you can be assured that
you are receiving top quality water or
you will be alerted that it is time to
change your membrane. This model
also utilizes three dedicated sediment
and carbon filters.
This model is tested and certified by
WQA Tested
WQA against NSF/ANSI 58 for the
and Certified
reduction of TDS. Tested and
against CSA
Certified by WQA against ORD0902
B483.1
for “lead free” compliance
M Series
Advanced Four-Stage Reverse Osmosis Systems
This model produces great tasting drinking water utilizing
separate dedicated sediment and carbon pre-filters, allowing for
longer run time between cartridge changes.
E Series
Standard Three-Stage Reverse Osmosis Systems
The E Series utilizes a combination sediment/carbon pre-filter and
a dedicated sediment post-filter.This system is great for installing
in tight spaces or for those looking for the most economical
solution.
64
1240 Series Manifold RO Drinking Water Systems
1240 Series Models and System Configurations

Petwa Model Sediment Output†
Item # Description Vessels Filter Pre-Filter Membrane Post-Filter GPD Monitor
07-1240102-30 3VTFC50G 3 None Dual-Purpose Thin Film Composite Activated Carbon 50 None
07-1240202-30 4VTFC50G 4 String Wound Polypropylene Activated Carbon Thin Film Composite Activated Carbon 50 None
07-1240203-30 4VTFC75G 4 String Wound Polypropylene Activated Carbon Thin Film Composite Activated Carbon 75 None
07-1240302-30 4VTFC50G-PB* 4 String Wound Polypropylene Activated Carbon Thin Film Composite Activated Carbon 50 Push Button
07-1240303-30 4VTFC75G-PB* 4 String Wound Polypropylene Activated Carbon Thin Film Composite Activated Carbon 75 Push Button
* These models are tested and certified by WQA against NSF/ANSI 58 for the reduction of TDS. Tested and Certified by WQA against ORD0902 for “lead free”
compliance. WQA Tested and Certified against CSA B483.1
Conditions for Use

† Manufacturer’s output specification
Source Water Supply Profile Chemical Parameters Max mg/L only with inlet conditions of 345 kPa (50
Community/Private Chlorinated/Non-Chlorinated Hardness (CaCO3) <350 (< 20 gpg) psig), 25°C (77°F), going to atmosphere.
Feed Water Pressure1 242 – 690 kPa (35-100 psig) Iron (Fe) <0.1 This product is manufactured under
Temperature 4° – 38°C (40° – 100°F) Manganese (Mn) <0.05 one or more of the following U.S.
patents: 5,045,197; 5,057,212;
pH Range 3.0 – 11.0 Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) 0.00 5,221,473
Maximum TDS Level 2000 mg/L Residual Chlorine (Cl2) <2.0
Turbidity** <1.0 NTU **Nephelometric Turbidity Unit
Maximum SDI*** <4.0 ***Silt Density Index: Value stated in SDI units.
Notes: 1Pressure Regulator is recommended for feed water pressures exceeding 552 kPa (80 psig). The performance of a reverse osmosis membrane is highly dependent
upon pressure, temperature and TDS. The actual volume of product water and rejection percentage will vary with differences from the test conditions that membrane
ratings are based upon. These drinking water systems are not intended to be used for the treatment of water that is microbiologically unsafe or of unknown quality.
Storage tank capacity is dependent on pressure. Example: with a 7 psi precharge, the drawdown volume is 2.16 gal at 60 psi, 1.79 gal at 40 psi for the storage tank
shown.
Booster Pump
Raises the water pressure and maintains it at the ideal level for the system
to operate at maximum efficiency. Recommended for use on supplies with
low pressure or high concentrations of total dissolved solids (TDS). The
pump is self-priming and whisper-quiet. It runs on a 24VAC transformer
(included) from a standard 120VAC electrical outlet.
System includes: Flexible mounting plate, quick connect fittings and a
pressure shut-off switch.
Item #: 07-92325
Model: RO Booster with Pressure Switch and Transformer for
25 to 75 Gallon per day Systems
65
Economy RO Drinking Water Systems
All models include: 3/8”outlet tubing for higher flows, thin film composite (TFC) membranes, quick connect fittings for
easy installation and servicing, heavy duty powder coated bracket, stainless steel product water check valve, automatic
shut-off valve, 14.4 litre (3.8 U.S. gallon) storage tank and under counter installation kit.
Economy RO Model Components
Reverse Osmosis Membrane - allows water molecules to pass while dissolved impurities are flushed to the drain.
Five Micron Pre-Filter - removes tiny particles of suspended dirt and sediment.
Activated Carbon Pre-Filter - protects TFC membrane from chlorine and removes organics.
Activated Carbon Post Filter - removes tastes and odors to give water a final “polish” prior to delivery.
Pressurized Storage Tank - holds purified drinking and cooking water ready for use.
Chrome Plated Faucet - mounts attractively on sink or counter to deliver pure water at the touch of a lever.
Economy RO Booster Pump Model Specific Components

Booster Pump - raises and maintains the water pressure at the optimum level to ensure the highest TDS rejection rate
with maximum production.
Product Water Pressure Switch - shuts off system when pressure tank has been filled.
Feed Water Pressure Switch - protects pump against run dry situations.
The performance of a reverse osmosis membrane is highly dependent upon pressure, temperature and TDS. The actual volume of product water and rejection percentage
will vary with differences from the test conditions that membrane ratings are based upon. These drinking water systems are not intended to be used for the treatment of water
that is microbiologically unsafe or of unknown quality.
Economy Reverse Osmosis Systems

Model E50TFC-3SF Model E75TFC-3SF
features: features:
• Reverse osmosis membrane, nominally • Reverse osmosis membrane, nominally
rated at 50 U.S. gallons per day1. rated at 75 U.S. gallons per day1.
• Pre-filters: 10" five (5) micron • Pre-filters: 10" five (5) micron
Sediment Cartridge and 10" Activated Sediment Cartridge and 10" Activated
Carbon Cartridge Carbon Cartridge
• Post filter: 10" Activated Carbon • Post filter: 10" Activated Carbon
Cartridge Cartridge
• Non air gap faucet • Non air gap faucet
• Plastic storage tank • Plastic storage tank
Economy Reverse Osmosis Systems c/w Booster

Pump
Model EBP75TFC-3SF features:
• Reverse osmosis membrane, nominally rated at 75 U.S. gallons per day1.
• Booster Pump: Mounted on RO to maintain constant water pressure.
• Pre-filters: 10" five (5) micron Sediment Cartridge and 10" Activated Carbon
Cartridge
• Post filter: 10" Activated Carbon Cartridge
• Non air gap faucet
• Plastic storage tank
Item Model Sediment Output Rejection Storage Tank Booster

Number Description Stages Filter Pre-Filter Membrane Post-Filter GPD(1) %(2) US Gallons(3) Pump
07-2870 E50TFC-3SF 4 Spun Polypropylene Activated Carbon TFC Activated Carbon 50 up 3.8 No
07-2871 E75TFC-3SF 4 Spun Polypropylene Activated Carbon TFC Activated Carbon 75 to 3.8 No
07-2876 EBP75TFC-3SF 4 Spun Polypropylene Activated Carbon TFC Activated Carbon 75 99% 3.8 Yes
(1)
Nominal product water ratings are based on the following conditions: Supply TDS of 250 ppm softened tap water, 50 psi (0.36 Mpa), 77°F (25°C), pH 8 and 15% recovery
with outlet to atmosphere.
(2)
TDS rejection percentages are dependent on the supply conditions and the substance being measured.
(3)
Storage tank capacity is dependent upon pressure. For example, with a 7 psi precharge, the drawdown volume is 2.16 gallons at 60 psi; 1.76 gallons at 40 psi.
66
Economy RO Drinking Water Systems
Economy Reverse Osmosis Systems WQA Approved
Model E50TFC-3NSF Model E75TFC-3NSF
features: features:
• WQA Gold Seal tested and certified • WQA Gold Seal tested and certified
to NSF/ANSI 58 to NSF/ANSI 58
• Reverse osmosis membrane, nominally • Reverse osmosis membrane, nominally
rated at 50 U.S. gallons per day. rated at 75 U.S. gallons per day.
• Pre-filters: 10" five (5) micron • Pre-filters: 10" five (5) micron
Sediment Cartridge and 10" Activated Sediment Cartridge and 10" Activated
Carbon Cartridge Carbon Cartridge
• Post filter: 10" Activated Carbon • Post filter: 10" Activated Carbon
This model is tested and
certified by WQA against Cartridge Cartridge
NSF/ANSI 58 for the • Non air gap faucet • Non air gap faucet
reduction of TDS.
• Air gap kit • Air gap kit
WQA Tested and • Plastic storage tank • Plastic storage tank
Certified against
CSA B483.1
The following Economy Reverse Osmosis Systems conform to NSF/ANSI 58 for the specific performance claims as verified
and substantiated by test data.
Item Model # of Storage Tank Vessel Vessel Vessel Vessel Daily Prod. Rate(2) Efficiency Recovery
# Description Vessels Capacity Ltr (gal) 1 2 3 4 L/day (G/day) Rating(3) % Rating(4) %
07-2885 E50TFC-3NSF 4 6 (1.6) Sediment Filter Carbon Filter TFC(1) Membrane Carbon Filter 45.4 (12) 8.5 17.5
(1)
07-2886 E75TFC-3NSF 4 8.7 (2.3) Sediment Filter Carbon Filter TFC Membrane Carbon Filter 100 (26.4) 14.5 25.8
(1)
TFC refers to reverse osmosis membranes constructed from a THIN FILM COMPOSITE
(2)
The daily production rate is the volume of product water produced by the system per day and is determined by testing in accordance with the procedure outlined in NSF/ANSI Standard 58.
(3)
System’s Efficiency rating as verified by testing in accordance with NSF/ANSI standard 58. Efficiency rating means the percentage of the influent water to the system that is available to the user as
reverse osmosis treated water under operating conditions that approximate typical daily usage.
(4)
System’s Recovery rating as verified by testing in accordance with NSF/ANSI Standard 58. System’s Recovery rating means the percentage of the influent water to the membrane portion of the
system that is available to the user as reverse osmosis treated water when the system is operated without a storage tank or when the storage tank is bypassed.
*PRESSURE REGULATOR IS RECOMMENDED FOR FEED WATER PRESSURES EXCEEDING 552 kPa (80 psig)
Conditions for Use

Source Water Supply Profile Chemical Parameters Max mg/L
Community/Private Chlorinated/Non-Chlorinated Hardness (CaCO3) <10 gpg / NSF: <350 (< 20 gpg)
Feed Water Pressure* 242 – 690 kPa (35 – 100 psig) Iron (Fe) <0.1
Temperature 4° – 38°C (40° – 100°F) Manganese (Mn) <0.05
pH Range 3.0 – 11.0 Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) 0.00
Maximum TDS Level 2000 mg/L Residual Chlorine (Cl2) <2.0
Turbidity** <1.0 NTU
Maximum SDI*** <4.0
*Pressure regulator is recommended for feed water pressures exceeding 552 kpa (80 psig); **Nephelometric Turbidity Unit; ***Silt Density Index: Value stated in SDI units.
Model 07-92325 Kemflo RO Booster with Pressure Switch and

Transformer for 35 to 75 Gallon per day Systems
• Raises the water pressure and maintains it at the ideal level for the
system to operate at maximum efficiency.
• Recommended for use on rural supplies with low pressure or high
concentrations of total dissolved solids (TDS).
• Pump is self priming and is whisper quiet. It runs on a 24VAC transformer
(included) from a standard 120VAC electrical outlet.
System includes: Flexible mounting plate, quick connect fittings and a

pressure shut-off switch.
67
Aquatec Reverse Osmosis Booster Pumps
Aquatec booster pumps are available for reverse osmosis system installations on low pressure water supplies. A booster
pump raises and maintains the water pressure to the optimum level to ensure the highest rejection rate and maximum
production.
Distinguishing Features
• Toughest, most durable pump on the market • New motor venting system to remove moisture
• Expels trapped air (no more air locks) • EMI/RFI electronic noise suppression
• Can be mounted w/pump head up or down • 100% final performance tested
• More flow at extremely low inlet pressures • 1 year limited warranty against manufacturing
defects
Item # 07-92287 Aquatec Model CDP 6800 Series Booster Pump Package
• complete with PSW Shutoff Switch and 115V Transformer • suitable for R.O. Systems rated up to 50 GPD
Key Operating Benefits: • Pump inlet/outlet 1/4” QC
• Maximum Pump Pressure - 120 PSI (827 kPa) • Flexible mounting plate
• Maximum Inlet Pressure - 40 PSI (275 kPa)
• Used with membranes 9 to 50 GPD
• Up to 30,000+ operating hours (estimated)
• Can run dry without damage
• Self priming - 60” lift
• Low voltage (12-24V) motor for maximum safety
• Corrosion resistant exterior
• Continuous or intermittent operation
• Supplied with 3/8” PSW Tank Shut-off switch
• Quiet - less than 45 DBA CDP 6800 Dimensional Specifications
Item # 07-92317 Aquatec Model CDP 8800 Series Booster Pump Package
• complete with PSW Shutoff Switch and 115V Transformer • suitable for R.O. Systems rated up to 120 GPD.
Key Operating Benefits: • Pump inlet/outlet 3/8” QC

• Maximum Pump Pressure - 120 PSI (827 kPa) • Flexible mounting plate
• Maximum Inlet Pressure - 40 PSI (275 kPa)
• Used with membranes 50 to 100 GPD
• Up to 15,000+ operating hours (estimated)
• Can run dry without damage
• Self-printing - 60” lift
• Low voltage (12-24V) motor for maximum safety
• Corrosion resistant exterior
• Continuous or intermittent operation
• Supplied with 3/8” PSW tank shut-off switch
• Quiet - less than 52 DBA CDP 8800 Dimensional Specifications
Accessories
Item # 07-92318: Item #07-92319: Item #07-93323:

3/8” PSW Tank Shut-off Switch CDP 6800 Transformer CDP 8800 Transformer
68
Kemflo Reverse Osmosis Booster Pump
Item #07-92325
Nominal Maximum Flow Rate = 1.0 LPM (0.26 USGPM)
Maximum Pump Pressure = 758 kPa (110 PSI)
Maximum Inlet Pressure = 414 kPa (60 PSI)
Ambient Temperature Limits = 5 to 35°C (40 to 90°F)
Voltage = 24VDC
The Kemflo Reverse Osmosis Booster Pump can be used with Petwa's 101 or 123 Series Reverse Osmosis
systems from 9 to 75 GPD to provide increased pressure to the inlet of the system for increased production
and higher quality water. The pump provides virtually noise free operation.
Pump comes complete with:

• 120VAC to 24VDC Class 2 Transformer, UL Approved for the US and Canada
• Pressure Switch with 3/8" QC Fittings
• Pump inlet / outlet with ¼" QC Fittings
• Vibration Dampening Motor Mount
1 Year Limited Warranty against manufacturing defects
69
RO Pro Reverse Osmosis Storage Tank
Features
• Polypropylene construction
• Maximum Pressure = 100 psig
• Diameter: 9 3/4”, Height: 19 1/2”
RO-Pro Drawdown - with 7 psi pre-charge pressure
COMPONENT
RO-Pro tanks are manufactured by Kemflo
International Co., Ltd. - Pingtong, Taiwan
70
Reverse Osmosis Storage Tanks
AMTROL Reverse Osmosis Water Storage Tanks

• The most reliable R.O. tank made - the choice for the first R.O. system ever
made...still first choice among R.O. makers today.
• Broadest line in the industry
• Meets the most demanding specifications for potable water - certified by NSF,
Standard 58. Meets U.S. FDA Spec 121.2500, Sub F.
• Keeps water tasting fresh
• Unsurpassed customer service, on time delivery and ready availability
• American made
• 5 year warranty
The Design That Has Set The Standard

Fifty years of innovation, quality control and
engineering excellence go into every AMTROL
tank.
• Longest lasting charge in the industry

• AMTROL’s pioneering diaphragm design provides:
longest life and most complete water discharge
• Fully enclosed polypropylene and butyl water
reservoir - ensures water purity and has less
rubber/water contact than a bladder tank
• Built to last - durable steel tank
• AMTROL is an ISO 9001 Company
Total Tank Water Capacity in Gallons (Liters) at Various System Pressures Dimensions Shipping
Model Volume psig 20 30 40 50 60 70 Diameter Height Weight
Number Gal. (Ltr) bar 1.38 2.07 2.76 3.45 4.14 4.83 cm (inches) cm (inches) kg (lbs)
RO-2 2.0 0.9 1.1 1.3 1.4 1.4 1.6 20.32 32.07 2.3
(7.6) (3.3) (4.2) (4.8) (5.3) (5.6) (6.0) (8") (12-5/8") (5)
RO-3 3.2 1.4 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.5 23.02 35.8 3.2
(12.1) (5.2) (6.8) (7.7) (8.4) (8.9) (9.3) (9-11/16") (14-3/32") (7)
RO-4 4.4 1.9 2.5 2.8 3.1 3.2 3.4 27.94 38.1 4.1
(17.0) (7.2) (9.3) (10.7) (11.7) (12.3) (12.8) (11") (15") (9)
RO-14 14.0 6.1 7.8 9.0 9.7 10.3 10.7 39.05 56.36 10.9
(53.0) (22.9) (29.6) (33.9) (36.9) (39.0) (40.7) (15-3/8") (22-3/16") (24)
RO-20 20.0 5.8 8.9 11.0 * * * 39.05 80.65 14.6
(76.0) (21.8) (33.9) (41.5) * * * (15-3/8") (31-3/4") (32)
RO-34 34.0 9.1 14.7 18.2 20.6 22.4 23.8 55.88 74.93 27.7
(129.0) (34.4) (55.5) (68.9) (78.1) (84.9) (90.1) (22") (29-1/2") (61)
RO-44 44.0 12.7 19.7 24.1 27.2 29.5 31.2 55.88 91.44 39.1
(167.0) (48.0) (74.5) (91.3) (103.0) (111.5) (118.0) (22") (29-1/2") (86)
RO-86 86.0 24.8 38.5 47.2 43.2 * * 66.04 119.86 55.8
(326.0) (93.8) (145.6) (178.5) (201.2) * * (26") (47-3/16") (123)
For each model from the RO-1 through the RO-14, the first line is the capacity in gallons with a 5 psig air charge. (0.34 bar); the second line
is the capacity in liters with a 0.34 bar air charge. For models RO-20 through RO-86, the air charge is 10 psig (0.69 bar).
*Call for availability.
71
Reverse Osmosis Designer Faucets
The Tomlinson Designer RO Faucet The Tomlinson Contemporary RO
comes in 9 beautiful finishes to match Faucet comes in four fabulous finishes
today's designer kitchens.This lead-free which add high style to the high-end
designer faucet retrofits to most kitchen.
brands and is an excellent upgrade Features
from basic faucets that come with • Elegant design complements today’s
most RO and other Filter Systems. high-end kitchens
Features • Retrofits most brands
• Combines quality and style with up- • Lever style handle
sell appeal • Protective spout tip design prevents after-drip
• Retrofits most brands • Patented modular air gap (US patent #7,011,106)
• Smooth operating ceramic disk element • Internal ceramic disc provides smooth operation
• Lever style handle • High reach neck of 12” (305 mm); swivels easily, 360°
• Standard finish is highly polished chrome; nine • Pre-installed tubing allows for quick connections
other designer finishes available • All mounting hardware is included
• High reach neck design of 12" (305 mm); optional • NSF listed to ANSI NSF Std. 61
shorter neck also available • Two-year warranty
• Neck swivels easily, 360°
• Unique protective spout tip prevents after drip Specifications
• Modular air gap (patent pending) Item Model
• Base diameter is 2-1/4" (57 mm) Number Description
• Preinstalled tubing for quick connections 07-87551 Designer Air Gap RO Faucet, Polished Chrome
• Mounting hardware included 07-87552 Designer Air Gap RO Faucet, Satin Nickel
• NSF listed to ANSI NSF Std. 61-1999a 07-87553 Designer Air Gap RO Faucet, Antique Bronze
• Two-year warranty 07-87554 Designer Air Gap RO Faucet, Brushed Stainless Finish
Specifications Spout Reach: 5" (127 mm)

Overall Height: 12" (305 mm)
Item Model
Number Description Pressure Rating: 125 PSI / 8.3 BAR
07-87540 Designer Air Gap RO Faucet, Polished Chrome Flow Rate at 35 PSI / 2.32 BAR: 1.0 gpm (3.785 lpm)
07-87541 Designer Air Gap RO Faucet, Satin Nickel Temperature Rating: 40°F / 4°C to 150°F / 66°C
07-87542 Designer Air Gap RO Faucet,White Mounting Hole Diameter:
07-87543 Designer Air Gap RO Faucet, Biscuit Without air gap:1/2" min, 1-1/8" max
07-87544 Designer Air Gap RO Faucet, Black
With air gap 7/8" min; 1-1/8" max
07-87545 Designer Air Gap RO Faucet, Polished Brass
07-87546 Designer Air Gap RO Faucet, Antique Bronze
The Designer RO Faucet is NSF listed to
ANSI Std. 61.
07-87547 Designer Air Gap RO Faucet, Bright Nickel
07-87548 Designer Air Gap RO Faucet, Brushed Stainless Finish
Spout Reach: 5" (127 mm) Options

Overall Height: 12" (305 mm)
Designer RO Display Kit
Pressure Rating: 125 PSI / 8.3 BAR
#07-87550
Flow Rate at 35 PSI / 2.32 BAR: 1.0 gpm (3.785 lpm) • Displays your choice of 4
Temperature Rating: 40°F / 4°C to 150°F / 66°C Designer RO Faucets in
Mounting Hole Diameter: Without air gap: 1/2" under 12" of space.
With air gap: 7/8" • Attractive marble-like base
highlights faucet finishes.
The Designer RO Faucet is NSF listed to • Easy to assemble.
Designer RO Faucets sold separately
ANSI Std. 61-1999A. • Completely portable.
72
Value Faucets
The Value Faucets are the best alternative to upgrade the existing basic faucets at your home.The Value Faucets
are a unique quarter turn faucet that comes in two designs and six different finishes.These faucets are NSF
approved and are lead-free.
Features:
• Elegant design complements today’s high-end kitchens
• NSF listed to ANSI NSF Std. 61 and is lead free
• Retrofits most brands
• Internal ceramic disc provides smooth operation
• High Neck Design which swivels 360°
• Lever style quarter turn handle
These faucets are NSF 61
• All mounting hardware is included
approved and are lead-free.
• Available in two designs, six different finishes
• Two-year warranty
Series 888 Specifications Series 905 Specifications

• Overall Height of 11.5" (292 mm) • Overall Height of 11.075" (281.32 mm)
• Swivels Easily, 360° • Swivels Easily, 360°
• Spout Reach: 5.7" (146 mm) • Spout Reach: 4.75" (120 mm)
• Mounting Hole Diameter: ½" (12.5 mm) • Mounting Hole Diameter: ½" (12.5 mm)
• Base Diameter: 1.73" (44 mm) • Base Diameter: 1.76 (44.8 mm)
• Connection*: ¼" compression nut fitting • Connection*: ¼" compression nut fitting
• Operating pressure: 125 psi/8.3 bar • Operating pressure: 125 psi/8.3 bar
• Flow Rate: 1.0 gpm/3.785 lpm at 35 PSI/2.32 BAR • Flow Rate: 1.0 gpm/3.785 lpm at 35 PSI/2.32 BAR
• Temperature Rating: 4°C/40°F to 70°C/158°F • Temperature Rating: 4°C/40°F to 70°C/158°F
Item # Description Item # Description

Series 888 Series 905
87580 Faucet, Polished Chrome 87582 Faucet, Polished Chrome
87581 Faucet, Brushed Nickel 87583 Faucet, Brushed Nickel
87584 Faucet, Black 87586 Faucet, Satin Nickel
87585 Faucet, Satin Nickel 87587 Faucet, Oil Rubbed Bronze
87588 Faucet, Antique Brass
87589 Faucet, Antique Wine
* The standard faucets come with 1/4" compression nut fitting. The 3/8" quick connect faucet adapter fitting (#07-92407) can be purchased separately.
73
Point-of-Use Coolers
PURA COOL PURA MAX

The PURA COOL is an economical The PURA MAX bottle-free
bottle-free cooler product.The cooler is a product with a modern
treatment system is mounted look and feel suitable for business
remotely and the cooler provides hot and homes, but without the added
and cold filtered drinking water in a ultraviolet option of the Max Plus
basic yet sturdy platform. model.
Features Features
• Hot and Cold dispensing spigots • Modern look with metallic finish
• Hot water safety lock to prevent matches any décor particularly in
accidental dispensing office environments
• Dual float shut-off for safety • 1 gallon stainless steel cold tank
• Both remotely mounted filtration or • Hot and Cold dispensing spigots
reverse osmosis options • Hot water safety lock to prevent
• Meets UL and CSA requirements accidental dispensing
• Lower cabinet is large enough to
mount either a filtration cartridge
package or a reverse osmosis system
• Meets UL and CSA requirements
PURA MAX PLUS PURA ULTIMATE

The PURA MAX PLUS includes a With advanced features such as
system which re-circulates water “in tank” UV Santizationand
from the cold reservoir past an BioCote® to inhibitbiological
ultraviolet sterilization lamp for growth, the PURA ULTIMATE
continual sanitization.This Max Plus provides an endless supply of
has a modern look and feel that is water with safety and security.The
suitable for both business and home Ultimate modern and yet robust
environments. appeal and function is perfect for
Features installation in all applications.
• Modern look with metallic finish Features
matches any décor particularly in • Three water temperature
office environments settings meets everyone’s needs
• Re-circulating ultraviolet sanitization • In tank ultraviolet sanitization
provides peace of mind lamp maintains water quality in
• 1 gallon stainless steel cold tank the cold tank
• Hot and Cold dispensing spigots • Lower cabinet mounts either
• Hot water safety lock to prevent filtration or reverse osmosis
accidental dispensing equipment
• Lower cabinet is large enough to mount either a • BioCote® Technology protects from bacterial
filtration cartridge package or a reverse osmosis growth on exterior
system • Leak detection and automatic shut-off prevent
• Meets UL and CSA requirements water damage
• Large 1 gallon cold tank
• 9” high filling height for pitchers
• Adjustable levelling feet
74
Point-of-Use Coolers
Specifications
Model Cold Tank Capacity Hot Tank Capacity Electrical Dimensions Water Dispensing Area
usgal (L) usgal (L) H x W x D inches (mm) Connection Height inches (mm)
PURA Cool 1.2 (4.5) 0.9 (3.5) 120V/60Hz/6.2A 39x12x12 (980x312x314) 1/4” tube 7.75 (197)
PURA Max 0.9 (3.5) 0.4 (1.5) 120V/60Hz/4.7A 42x13x15 (1060x330x380) 1/4” tube 7.5 (190)
PURA Max Plus 0.9 (3.5) 0.4 (1.5) 120V/60Hz/4.7A 42x13x15 (1060x330x380) 1/4” tube 7.5 (190)
PURA Ultimate 1.2 (4.5) 0.4 (1.5) 120V/60Hz/6.2A 46x16x15 (1160x410x380) 1/4” tube 9.0 (228)
Model Removable Cold Hot Room Temp. Reserve Storage Leak UV BioCote NSF Filtration Reverse
Drip Tray Water Water Water Tank usgal (L) Detection Protection 61 Osmosis
PURA Cool — — — — — — Remote Remote
PURA Max — — — — —
PURA Max Plus — — — —
PURA Ultimate 3 (11)
Electrical: 120V/60Hz Grounded North American electrical outlet
Inlet Water Pressure: 40 - 60 psi (275-414 kPa) Recommended / 100 psi (862 kPa) Maximum
Inlet Water Temperature: 40 - 100°F (4 - 38°C)
Drain Connection: Required for coolers equipped with reverse osmosis
Source Water Supply Profile

Municipal/ Chlorinated/ pH Maximum Turbidity Maximum Hardness Iron Manganese Hydrogen Residual
Private Non-Chlorinated Range TDS SDI (Fe) (Mn) Sulphide (H2S) Chlorine (Cl)
Filtration both both 3.0-11.0 <500 mg/L <1.0 NTU — <350 mg/L <0.1 mg/L <0.05 mg/L <0.0 mg/L <0.0 mg/L
Equipped Coolers recommended (<20gpg)
Reverse Osmosis both both 3.0-11.0 <500 mg/L <1.0 NTU <4.0 <350 mg/L <0.1 mg/L <0.05 mg/L <2.0 mg/L <2.0 mg/L
Equipped Coolers recommended (<20gpg)
75
Leak Controller
The first line of defense against water damage.
Leak Controller detects the water spill on the surface and engages a shut-off valve
to cut-off the water supply. It also sounds an alarm to alert the customer until the
valve is manually reset. By preventing the continuous water flow, equipment and
property damage are restricted and the user liability is reduced.
It can be connected to the water purification system, POU coolers, refrigerators,
ice makers etc.
Features
• Available valve to tubing connection sizes: 1/4” for plastic and copper tubing
• LeakLogic™ RISC based management - state of the art microchip technology for
sensitive controls, operation verification and long battery life
• Status test button
• Audio and LED status indicator
• Audio alarm
• Powered by 4 “AA” batteries - no external electrical connections required Item #07-92434
• Pull-out battery holder for convenient battery replacement
• Programmable service reminder
• NSF approved automatic ball valve shut-off and plastic tubing
• Two screw mounting plate allows for quick and simple installation
• Sensor towel
• Built with superior impact resistant ABS plastic
• One sensor included with coin test slot and series connectors
• Built with reinforced nylon and glass materials on stressed components
• Water detection sensitivity down to 2 ppm TDS (Total Dissolved Solids)
• Programmable service reminder indicator
• Conformal coating on the printed circuit board
• One Year Limited Warranty from date of purchase against defects in material and workmanship
Specifications
Power 4 “AA” size alkaline type batteries
Sensor Electromechanical dual probe with series connectors
Temperature System operating range: 40° to 100°F (4° to 37°C)
Water operating range: 36° to 140°F (2° to 60°C)
Size (H x W x D) 6.75 x 3.25 x 2.5” (171 x 83 x 64 mm)
Weight 0.9 lbs (0.4 kg) with batteries
Solenoid 6V DC Push-Type
Alarm 85+dB at 5’ @ 3.4 ± 0.5 kHz pulsing alarm
LED Blue
Mounting Accessories and bracket supplied for wall mounting
Battery Replacement Replace annually or upon low battery indicator
- This product does not guarantee the prevention of water damage.
- Many factors increase the probability of preventing water damage including: Constant Leak Controller testing / Physical
verfication of all parts / Correct placement of the sensor(s)
Manufactured by Water Controller Products

Livermore, California
76
Distillers
77
Precision Distillers
Pure, clean drinking water
Designed with the busy consumer in mind, Precision water is at your fingertips, without the inconvenience
Water Systems distillers will provide years of easy, of handling bottles. The outstanding features of this
maintenance free convenience. There are several advanced design include: high quality easy to clean
models to choose from, designed to fit a variety of mirror finish stainless steel; a user friendly easy to
different needs. Choose from a manually operated or change charcoal filter; and a 3/4” impurities drain
convenient, automatic family size machine, up to a large system. Combine these outstanding features with the
commercial size water distiller. Precision water optional pump kit and automatic drain and your busy
distillers allow you to go about your busy day, with the schedule has just become easier.
secure feeling that when you need it, steam distilled
Model PWS 5-3 Model PWS 8-8 Model PWS 12-12

Distilling Capacity: Distilling Capacity: Distilling Capacity:
5 US gal. (18.9 L)/24 hrs.* 8 US gal. (30.3 L)/24 hrs.* 12 US gal. (45.0 L)/24 hrs.*
Holding Tank Capacity: Holding Tank Capacity: Holding Tank Capacity:
3 US gal. (11.3 L) 8 US gal. (30.3 L) 12 US gal. (45.4 L)
Shipping Weight: Shipping Weight: Shipping Weight:
36 lbs. (16.4 kg) 64 lbs. (29.1 kg) 76 lbs. (34.5 kg)
Height 17 1/4”/43.8 cm Height 40”/101.6 cm Height 41”/104.1 cm
Width 19”/48.3 cm Width 17 5/8”/ 44.8 cm Width 18 5/8”/47.3 cm
Depth 14 3/8”/36.5 cm Depth 14 1/2”/36.8 cm Depth 17 3/8”/44.1 cm
Weight 30 lbs/13.7 kg Weight 52 lbs/23.6 kg Weight 57 lbs/25.9 kg
*For replacement parts, please call Customer Service.
78
Model PWS 8-M

Model PWS 8-5 Distilling Capacity:
Distilling Capacity: 8 US gal. (30.0 L)/24 hrs.*
8 US gal. (30 L)/24 hrs.* Shipping Weight:
Holding Tank Capacity: 30 lbs. (13.5 kg)
4 US gal. (15.2 L) Height 13 3/4”/34.9 cm
Shipping Weight: Width 17 1/2”/44.4 cm
46 lbs. (21 kg) Depth 11”/27.9 cm
Height 23”/58.4 cm Weight 24 lbs/ 11.0 kg
Width 17 5/8”/44.8 cm Opt. Holding Tank Capacity: Model PWS 12-20
Depth 15”/38.1 cm 3.0 US gal. (11.3 L) Distilling Capacity:
Weight 39 lbs/17.7 kg Opt.Holding Tank : 12 US gal. (45.0 L)/24 hrs.*
Height 51/4”/13.3 cm Holding Tank Capacity:
Width 15 9/16”/39.7 cm 20.0 US gal. (75.7 L)
Depth 14”/35.6 cm Shipping Weight:
Weight 10 lbs/4.54 kg 83 lbs. (37.7 kg)
Height 51 1/2”/130.8 cm
Width 18 5/8”/47.3 cm
Depth 18 1/8”/46.0cm
Weight 66 lbs/30.0 kg
Commercial Size Convenience

Features and Benefits
Model PWS 45-75
• Trouble free float system
Distilling Capacity:
45 US gal. (170 L)/24 hrs.* • Seal protected switching
Holding Tank Capacity: • Highly efficient, stainless steel finned coil
75 US gal. (284 L) • Advanced, worry free stainless steel water
Shipping Weight: solenoid fill valve
185 lbs. (84.0 kg) • Large 5” boiling and storage tank opening
Height 67 1/4” 170.8 cm • Expanded 3/4” drain* for easy removal of
Height 90 3/4” 230.5 cm impurities (except Model 8M)
(Including 24” Tower)
• Stainless Steel Charcoal filter
Width 26 1/4” 66.7 cm
• Available in all International Voltages
Depth 21 1/2” 54.6 cm
• Warranty - 2 year parts
Weight 152 lbs 77.3 kg
Available in 208, 220, 240v - 15 year pro rated on stainless
steel
79
The Precision Water Distiller is a result of over 25 Precision Water Systems Have Been Tested And
years of water distillation manufacturing experience. Certified To Eliminate 99% Of All Water Contaminants
It’s features and benefits provide the very best water A study by Enviro-Test Laboratories shows that the
system for steam distilled drinking water requirements.The Precision Water Systems Precision Pure Model PWS 12-12
Precision Pure Water Distiller provides safe pure water at water distillation unit is a very effective water treatment
home for a fraction of the cost of bottled water. system capable of removing both harmful pathogens, toxic
chemicals, and E-Coli bacteria from water. In this study all
The Precision Water Distiller duplicates natures own pathogens tested were eliminated and were not found in
method of purifying water. the finished water. The water distillation system, effectively
This highly reliable process for purifying water combines removed all of the soluble inorganic and organic chemicals
distillation with a high capacity activated carbon filter tested. Removal efficiencies of 99% or greater were
providing clean, great tasting water. achieved for most of the chemicals tested.
Complete report available upon request.
• Your water distiller is connected to • As the distilled water enters the

your household water supply. The raw storage tank, the water level lifts
water feeds into the distiller through a the pump control switch and
1/4” water line (1). This line is activates the optional pump (11)
connected to a quick connect to deliver distilled water to any
plumbing fitting. As the raw water combination of accessory
enters the distiller it passes through a faucet, ice maker or humidifier.
long life stainless steel sealed
solenoid and then directly into the • The distiller will continue to run
boiler chamber (2). until the water reaches to the top
of the storage tank and lifts the
• After the water reaches a level over upper float (12) and turns itself
the heating element (3), the distiller off. As soon as you have used
starts the heating cycle and bring the approximately one third of the
water to boil. The pure steam (4) rises capacity of the tank, the float
and enters the baffle system (5), (13) will turn on the distiller to
which breaks down any foaming in refill the boiling tank.
the boiler should it occur.
• The automatic electric drain
• Any volatile gases are released valve system (Optional) (14), if
through a special gas release vent at equipped, automatically drains
the highest point in the cooling system the impurities from the boiling
(6). The pure steam passes through tank each time the distiller
the condenser coil (7). To support the completes the distillation cycle
cooling cycle a fan is used to properly and as the valve closes the
cool the steam (8).
distiller boiling tank will refill with
• Pure water enters the easy to change, raw water and the distillation
high capacity, charcoal filter (9). This cycle will start again.
filter is designed to be changed with
• The demand pump system (11)
bulk charcoal after every 200-500
(Optional), connects to the
gallons of distilled water produced.
bottom of the storage tank and
• Finally distilled water leaves the electrically plugs into the bottom
charcoal filter and runs into the high of the distiller head (15). A built
capacity stainless steel storage tank in fuse protects the pump.
(10).
Warranty Information
Precision Design and Manufacturing Inc. offers a limited warranty against defects in material and workmanship to the original purchaser.The warranty
includes full replacement on defective electrical components, other parts for a period of two years. A 15 year limited warranty applies to all stainless
steel parts.
Precision Design and Manufacturing Inc. is not responsible for or obligated to pay costs of removal, installation, or any shipping charges in relation to the
claimed warranty.
This warranty is the only expressed warranty. Any other warranty is not valid.
* Note: Performance based on optimum conditions including water temperature, ambient temperature, line voltage, boiling tank cleanliness, boiler fill level, etc
* Specifications are subject to change without notice.
80
Ultraviolet
Disinfection
81
PURA® Ultraviolet Disinfection
PURA® is an advanced Ultraviolet Water Treatment System. It was designed with you, the customer, in mind. PURA®
Product’s are lightweight, easy-to-use and simple to maintain. PURA® Product’s will provide you with clean, disinfected
drinking water for years to come.
All PURA® Product’s feature
• Water disinfection • Easy to change lamp and filters
• Lamp and ballast matched for quality assurance • Simple installation
*PURA® Product’s are guaranteed to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of three years under normal
use with the exception of electrical components which are guaranteed for a period of one year.
Conditions For Use - All Pura UV Products
Source Water Supply Profile Chemical Parameters Max mg/L These systems are for the supplemental treatment of
Feed Water Pressure† 20 – 75psig (138 – 517kPa) Hardness (CaCO3) < 120 (7 gpg) disinfected drinking water which has been treated or other
drinking water which has been tested and deemed acceptable
Feed Water Temperature 38° – 105°F (3.3° – 40.5°C) Iron (Fe) < 0.3
for human consumption by the state or local health agency
pH Range 6.5 – 9.5 Manganese (Mn) < 0.05 having jurisdiction. These systems are designed to reduce
Total Dissolved Solids < 1500 mg/L †
Water Pressure must not exceed 75 psig normally occurring non-pathogenic nuisance organisms and is
Total Suspended Solids < 10 mg/L (517 kPa) or a pressure regulator must be not intended for the treatment of contaminated water.
Turbidity < 5 NTU installed.
Notes: a. (1) All flow rates shown will provide a UV dose of no less than 16,000 µW-s/cm2 or greater.
b. (2) Empty sumps on UVBB-Rack systems can be filled with a wide variety of optional cartridges. U.S. Patent #4,971,687
c. EPCB refers to Extended Pass Carbon Block filter
UVB Series™
PURA® Product’s patented UVB Series™ is designed to provide
disinfected water at a flow rate of 2 gallons per minute. In
addition to disinfection, water is filtered through our .5 micron
Extended Pass Carbon Block (EPCB) filter.
Our double and triple models provide you with additional
filtration with sediment and activated carbon filters.
This compact All-in-One system installs with ease and can be used anywhere that
clean, clear, good tasting, disinfected water is needed. It is ideal for point-of-use
applications like: under the kitchen sink, office water coolers, water vending
machines, boats, recreational vehicles, etc.
Features:
• Electronic lamp indicator (LED)
• Standard voltage 115V
Options:
• 220V/50Hz (2-Prong Euro plug)
• 12V DC
• Lamp Out Circuit (LOC) - (normally open) Safety monitor for alarm
• Lamp Out Circuit (LOC) - (normally closed) Safety monitor for solenoid shut off
Specifications & Performance UVB Series™
Item # Model # of Sump Sump Sump Sump Lamp # Power Flow Rates(1) Dimensions Shipping Inlet/
Description sumps Type 1 2 3 Used GPM HxWxD Weight Outlet
(L/min) In. (cm) Lbs. (Kg) Size
07- UVB1- 1 #10 EPCB none none #11 14 Watts 2 (7.6) 15 x 5.5 x 5.5 10.0 3/8” NPT
15610111 EPCB Carbon/UV (38.1 x 14 x 14) (4.5)
07- UVB2- 2 #10 5 Micron EPCB none #11 14 Watts 2 (7.6) 15 x 11 x 5.5 15.0 3/8” NPT
15620121 EPCB/SD Sed Filter Carbon/UV (38.1 x 27.9 x 14) (6.8)
07- UVB3- 3 #10 5 Micron Granular EPCB #11 14 Watts 2 (7.6) 15 x 16 x 5.5 24.0 3/8” NPT
15630131 EPCB/GC/SD Sed Filter Carbon Filter Carbon/UV (38.1 x 40.6 x 14) (10.9)
The contaminants and other substances reduced by this water treatment device are not necessarily in your water. In addition, the presence of certain
contaminants in your drinking water does not necessarily pose a health risk.
82
UV20 Series™
The PURA® Product’s UV20 Series™ is designed to provide
disinfected water at a flow rate of 8 - 10 gallons per minute.
This system is ideal for whole house water treat-ment. In
addition to disinfection, the double and triple models provide
filtration for the removal of sediment and chemical
contaminants.
This ultraviolet water treatment system makes a perfect
companion to water softeners, distillers, reverse osmosis and
ozone systems. The UV20 Series™ has proven to be PURA®
Product’s most popular product line and has created an
industry standard in whole house disinfection.
Features:
• Electronic lamp indicator (LED)
Options:
• 12V DC
• Lamp Out Circuit (LOC) - (normally open) Safety monitor
for alarm
• Lamp Out Circuit (LOC) - (normally closed) Safety monitor
for solenoid shut off
Specifications & Performance UV20 Series™

Item Model # of Sump Sump Sump Sump Lamp # Power Flow Rates(1) Dimensions Shipping Inlet/
Number Description sumps Type 1 2 3 Used GPM HxWxD Weight Outlet
(L/min) In. (cm) Lbs. (Kg) Size
07-15710100 UV20-1 1 #20 UV none none #20 22 Watts 10 (38) 25 x 5.5 x 5.5 16.0 3/4” NPT
(63.5 x 14 x 14) (7.3)
07-15720121 UV20-2 SD 2 #20 5 Micron UV none #20 22 Watts 10 (38) 25 x 11 x 5.5 23.0 3/4” NPT
Sed Filter (63.5 x 27.9 x 14) (10.4)
07-15720122 UV20-2 CB 2 #20 10 Micron UV none #20 22 Watts 8 (30) 25 x 11 x 5.5 25.0 3/4” NPT
Carbon Block (63.5 x 27.9 x 14) (11.3)
07-15730131 UV20-3 3 #20 5 Micron 10 Micron UV #20 22 Watts 8 (30) 25 x 16 x 5.5 33.0 3/4” NPT
SD/CB Sed Filter Carbon Block (63.5 x 40 x 14) (15.0)
83
UV BigBoy™ Series
The UV BigBoy™ Series is the
most versatile commercial
ultraviolet disinfection system
on the market today.This 15 to
60 GPM series is manufactured
with versatility in mind, and is
virtually unlimited in the
possible filter configurations
and manifold sequences. The
series is designed with the
same traditional style that
Pura® has made an industry
standard - worldwide.
One advantage of the UV BigBoy™ Series is the Pura® proudly announces the UV BigBoy™ Series, with
convenient manifold mounting rack. The rack can be its capacity, versatility and cost, to be the world’s most
used to configure up to four UV chambers in parallel or flexible, complete water disinfection system in its class.
in series.This allows the user to achieve either a higher Features:
UV dosage or higher flow rate (up to 60 GPM). • Electronic lamp indicator (LED)
This mounting rack configuration provides easy access • Standard voltage 115V
for cleaning and maintenance to the individual units Options:
without the need to shut down the entire water • 220V/50Hz (2-Prong Euro plug)
distribution line. The standard LED lamp monitor • 12V DC
provides a visual verification the lamp is in operation. • Lamp Out Circuit (LOC) - (normally open) Safety
This series is also available with a lamp-out circuit monitor for alarm
(LOC) that is designed to control a solenoid valve • Lamp Out Circuit (LOC) - (normally closed) Safety
and/or an audible alarm. monitor for solenoid shut off
Specifications & Performance UV BigBoy™ Series
Item # Model # of Sump Sump Sump Sump Lamp # Power Flow Rates(1) Dimensions Shipping Inlet/Outlet
Description sumps Type 1 2 3 Used GPM (L/min) In. (cm) H x W x D Wgt. Lbs. (Kg) Size
07- UVBB-1 1 #20BB UV none none #20 22 Watts 15 (57) 28 x 7.5 x 9.0 18.0 1-1/2” NPT
15810100 (71.1 x 19 x 22.9) (8.2)
07- UVBB-2 2 #20BB 5 Micron UV none #20 22 Watts 15 (57) 28 x 15 x 9.0 35.0 1-1/2” NPT
15820121 Sed Filter (71.1 x 38.1 x 22.9) (15.9)
07- UVBB-3 3 #20BB 5 Micron 10 Micron UV #20 22 Watts 15 (57) 28 x 23 x 9.0 54.0 1-1/2” NPT
15830131 Sed Filter Carbon Block (71.1 x 58.4 x 22.9) (24.5)
Specifications & Performance UV BigBoy™ Rack Series

Item # Model # of Sump Sump Sump Sump Sump Lamp # Power Flow Rates(1) Dimensions Shipping Inlet/Outlet
Description sumps Type 1 2 3 4 Used GPM (L/min) In. (cm) H x W x D Wgt. Lbs. (Kg) Size
07- UVBB-R1 4 #20BB empty(2) empty empty UV #20 22 Watts 15 (57) 45 x 34 x 18 65.0 1-1/2” NPT
15018001 (114.3 x 86.36 x 45.7) (29.5)
07- UVBB-R2 4 #20BB empty empty UV UV #20 44 Watts 30 (114) 45 x 34 x 18 75.0 1-1/2” NPT
15018201 (114.3 x 86.36 x 45.7) (34.0)
07- UVBB-R4 4 #20BB UV UV UV UV #20 88 Watts 60 (227) 45 x 34 x 18 91.0 1-1/2” NPT
15018401 (114.3 x 86.36 x 45.7) (41.3)
84
UV1-EPCB Series™
PURA® Product’s UV1-EPCB Series™ is a bright example of PURA® Product’s
patented All-In-One concept.This product combines both ultraviolet disinfection
with carbon filtration all in a very attractive and compact system.
The UV-1 Series™ is rated for 1 gallon per minute and uses either a 0.5 micron
(EPCB) carbon block filter or a 10 micron (EPCB 10) carbon block filter.This easy
to install system can be used as a stand alone or in conjunction with other water
treatment products.
Features:
• Compact Size
Options:
• 12V DC
Specifications & Performance UV1-EPCB Series™

Item # Model # of Sump Sump Lamp # Power Flow Rates(1) Dimensions Shipping Inlet/Outlet
Description sumps Type Content Used GPM (L/min) In. (cm) H x W x D Wgt. Lbs. (Kg) Size
07- UV1-EPCB 1 #10SL EPCB #10 10 Watts 1 (3.8) 13.5 x 5.0 x 5.0 7.0 1/2” NPT
15910111 Carbon/UV (34.3 x 12.7 x 12.7) (3.2)
UV ADDON Series™
PURA® Product’s UV ADDON Series™ is designed to be an easy addition to water
treatment systems that require ultraviolet disinfection (RO systems, holding tanks, water
dispensers, recirculating systems and more).The ADDON systems are available with a 1
GPM or 3 GPM flow rate. They are constructed using a 304 grade stainless steel body
with a molded head that includes 3/8” John Guest™ quick connect fittings on the
inlet/outlet. This versatile system also includes a heavy duty mounting bracket, but will
also fit standard 2” RO mounting clips. The UV ADDON Series™ can be used almost
anywhere and is equipped with a unique power supply that makes installation simple,
space requirements minimal and lamp changes easy.
Features:
• 3/8” quick connect fittings
Options:
• 12V DC
Specifications & Performance UV ADDON Series™

Item # Model # of Sump Sump Lamp # Power Flow Rates(1) Dimensions Shipping Inlet/Outlet
Description sumps Type Content Used GPM (L/min) In. (cm) H x W x D Wgt. Lbs. (Kg) Size
07- UV ADDON-1 1 304 SS UV #10 10 Watts 1 (3.8) 12 x 4 x 3.5 5.0 3/8” QC
15510100 (30.5 x 10.2 x 8.9) (2.3)
07- UV ADDON-3 1 304 SS UV #20 22 Watts 3 (11.4) 22.5 x 4 x 3.5 7.0 3/8” QC
15530100 (57.2 x 10.2 x 8.9) (3.2)
85
The PURA® UVSS Series is an advanced Ultraviolet

Water Disinfection System. It has been designed with
you, the consumer, in mind. The system will provide
you with disinfected drinking water for years to come.
These systems have been designed with high quality
construction and innovative features.
Disinfection of water using ultraviolet light at a
wavelength at 254nm is a chemical free way of
destroying the DNA of microorganisms rendering
them unable to replicate or cause infection.
Model
The axial flow chamber design of the PURA® Stainless UVSS-10
Steel Series, (in the bottom and out the side) utilizes
the energy from the Ultraviolet Lamp evenly across Model
the water flow. UVSS-6
Installation of the system is straight forward and

simple. Maintenance includes changing the lamp once a
year and cleaning the quartz sleeve periodically.
UVSS Models UVSS-M Models

The PURA® UVSS models include the following; The PURA® UVSS-M models are constructed with all
Standard Features: the features of the UVSS models plus the following;
• LED Display Additional Features:
• Lamp Failure Visual and Audible Alarm • UV Sensor to Monitor the Disinfection Dosage
• Lamp Change Reminder • Solenoid Output shuts down water flow using
• Countdown Lamp Timer optional solenoid valve upon Lamp Failure, Power
• Axial Flow Design Failure or Low UV Intensity Alarm
• 115V / 60Hz North American 3-Prong Grounded Options:
Plug • Solenoid Valves for UVSS-M models equipped with a
Solenoid Output
• 220V / 50 Hz models equipped with 2-prong Euro
plug
Specifications & Performance UVSS Series™
Flow Rate* Flow Rate* Flow Rate* Inlet/ UV Chamber Size Control Box Size
Item Model @ 16 mJ/cm2 @ 30 mJ/cm2 @ 40 mJ/cm2 Lamp Outlet (D x L) (L x W x H) Weight
Number Number usgpm (L/min) usgpm (L/min) usgpm (L/min) Watts Size inches (cm) inches (cm) lbs (kg)
07-8750 UVSS-6 11 6 4.5 25 3/4" NPT 2.5" x 22" 7.3" x 3.2" x 2.5" 7
(42) (23) (17) (6 x 58) (18.5 x 8 x 6.4) (3.2)
07-8751 UVSS-10 20 10 7.7 37 3/4" NPT 2.5" x 36" 7.3" x 3.2" x 2.5" 11
(76) (38) (29) (6 x 91) (18.5 x 8 x 6.4) (5.0)
07-8752 UVSS-15 29 15 11 39 1.5" NPT 3.5" x 38" 7.3" x 3.2" x 2.5" 14
(110) (57) (42) (9 x 97) (18.5 x 8 x 6.4) (6.4)
07-8753 UVSS-6M 11 6 4.5 25 3/4" NPT 2.5" x 22" 8.3" x 3.2" x 2.5" 8
(42) (23) (17) (6 x 58) (21 x 8 x 6.4) (3.6)
07-8754 UVSS-10M 20 10 7.7 37 3/4" NPT 2.5" x 36" 8.3" x 3.2" x 2.5" 12
(76) (38) (29) (6 x 91) (21 x 8 x 6.4) (5.5)
07-8755 UVSS-15M 29 15 11 39 1.5" NPT 3.5" x 38" 8.3" x 3.2" x 2.5" 15
(110) (57) (42) (9 x 97) (21 x 8 x 6.4) (6.8)
* All Flow Rates rated at 96% UVT at End of Lamp life The manufacturer reserves the right to make product improvements which may
Maximum Operating pressure = 125psi (862 kPa) deviate from the specifications and descriptions stated herein, without obligation to
Operating Temperature Range = 36 to 104°F (2 to 40°C) change previously manufactured products or to note the change.
86
Point-of-
Use
Filtration
Products
NOTE: Not all Housings or Cartridges are stocked.

Please refer to the Price List for items that are stocked.
87
Pentek® Filtration Products
What can I do about iron stains?

To determine the correct method of removal, it is
important to know which type of iron is present.
Soluble Iron - also known as ferrous iron or clear-
water iron - is clear in running water but will settle
to the bottom as black or rust-colored particles
when it is allowed to stand. When it contacts air, it
may precipitate and stain. Soluble iron cannot be
filtered out but may be reduced with a cation-
exchange water softener.
Insoluble Iron - also known as ferric iron or visible
iron - is suspended in water and is clearly visible as
“rusty” water. You should be able to see small black
or rust-colored particles in your water as soon as it
comes out of your tap before you’ve allowed it to sit.
Insoluble iron may be reduced with a sediment filter.
If you have a water softener, be sure to place the
sediment filter before the water softener.
What kind of cartridge filter do I need? My water smells like rotten eggs. Can I get a filter
You need to determine what specific concerns you to improve this problem?
have about your water (lead? chlorine? sodium? poor That “rotten egg” smell is actually caused by harmless
taste and odor?). If you’re not sure, then find out the bacteria which produce hydrogen sulfide gas. These
quality of the water entering your home. If you are bacteria can’t be removed with a cartridge filter.
on a community water supply, call your water
company and ask them to send you a water quality I have a well and I want to install a sediment
report. If your water comes from a private well, you filter. What filter cartridge can I use?
will need to have your water tested by a reputable You will need to use a synthetic sediment filter
laboratory. Once you have determined how your cartridge such as a Pentek Filtration P5 and CW-F
water can be improved, our Customer Service cartridge. Pleated cellulose cartridges such as the
Department can help you determine what water Pentek S1 Series cartridges are NOT resistant to the
filtration solution best fits your needs. Here are some harmless bacteria that are found in many well water
general guidelines: supplies.
Sediment
3/4” standard or valve-in-head filter housing with
sediment cartridge
Sediment,Whole House
1” and 1-1/2” Big Blue® Filter Housing with sediment
cartridge
Chlorine,Whole House
1” and 1-1/2” Big Blue® Filter Housing with radial-
flow carbon filter cartridge (RFC Series)
Taste/Odor/Chlorine
1/4”, 3/8” or 1/2” SlimLine™ Filter Housing with
carbon filter cartridge
Point-of-Use
Countertop Drinking Water Filter • Undersink
Drinking Water Filtration System • Faucet Filter
• Shower Filter
88
Standard Filter Housings
• Ideal for a wide range of applications, including residential, #20 Blue

commercial and industrial.
• Available in 10” and 20” sizes to meet your needs.
• Optional pressure-relief/bleed button on inlet side of cap.
• Thick walls for increased strength. #20 Blue MB
• Leak-proof sealing with top-seated Buna-N O-ring. #10 Blue MB
• Available with clear and blue sumps.
Standard filter housings are manufactured of a durable
polypropylene or clear Styrene-Acrylonitrile (SAN). All are
equipped with 3/4” NPT inlet and outlet ports.
Reinforced polypropylene housings have excellent chemical
resistance and are ideal for many residential, commercial and
industrial applications. Clear sumps are manufactured from a clear,
FDA-approved Styrene-Acrylonitrile (SAN) and offer on-site
examination of the cartridge.
Standard filter housings are available in both 10” and 20” lengths
and will accommodate a wide range of 2-1/2” and 2-7/8” diameter #10 Blue
cartridges. #10 Clear MB
MB=Mounting Boss Cap
The 150001, 150002, 150067, 150068, 150072,

150435 and 150436 are Tested and Certified by NSF
International under NSF/ANSI Standard 42 for material
and structural integrity requirements only.
COMPONENT
Maximum Initial ∆P (psi) @

Item # Description Dimensions Flow Rate (gpm)
150067 #10 BLUE Standard, 3/4” In/Out, w/p.r., w/m.b.c. 12-1/4” x 5-1/8” 1 psi @ 10 gpm
150068 #10 BLUE Standard, 3/4” In/Out, wo/p.r., w/m.b.c. (311 mm x 130 mm) (0.1 bar @ 3.8 lpm)
150071 #10 CLEAR/BLUE CAP Standard, 3/4” In/Out, w/p.r., w/m.b.c.
150072 #10 CLEAR/BLUE CAP Standard, 3/4” In/Out, wo/p.r., w/m.b.c. 12-5/8” x 5-1/4” 1 psi @ 10 gpm
150435 #10 CLEAR/BLACK CAP Standard, 3/4” In/Out, w/p.r., w/m.b.c. (321 mm x 133 mm) (0.1 bar @ 3.8 lpm)
150436 #10 CLEAR/BLACK CAP Standard, 3/4” In/Out, wo/p.r., w/m.b.c.
150069 #20 BLUE Standard, 3/4” In/Out, w/p.r., w/m.b.c. 22-3/8” x 5-1/8” 1 psi @ 10 gpm
150070 #20 BLUE Standard, 3/4” In/Out, wo/p.r., w/m.b.c. (568 mm x 130 mm) (0.1 bar @ 3.8 lpm)
Materials of Construction
• Housing ..........................Polypropylene (Blue) • O-Ring ..............................................Buna-N
Styrene-Acrylonitrile (Clear) • Maximum Temperature ..........125°F (51.7°C)
• Cap ....................................Reinforced Polypropylene • Maximum Pressure ..................125 psi (8.62 bar)
• Button Assembly ........300-series Stainless Steel, EPDM
and Polypropylene
CAUTION: Protect against freezing to prevent cracking of the filter and water leakage.
89
Slim Line® Filter Housings
• Slim design reduces space required for installation without

sacrificing capacity. #20 Blue
• FDA Grade.
• Optional pressure relief button on inlet side of cap.
• Leak-proof seal with top-seated O-ring.
• Available with clear or opaque sumps.
Slim Line® filter housings are available in either reinforced
polypropylene or clear Styrene-Acrylonitrile (SAN) in 5”, 10” and #10 Blue
20” lengths. The black or blue reinforced polypropylene housing #10 Clear
caps are available with 1/4”, 3/8” or 1/2” NPT connections. Four
bosses are molded into every cap for mounting purposes.
Slim Line® filter housings are an excellent choice for low-flow
applications and when space and chemical compatibility are primary
concerns.
Clear Slim Line® Filter Housings offer on-site examination of
flow, performance and cartridge life. They are ideal for a variety of
applications. Manufactured of clear Styrene-Acrylonitrile (SAN), the
sumps are stress relieved for added clarity and strength. The blue
polypropylene caps can be ordered with an optional pressure-relief
#5 Blue #5 Clear
button on the inlet side to relieve pressure inside the housing when
changing filter cartridges.
Opaque Slim Line® Filter Housings are molded from rugged
reinforced polypropylene, Opaque Slim Line® filter housings offer
outstanding chemical compatibility and are ideal for use in a variety
of low-flow applications. These applications include under-sink and
countertop residential filtration, pre- and post-reverse osmosis
filtration, recreational vehicle filtration, food service, humidifying
systems. They are equipped with a black, reinforced polypropylene
cap and can be ordered with an optional pressure-relief button on
the inlet side to relieve pressure inside the housing when changing
filter cartridges.
The 158005, 158006, 158114, 158120, 158125,

158126, 158128, 158129, 158131, 158149, 158195,
158204 and 158205 are Tested and Certified by NSF
International to NSF/ANSI Standard 42 for material
COMPONENT and structural integrity requirements only.
90
Slim Line® Specifications & Performance Data

7” x 4-3/8”
158138 #5 BLUE/BLACK CAP Slim Line™, 1/4” In/Out, wo/p.r. (178 mm x 111 mm) 2 psi @ 3 gpm
7-3/8” x 4-5/8” (0.14 bar @ 11 lpm)
158133 #5 CLEAR/BLUE CAP Slim Line™, 1/4” In/Out, wo/p.r. (187 mm x 118 mm)
158002 #5 BLUE/BLACK CAP Slim Line™, 3/8” In/Out, w/p.r. 7” x 4-3/8”

158003 #5 BLUE/BLACK CAP Slim Line™, 3/8 In/Out, wo/p.r. (178 mm x 111 mm) 2 psi @ 5 gpm
158110 #5 CLEAR/BLUE CAP Slim Line™, 3/8” In/Out, w/p.r. (0.14 bar @ 19 lpm)
7-3/8” x 4-5/8”
158115 #10 BLUE/BLACK CAP Slim Line™, 1/4” In/Out, w/p.r. 11-3/4” x 4-3/8”
158114 #10 BLUE/BLACK CAP Slim Line™, 1/4” In/Out, wo/p.r. (299 mm x 111 mm)
158117 #10 CLEAR/BLUE CAP Slim Line™, 1/4” In/Out, w/p.r. 12-1/8” x 4-5/8”
158326 #10 CLEAR/WHITE CAP Slim Line™, 1/4” In/Out, wo/p.r. 2 psi @ 3 gpm
158120 #10 BLACK/BLACK CAP Slim Line™, 1/4” In/Out, wo/p.r. (0.14 bar @ 11 lpm)
158182 #10 WHITE/WHITE CAP Slim Line™, 1/4” In/Out, w/p.r. 11-3/4” x 4-3/8”
158125 #10 WHITE/WHITE CAP Slim Line™, 1/4” In/Out, wo/p.r. (299 mm x 111 mm)
158179 #10 WHITE/WHITE COUNTERTOP 1/4"" In/Out
158006 #10 BLUE/BLACK CAP Slim Line™, 3/8” In/Out, wo/p.r. (299 mm x 111 mm)
158007 #10 CLEAR/BLUE CAP Slim Line™, 3/8” In/Out, w/p.r. 12-1/8” x 4-5/8” 2 psi @ 5 gpm
158008 #10 CLEAR/BLUE CAP Slim Line™, 3/8” In/Out, wo/p.r. (308 mm x 118 mm) (0.14 bar @ 19 lpm)
158149 #10 WHITE/WHITE CAP Slim Line™, 3/8” In/Out, w/p.r. 11-3/4” x 4-3/8”
158098 #10 WHITE/WHITE CAP Slim Line™, 3/8” In/Out, wo/p.r. (299 mm x 111 mm)
158196 #10 BLUE/BLACK CAP Slim Line™, 1/2” In/Out, wo/p.r. (299 mm x 111 mm) 2 psi @ 5 gpm
158214 #10 CLEAR/BLUE CAP Slim Line™, 1/2” In/Out, w/p.r. 12-1/8” x 4-5/8” (0.14 bar @ 19 lpm)
21-7/8” x 4-3/8” 2 psi @ 5 gpm

158129 #20 BLUE/BLACK CAP Slim Line™, 3/8” In/Out, wo/p.r. (556 mm x 111 mm) (0.14 bar @ 19 lpm)
158204 #20 BLUE/BLACK CAP Slim Line™, 1/2” In/Out, w/p.r. 21-7/8” x 4-3/8” 2 psi @ 5 gpm
158205 #20 BLUE/BLACK CAP Slim Line™, 1/2” In/Out, wo/p.r. (556 mm x 111 mm) (0.14 bar @ 19 lpm)
• Housing ..........................SAN (Clear) or • O-Ring ..............................................Buna-N
Polypropylene (Opaque) • Maximum Temperature ..........125°F (51.7°C)
• Button Assembly ........300-series Stainless Steel, EPDM
and Polypropylene
91
3G Standard Filter Housings
We took our time-tested industry standard and made it even 3G Standard Filter Housings are manufactured from a
better.We started from the ground up, utilizing our 35 years durable polypropylene or clear Styrene-Acrylonitrile (SAN).
of experience, to create the unique and innovative Third All are equipped with 3/4” NPT inlet and outlet ports.
Generation (3G) design. This patent pending design features
integral brackets, 20” clear housings, and caps for differential Reinforced polypropylene housings have excellent chemical
pressure gauges.The new patent pending 3G housing accepts resistance and are ideal for many residential, commercial and
standard double open end (DOE) and our Seal-Safe™ O-ring industrial applications. Clear sumps are manufactured from a
sealing cartridges (only available on Microguard Cartridges). clear, FDA compliant Styrene-Acrylonitrile (SAN).They offer
The new Seal-Safe™ O-ring design offers enhanced cartridge on-site examination of the cartridge and have excellent
sealing for critical cartridge applications.You can be assured chemical compatibility as well.
the Third Generation Standard Filter Housing will set the
new standard and keep you in the lead. 3G Standard Filter Housings are available in both 10” and 20”
lengths and will accommodate a wide range of 2-1/4” to 3-
• Integral bracket versions available. 1/8” diameter cartridges.
• Available in 10” and 20” sumps in clear and opaque. * *Shown with
• Buttress threads and uniform walls for easier cartridge differential
change and improved strength. gauge. Gauges
sold separately.
• Accepts proprietary Seal-Safe™ double O-ring sealing
cartridges as well as standard DOE cartridges.
• Cap is available with threaded ports for mounting
differential pressure gauge.
• Choice of with or without pressure-relief/bleed button.
• Leak-proof sealing with top-seated floating Buna-N
O-ring.
US Patent No. D 455,194 S and D 456,486 S.
Standard Mounting Boss Caps Integral Mounting Bracket Caps

- Can be used with MC-1A bracket kit. - Optional screw kit for integral bracket, part number
- Differential pressure gauges cannot be used with these 150580 sold separately.
housings. - Differential pressure gauges cannot be used with these
housings.
MB Cap W/PR MB Cap W/PR IB Cap W/PR IB Cap W/PR
Integral Bracket Meter Mount Caps

- Optional screw kit for integral bracket sold separately.
- Cap contains predrilled and tapped holes for mounting
differential pressure gauges.
CAUTION: Housing will not hold pressure without an installed
differential pressure gauge.
MM Cap W/PR
92
3G Standard Filter Housings

Standard Mounting Boss Caps
150542 3G #10 ST BK/BL ¾” MB w/p.r., Blue Housing 12-3/4” x 5-3/8” 1 psi @ 10 gpm
150546 3G #10 ST BK/BL ¾” MB, Blue Housing (324 mm x 137 mm) (0.07 bar @ 38 lpm)
150544 3G #20 ST BK/BL ¾” MB w/p.r., Blue Housing 23” x 5-3/8” 1 psi @ 10 gpm
150548 3G #20 ST BK/BL ¾” MB, Blue Housing (584 mm x 137 mm) (0.07 bar @ 38 lpm)
150558 3G #10 ST BL/CL ¾” MB w/p.r., Clear Housing
12-3/4” x 5-3/8” 1 psi @ 10 gpm
150562 3G #10 ST BL/CL ¾” MB, Clear Housing
(324 mm x 137 mm) (0.07 bar @ 38 lpm)
150587 3G #10 ST BK/CL ¾” MB w/p.r., Clear Housing
150560 3G #20 ST BL/CL ¾” MB w/p.r., Clear Housing 23” x 5-3/8” 1 psi @ 10 gpm
150564 3G #20 ST BL/CL ¾” MB, Clear Housing (584 mm x 137 mm) (0.07 bar @ 38 lpm)
Integral Mounting Bracket Caps
150550 3G #10 ST BK/BL ¾” IB w/p.r., Blue Housing 13-1/4” x 5-3/4” 1 psi @ 10 gpm
150554 3G #10 ST BK/BL ¾” IB, Blue Housing (337 mm x 146 mm) (0.07 bar @ 38 lpm)
150552 3G #20 ST BK/BL ¾” IB w/p.r., Blue Housing 23-1/2” x 5-3/4” 1 psi @ 10 gpm
150556 3G #20 ST BK/BL ¾” IB, Blue Housing (597 mm x 146 mm) (0.07 bar @ 38 lpm)
150566 3G #10 ST BL/CL ¾” IB w/p.r., Clear Housing 13-1/4” x 5-3/4” 1 psi @ 10 gpm
150570 3G #10 ST BL/CL ¾” IB, Clear Housing (337 mm x 146 mm) (0.07 bar @ 38 lpm)
150568 3G #20 ST BL/CL ¾” IB w/p.r., Clear Housing 23-1/2” x 5-3/4” 1 psi @ 10 gpm
150572 3G #20 ST BL/CL ¾” IB, Clear Housing (597 mm x 146 mm) (0.07 bar @ 38 lpm)
Integral Bracket Meter Mount Caps
150574 3G #10 ST BK/BL ¾” MM w/p.r., Blue Housing 13-1/4” x 5-3/4” 1 psi @ 10 gpm
(337 mm x 146 mm) (0.07 bar @ 38 lpm)
150576 3G #20 ST BK/BL ¾” MM w/p.r., Blue Housing 23-1/2” x 5-3/4” 1 psi @ 10 gpm
(597 mm x 146 mm) (0.07 bar @ 38 lpm)
*Height does not include meter. Add 1-3/4” for 143549 gauge and 1/2” for 143550 gauge.
Key
ST = Standard MB = Mounting Bosses for MC-1A bracket W/PR = With Pressure Release
BK = Black IB = Integral Bracket (blank) = Without Pressure Release
BL = Blue MM = Meter Mount for Differential Pressure Gauges
CL = Clear BT = British Threads
• Housing ...........................Polypropylene (Opaque) • O-Ring ..............................................Buna-N
Styrene-Acrylonitrile (Clear) • Maximum Temperature ..........125°F (51.7°C)
• Button Assembly ........300-series Stainless Steel,
polypropylene and EPDM
CAUTION: Filter must be protected against freezing, which can cause cracking of the filter and water leakage.
93
3G Slim Line® Standard Filter Housings
• 10-inch housings available with clear or opaque sump. Pressure relief buttons are another option with the Slim
• Buttress threads for additional strength and easier Line® 3G housings. Placed on the inlet side, the pressure-
cartridge changes. relief button helps reduce the pressure in the housing when
• John Guest and NPT threaded connections offered in 1/4- changing the cartridge.
inch, 3/8-inch, and 1/2-inch. Housings are available with either clear or opaque sumps.
• Cap styles include mounting boss, integral bracket, meter The clear housings are manufactured of Styrene-
mount and optional pressure relief bleed valve. Acrylonitrile (SAN) and are stress relieved through a special
• Housing accepts our proprietary Seal-Safe™ double o-ring process for added strength and clarity. Clear housings offer
sealing cartridges as well as DOE (double open end) on-site examination of the flow, cartridge life and
cartridges. performance.
• Leak-proof sealing with a top-seated floating Buna-N O-
ring. Opaque housings are molded from reinforced polypropylene
and offer outstanding chemical compatibility.
Slim Line® housings are the perfect choice for low-flow
filtration applications. Their slim design and high chemical Typical applications for the 3G Slim Line® housings include,
compatibility make them ideal for those challenging but are not limited to, undersink residential filtration, pre-
applications. and post reverse osmosis systems, recreational vehicle
filtration, and food service.
Caps are manufactured from reinforced polypropylene in
black, blue, and white. Standard NPT threaded and John
Guest connections are available with 1/4-inch, 3/8-inch and
1/2-inch connections. Three different style caps add to the
flexibility of these housings.
The mounting boss cap features bosses molded in to the cap.
This allows the housing to be mounted to a single bracket or
a multiple housing bracket.
The integral bracket cap does not require a separate bracket
as the bracket is part of the cap. This feature saves valuable
time during installation.
Take the guesswork out of when to change your cartridge by
using the meter mount cap. These gauges indicate when the
cartridge is dirty and allow you to get the most out of your
cartridges.
U.S. Patent No. D 455,194 S and D 456,486 S
94
3G Slim Line® Standard Filter Housings
Item # Description Maximum Dimensions Initial ∆P (psi) @ Flow Rate (gpm)

3G Slim Line® Housings (Cap Sump) - 1/4-inch NPT, Mounting Boss Housings
158597 #10 3G Slim Line® Black/Blue 1/4” MB w/o pr
158598 #10 3G Slim Line® Black/Blue 1/4” MB w/pr
12-1/2" x 4-5/8" 2 psi @ 3 gpm
158599 #10 3G Slim Line® Blue/Clear 1/4” MB w/o pr
®
(318 mm x 118 mm) (0.14 bar @ 11 L/min)
158600 #10 3G Slim Line Blue/Clear 1/4” MB w/pr
158601 #10 3G Slim Line® White/White 1/4” MB w/o pr
3G Slim Line® Housings (Cap Sump) - 1/4-inch John Guest Quick Connect, Mounting Boss Housings
158602 #10 3G Slim Line® Black/Blue 1/4” QC MB w/o pr
158603 #10 3G Slim Line® Black/Blue 1/4” QC MB w/pr
12-1/2" x 4-5/8" 2 psi @ 5 gpm
158604 #10 3G Slim Line® Blue/Clear 1/4” QC MB w/o pr
®
(318 mm x 118 mm) (0.14 bar @ 19 L/min)
158606 #10 3G Slim Line White/White 1/4” QC MB w/o pr
158607 #10 3G Slim Line® White/White 1/4” QC MB w/pr
3G Slim Line® Housings (Cap Sump) - 1/4-inch NPT, Integral Bracket Housings
158636 #10 3G Slim Line® Black/Blue 1/4” IB w/pr
13-3/8" x 5-3/8" 2 psi @ 3 gpm
158637 #10 3G Slim Line® Blue/Clear 1/4” IB w/pr
®
(340 mm x 137 mm) (0.14 bar @ 11 L/min)
158638 #10 3G Slim Line White/White 1/4” IB w/pr
3G Slim Line® Housings (Cap Sump) - 1/4-inch John Guest Quick Connect, Integral Bracket Housings
158639 #10 3G Slim Line® Black/Blue 1/4” QC IB w/pr
13-3/8" x 5-3/8" 2 psi @ 3 gpm
158640 #10 3G Slim Line® Blue/Clear 1/4” QC IB w/pr
(340 mm x 137 mm) (0.14 bar @ 11 L/min)
158641 #10 3G Slim Line® White/White 1/4” QC IB w/pr
®
3G Slim Line Housings (Cap Sump) - 3/8-inch NPT, Mounting Boss Housings
158609 #10 3G Slim Line® Black/Blue 3/8” MB w/pr
158610 #10 3G Slim Line® Blue/Clear 3/8” MB w/o pr 11-3/4" x 4-3/4" 2 psi @ 5 gpm
158611 #10 3G Slim Line® Blue/Clear 3/8” MB w/pr (298 mm x 121 mm) (0.14 bar @ 19 L/min)
158613 #10 3G Slim Line® White/White 3/8” MB w/o pr
158612 #10 3G Slim Line® White/White 3/8” MB w/pr
158614 #10 3G Slim Line® Black/Blue 3/8” QC MB w/o pr
158616 #10 3G Slim Line® Blue/Clear 3/8” QC MB w/o pr 11-3/4" x 4-3/4" 2 psi @ 5 gpm
158619 #10 3G Slim Line® White/White 3/8” QC MB w/o pr (298 mm x 121 mm) (0.14 bar @ 19 L/min)
158618 #10 3G Slim Line® White/White 3/8” QC MB w/pr
158642 #10 3G Slim Line® Black/Blue 3/8” IB w/pr 13-3/8" x 5-1/4" 2 psi @ 5 gpm
158643 #10 3G Slim Line® Blue/Clear 3/8” IB w/pr (340 mm x 133 mm) (0.14 bar @ 19 L/min)
158645 #10 3G Slim Line® Black/Blue 3/8” QC IB w/pr
13-3/8" x 5-1/4" 2 psi @ 5 gpm
158646 #10 3G Slim Line® Blue/Clear 3/8” QC IB w/pr
®
(340 mm x 133 mm) (0.14 bar @ 19 L/min)
158647 #10 3G Slim Line White/White 3/8” QC IB w/pr
3G Slim Line® Housings (Cap Sump) - 1/2-inch NPT, Mounting Boss Housings
158621 #10 3G Slim Line® Black/Blue 1/2” MB w/pr 11-3/4" x 4-3/4" 2 psi @ 5 gpm
158622 #10 3G Slim Line® Blue/Clear 1/2” MB w/o pr (298 mm x 121 mm) (0.14 bar @ 19 L/min)
158623 #10 3G Slim Line® Blue/Clear 1/2” MB w/pr
158625 #10 3G Slim Line® Black/Blue 1/2” QC MB w/pr 12-1/2" x 4-5/8" 2 psi @ 5 gpm
158626 #10 3G Slim Line® Blue/Clear 1/2” QC MB w/o pr (318 mm x 118 mm) (0.14 bar @ 19 L/min)
158648 #10 3G Slim Line® Black/Blue 1/2” IB w/pr 13-3/8" x 5-3/8" 2 psi @ 5 gpm
158649 #10 3G Slim Line® Blue/Clear 1/2” IB w/pr (298 mm x 121 mm) (0.14 bar @ 19 L/min)
158650 #10 3G Slim Line® Black/Blue 1/2” QC IB w/pr 13-3/8" x 5-3/8" 2 psi @ 5 gpm
158651 #10 3G Slim Line® Blue/Clear 1/2” QC IB w/pr (298 mm x 121 mm) (0.14 bar @ 19 L/min)
3G Slim Line® Housings (Cap Sump) - 1/2-inch NPT or Quick Connect, Integral Bracket Meter Mount Housings
158656 #10 3G Slim Line® Black/Blue 1/2” IB MM1 w/pr 13-3/8" x 5-3/8" 2 psi @ 5 gpm
158657 #10 3G Slim Line® Black/Blue 1/2” QC IB MM1 w/pr (298 mm x 121 mm) (0.14 bar @ 19 L/min)
1
Housing is not designed to operate without an installed differential pressure gauge. Gauge must be purchased separately. See page 83.
95
Big Blue® Filter Housings
• Large capacity housings suitable for high flow applications.

• Available in 10” and 20” sizes to meet your needs.
• Optional pressure relief/bleed on inlet side of cap.
• Accepts 4-1/2” diameter cartridges.
Big Blue® filter housings offer the versatility to meet all your large-capacity
filtration needs, including high flow and heavy sediment applications. The extra
large housing allows for greater cartridge capacity, reducing the number of vessels
required for high flow rate applications. Sumps are constructed of durable
reinforced polypropylene and are available in 10” and 20” lengths.
The high flow polypropylene (HFPP) cap is available with 3/4”, 1” or 1-1/2” NPT
inlet and outlet ports.The 1-1/4” internal port allows a greater volume of liquid
to pass through the HFPP cap more rapidly.
Big Blue® housings are compatible with a broad range of chemicals and are
available with or without an optional pressure relief button. They accept a wide
variety of 4-1/2” diameter cartridges in either 10” or 20” lengths.
#10 Big Blue® #20 Big Blue®
The 150233, 150234, 150235, 150236, 150237, 150238,
150239, 150240, 150467 and 150469 are Tested and
Certified by NSF International to NSF/ANSI Standard 42
for material and structural integrity requirements only.
COMPONENT

®
150469 #10BB Big Blue , 3/4” In/Out, w/p.r. 13-1/8” x 7-1/4” 2 psi @ 15 gpm
150470 #10BB Big Blue®, 3/4” In/Out, wo/p.r. (333 mm x 184 mm) (0.1 bar @ 57 lpm)
150237 #10BB Big Blue®, 1” In/Out, w/p.r.
13-1/8” x 7-1/4” 1 psi @ 15 gpm
150238 #10BB Big Blue®, 1” In/Out, wo/p.r. (333 mm x 184 mm) (0.1 bar @ 57 lpm)
166219 #10BB Big Clear, 1” In/Out, w/p.r.
150239 #10BB Big Blue®, 1 1/2” In/Out, w/p.r. 13- 5/8” x 7-1/4” 1 psi @ 20 gpm
150240 #10BB Big Blue®, 1 1/2” In/Out, wo/p.r. (346 mm x 184 mm) (0.1 bar @ 76 lpm)
150233 #20BB Big Blue®, 1” In/Out, w/p.r. 23- 3/8” x 7-1/4” 1 psi @ 15 gpm
150234 #20BB Big Blue®, 1” In/Out, wo/p.r. (594 mm x 184 mm) (0.1 bar @ 57 lpm)
166201 #20BB Big Clear, 1 1/2” In/Out, w/p.r.
150235 #20BB Big Blue®, 1 1/2” In/Out, w/p.r. 23-7/8” x 7- 1/4” 1 psi @ 20 gpm
(606 mm x 184 mm) (0.1 bar @ 76 lpm)
150236 #20BB Big Blue®, 1 1/2” In/Out, wo/p.r.
• Housing ..............................Polypropylene • O-Ring ........................................Buna-N
• Cap ........................................Polypropylene (HFPP) • Maximum Temperature ......100°F (37.7°C)
• Button Assembly ............300-series Stainless Steel, EPDM • Maximum Pressure ..............#10BB - 100 psi (6.9 bar)
and Polypropylene #20BB - 90 psi (6.2 bar)
96
Valve-In-Head Filter Housings
• Ideal for a wide range of applications, including residential,

commercial and industrial.
• Available in 10” and 20” sizes.
• Optional pressure-relief/bleed button on inlet side of cap.
• Thick walls for increased strength.
• Leak-proof sealing with top-seated Buna-N O-ring.
• Available with clear and blue sumps.
Valve-in-head housings incorporate the same rugged design and
application features as our Standard 3/4” NPT housings.
The internal valve-in-head allows both inlet and outlet ports to be
simultaneously shut-off with a half turn of the handle. This eliminates
the need for external shut-off valves. Radial sealing O-rings and sealing
surfaces are continuously cleaned each time the valve is used, ensuring
leak-proof operation.
Valve-in-head filter housings are available in 10” and 20” lengths, will
accommodate a wide range of 2-3/8” and 2-7/8” diameter cartridges Valve-in-Head Valve-in-Head
and are available with either reinforced polypropylene or clear FDA- #10 Blue #20 Blue
compliant Styrene-Acrylonitrile (SAN) sumps.
Valve-in-Head
#10 Clear
The 150164 and 150172 are Tested and Certified by

NSF International to NSF/ANSI Standard 42 for
material and structural integrity requirements only.
COMPONENT

150164 #10 BLUE Valve-In-Head, 3/4” In/Out, w/p.r. 12 1/2” x 5 1/8” 4 psi @ 8 gpm
(318 mm x 130 mm) (0.3 bar @ 30 lpm)
150437 #10 CLEAR Valve-In-Head, 3/4” In/Out, w/p.r. 12 7/8” x 5 1/4” 4 psi @ 8 gpm
(327 mm x 133 mm) (0.3 bar @ 30 lpm)
150166 #20 BLUE Valve-In-Head, 3/4” In/Out, w/p.r. 22 5/8” x 5 1/8” 4 psi @ 8 gpm
(575 mm x 130 mm) (0.3 bar @ 30 lpm)
• Housing ..........................Polypropylene (Blue) • Valve Parts ....................................Delrin
Styrene-Acrylonitrile (Clear) • O-Ring ..............................................Buna-N
• Cap ....................................Reinforced Polypropylene • Maximum Temperature ..........125°F (51.7°C)
• Button Assembly ........300-series Stainless Steel, EPDM • Maximum Pressure ..................125 psi (8.62 bar)
and Polypropylene
97
High Temperature Filter Housings
• Ideal for a wide range of industrial applications.

• Excellent alternative to stainless and carbon steel vessels.
• Durable glass-reinforced nylon construction.
Constructed of glass-reinforced nylon. High temperature filter 1/2”
Slim Line High 3/4”
housings are an economical alternative to stainless and carbon Standard High
Temperature
steel housings. #20 Temperature
#20
These 1/2” and 3/4” NPT housings can withstand temperatures up
to a maximum of 160°F (71.1°C). Excellent chemical compatibility
makes High Temperature housings an ideal choice for a wide
variety of industrial applications including those involving organic
solvents, sea water, alcohol, petroleum and vegetable oils. They
should not be used with ketones.
A #241 Viton O-ring provides dependable sealing. Both 10” and
20” lengths are available to accommodate flow rates up to 20 gpm
1/2”
(76L/min.). Slim Line High
Temperature
#10
3/4”
Standard High
Temperature
#10

11-3/4” x 4-3/8” 5 psi @ 8 gpm
158319 #10 BLACK High Temperature Slim Line® 1/2” In/Out, wo/p.r. (298 mm x 111 mm) (<0.4 bar @ 30 lpm)
12-1/8” x 5-1/8”
150015 #10 RED High Temperature Standard, 3/4” In/Out, wo/p.r. (308 mm x 130 mm) <1 psi @ 8 gpm
(0.1 bar @ 30 lpm)
22-1/4” x 5-1/8”
150111 #20 RED High Temperature Standard, 3/4” In/Out, wo/p.r.
(565 mm x 130 mm)
• Housing ..............................Glass-Reinforced Nylon • Maximum Temperature ......160°F (High Temperature)
• Cap ......................................Glass-Reinforced Nylon 160°F (High Temperature
• O-Ring ................................Viton® Slim Line®)
• Maximum Pressure ......125 psi (8.6 bar)
98
Bag Vessel Assemblies
• Lightweight, corrosion-resistant, polypropylene construction gives you strength without

weight.
• Available in 1” and 1-1/2” NPT sizes.
• Comes complete with gauge, wrench and 3/8” drain valve. PBH-420
• Choice of 10” and 20” housings.
• Light enough to be portable.
Pentek’s standard bag vessel assemblies keep your system on stream longer by reducing
bag filter change time.
The single large Acme thread closure ensures quick opening and positive sealing.
All PBH Series vessels come complete with gauge, wrench and 3/8” drain valve.
PBH Series bag vessel assemblies are made of lightweight, corrosion-resistant,
polypropylene to give you all the strength you need without the weight.
Bag vessel assemblies are economically priced, allowing you to install a duplex system for
totally uninterrupted flow rates.
Bags are available in polypropylene felt, absolute-rated high-efficiency polypropylene and
nylon monofilament mesh - ideal for filtering and straining applications from 1 to 800
microns.
PBH-410
(shown with bag vessel stand)
Item #150370
PBH & BB Housing Stand
Maximum Initial ∆P (psi) Maximum

Item # Description Dimensions @ Flow Rates (gpm) Pressure
150360 PBH-410 (1”) 13-1/8” x 7-1/4” 1 psi @ 15 gpm 100 psi
(333mm x 184mm) (0.1 bar @ 56.8 lpm) (6.9 bar)
150338 PBH-410 ( 1 1/2”) 13-5/8” x 7-1/4” 1 psi @ 20 gpm 100 psi

(346 mm x 184 mm) (0.1 bar @ 75.7 lpm) (6.9 bar)
150367 PBH-420 (1”) 23-3/8” x 7-1/4” 1 psi @ 15 gpm 90 psi

(594mm x 184mm) (0.1 bar @ 56.8 lpm) (6.2 bar)
150337 PBH-420 (1 1/2”) 23-7/8” x 7-1/4” 1 psi @ 20 gpm 90 psi

(606mm x 184mm) (0.1 bar @ 75.7 lpm) (6.2 bar)
• PBH-410 accepts a standard 4” x 8-1/4” (102 mm x 210 mm) bag. Dimensions allow for 1” (25 mm) overlap on basket.
• PBH-420 accepts a standard 4” x 18-1/2” (102 mm x 470 mm) bag. Dimensions allow for 1” (25 mm) overlap on basket.
• Housing ............................ Polypropylene • Ball Valve .......................................... PVC/Buna-N Seals
• Cap .................................... Polypropylene • Basket................................................ Polypropylene
• Gauge ................................ Bismuth Brass (lead free) • O-Ring and Gaskets.................... Buna-N
• Vent Plug.......................... Polypropylene • Maximum Temperature............ 100°F (37.8°C)
• Drain Plug ...................... High Density Polypropylene
NOTE: Many standard bags with rings may be used in these vessels. Refer to Pentek Filtration’s bag filter specifications sheet for 1 to 200 micron quick-
install bags.
99
ST Series Stainless Steel Filter Housings
• Heavy duty units for smaller filtration systems and point-of-use

applications.
• Brushed 304 Stainless Steel sump with a cast brass/nickel plated head.
• Ideal for high pressure/hot water applications.
• Accepts complete range of standard double open end (DOE) cartridges.
ST Series stainless steel filter housings effectively provide heavy-duty
filtration for smaller filtration systems and point-of-use applications.
Supplying flow rates of up to 20 gpm (76 L/min), at a maximum water
temperature of 300°F (149°C). ST Series are ideal for hot water and high-
pressure applications not suited for plastic housings. The brushed 304
stainless steel sumps are available with either a pipe plug or pet-cock in
the bottom for draining. Heads are manufactured from nickel-plated cast-
brass.
ST Series housings are easy to install and maintain. They are compatible
with a complete range of filter cartridges, adding to their versatility.
The Model ST-1 is a single cartridge filter ideal for filtering water at a flow
rate not exceeding 10 U.S. GPM (depending on cartridge selection). ST-1
The Model ST-2 is identical to the ST-1, but requires two 9-3/4” (248mm) ST-2
cartridges or one 19-1/2” (495mm) cartridge to provide higher capacity
for longer operations of the filter between cartridge change-over. ST-3
The Model ST-3 is again identical to the ST-1 and ST-2 with even higher
flow rate and greater dirt holding capacity than the ST-1 or ST-2. Requires
three 9-3/4” (248mm) cartridges or one 29-1/4” (743mm) cartridge.
No. 9-3/4” Filter Shipping Max. Pressure Max. Pressure

(248 mm) Height Weight Flow Rate* w/pipe plug w/pet-cock
Item # Description Cartridges in (mm) lbs (kg) GPM (LPM) psi (bar) psi (bar)
15601702 ST-1 1 12 7/8 (327) 7 (3.2) 10 (38) 250 (17.2) 250 (17.2)
15601802 ST-2 2 22 3/4 (578) 10-1/2 (4.8) 15 (57) 250 (17.2) 250 (17.2)
15601902 ST-3 3 32 3/8 (822) 13-1/2 (6.1) 20 (76) 250 (17.2) 250 (17.2)
*When used with 20 micron (nominal) cartridge.
• Maximum cartridge diameter 3” (76 mm).
• Will not accept GAC, CC, CGAC,TSGAC,WS, PCF or PCC Series cartridges.
Also Available:
144128 Wall Bracket for ST-1, ST-2 and ST-3 156037 Mounting bracket for ST-1, ST-2 and ST-3
• Housing ....................................Brushed 304 Stainless Steel • Pipe Size ............................3/4” NPT
• Head ..........................................Brass/Nickel Plated • Sealing Gaskets ..............Buna-N, Cellulose Fiber
• Maximum Temperature ....300°F (149°C)
WARNING: For drinking water applications, do not use with water that is microbiologically unsafe or of unknown quality without adequate disinfection
before or after the system.
NOTE: Not recommended for applications with TDS or chlorides >1000 and/or pH <5.0. Use of this product in these conditions will void the limited
warranty. Consult factory for product modifications for these conditions.
100
ST-BC Series Stainless Steel Filter Housings
• Heavy duty units for large scale commercial/industrial applications.

• Brushed 304 stainless steel construction with a gray-silver epoxy finish.
• Ideal for high-temperature applications.
• Accepts complete range of standard double open end (DOE) cartridges. ST-BC-16
ST-BC Series stainless steel filter housings offer a variety of solutions for your
large-scale, heavy-duty filtration needs. Simple to install and maintain, these
housings are ideal for schools, restaurants, farms, institutions and industrial
use. Holding from 4 to 20 cartridges, ST-BC Series housings provide flow ST-BC-12
rates from 28 - 125 gpm (106-473 L/min).
Housings are constructed of 304 stainless steel with a gray-silver epoxy
finish.They include drains on both the “clean” and “dirty” sides of the sump.
ST-BC Series housings are compatible with a complete range of filter
cartridges adding to their versatility.
ST-BC-4 ST-BC-8
ST-BC-20
No.* Cartridges Filter Height Shipping Wgt. Flow Rate** Max. Pressure Pipe Size
Item # Description Dimensions in (mm) lbs (kg) GPM (LPM) psi (bar) in (mm)
15602502 ST-BC-4 (4) 3” X 9-3/4” or 10” 19 1/4 (489) 20 (9.1) 28 (106) 125 (8.62) to 2 (50.8)
(76mm x 248mm or 254mm) 300°F (149°C)
15602602 ST-BC-8 (8) 3” x 9-3/4” or 10” 29 (737) 30 (13.6) 56 (212) 125 (8.62) to 2 (50.8)
(76mm x 248mm or 254mm) 300°F (149°C)
15602702 ST-BC-12 (12) 3” x 9-3/4” or 10” 39 3/4 (1010) 40 (18.2) 84 (318) 125 (8.62) to 2 (50.8)
(76mm x 248mm or 254mm) 300°F (149°C)
15602802 ST-BC-16 (16) 3” x 9-3/4” or 10” 49 3/4 (1264) 50 (22.7) 110 (416) 125 (8.62) to 2 (50.8)
(76mm x 248mm or 254mm) 300°F (149°C)
15603202 ST-BC-20 (20) 2 1/2” x 9-3/4” or 10” 49 3/4 (1264) 50 (22.7) 125 (473) 125 (8.62) to 2 (50.8)
(64mm x 248mm or 254mm) 300°F (149°C)
Note:Will not accept model GAC, CC, CGAC,TSGAC,WS, PCF or PCC series cartridges.
*Number of cartridges refers to the number of 9-3/4” (248 mm) or 10” (254 mm) cartridges which are configured around the housing times the number of cartridges that
may be stacked. Example 4 x 2 means that 9-3/4” (248 mm) cartridges are configured four around and two high.
**Above rated capacity based on sediment removal with a 25 micron filter cartridge and 1 PSIG initial clean pressure drop.
• Housing ....................................Brushed 304 Stainless Steel • Maximum Pressure ......125 psi (8.6 bar)
• Finish ..........................................Epoxy • Pipe Size ............................2” (50.8 mm)
• Maximum Temperature ....300°F (149°C) • Sealing Gasket ................Buna-N
NOTE: Maximum cartridge diameter 3” (76 mm).
WARNING: If pressure exceeds 125 psi (8.62 bar) at any time, a pressure regulator must be used. Do not use water that is microbiologically unsafe or
of unknown quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system.
NOTE: Not recommended for applications with TDS or chlorides >1000 and/or pH <5.0. Use of this product in these conditions will void the limited
warranty. Consult factory for product modifications for these conditions.
101
MPST-1 Multi-Purpose Stainless Steel Filter
Housing
• Unique design accepts either a 41/2-inch x 20-inch DOE cartridge or a PENTEK Model 420 bag
filter (Conversion Kit #243111).
• 304 stainless steel construction with epoxy finish.
• Equipped with several ports for differential pressure gauges.
• Heavy-duty design for numerous commercial and industrial applications.
• Ideal for high temperature or high pressure applications.
The PENTEK MPST-1 Multi-Purpose Stainless Steel Filter Housing is designed to accept either a
41/2-inch x 20-inch DOE cartridge or a PENTEK 420 style bag filter.The housing comes standard
as a cartridge filter housing but the optional bag filter kit converts it to a bag filter housing in
seconds.
Simple to install, maintain, and convert from cartridge to bag filter and back, this housing is ideal
for schools, restaurants, farms, institutions and numerous industrial applications.
The MPST-1 housing is constructed of 304 stainless steel and powder coated with two-part
epoxy with flow rates up to 50 GPM and maximum temperature ratings at 250°F, making it ideal
for hot water and high pressure applications. An adjustable stand is included which adds to its
versatility.
It is supplied with two-inch inlet and outlet ports and a threaded drain port for easy servicing. It
is also equipped with several pressure differential gauge ports to aid in cartridge or bag filter
replacement.
Item # Maximum Dimensions Pipe Size Maximum Maximum

Flow Rate (Height x O.A. Dia*) (NPT) Temperature Pressure
156237 50 GPM 29” x 6-3/8” 2” 250°F 150 psi
(189 L/min) (737 mm x 162 mm) (50.8 mm) (121°C) (10.34 bar)
Note: Will not accept model GAC 20BB, BBF1-20BB, WS-20BB or CRFC-20BB Cartridges.
*Height does not include stand
• Housing ............................304 Stainless Steel
• Finish ................................Epoxy
• Sealing Gasket ..............Buna-N
NOTE: Maximum cartridge diameter 43/4-inches (12 mm)
WARNING: If pressure exceeds 150 psi (10.34 bar) at any time, a pressure regulator must be used. Do not use water that is microbiologically unsafe or
of unknown quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system.
NOTE: Not recommended for applications with TDS or chlorides >1000 ppm and/or pH <5.0. Use of this product in these conditions will void the
limited warranty. Consult factory for product modifications for these conditions.
102
BFS/BBFS Series Basic Filtration Systems
• Multi-housing systems include wall-mounting bracket and hardware.

• Available with low-profile Slim Line® or large capacity Big Blue® housings.
• All systems are shipped completely pre-assembled.
BFS and BBFS Basic Filtration Systems consist of either two or three filter
housings, which are mounted in series, a wall-mounting bracket and
hardware.
The BFS-201 consist of a series of 3/8” NPT low-profile Slim Line® housings
in series for installations where space is limited. The BBFS systems consist
of a series of large-capacity 1” NPT #20 Big Blue® housings allowing for BBFS-222
greater cartridge capacities and higher flow rates. All systems are equipped
with a pressure relief button to relieve housing pressure during cartridge
changes, and are shipped completely pre-assembled. BBFS-22
All of the housings are manufactured of a durable polypropylene, have

excellent chemical resistance and are ideal for many residential, commercial
and industrial applications.
BFS-201
Maximum Maximum
Item # Description Dimensions Pressure
160166 BBFS-22 15-1/4” x 8-1/2” x 26-1/2” 90 psi (6.2 bar)
(388mm x 216mm x 673mm)
160168 BBFS-222 23-1/4” x 8-1/2” x 26-1/2 90 psi (6.2 bar)
(591mm x 216mm x 673mm)
160196 BFS-201 10-1/2” x 5-1/4” x 14” 125 psi (8.6 bar)
(267mm x 133mm x 356mm)
• Cap ....................................Polypropylene • O-Rings ............................................Buna-N
• Housing ..........................Polypropylene • Maximum Temperature ..........100°F (37.8°C)
• Bracket ............................Powder Coated Carbon Steel
NOTE: 20” (508 mm) Big Blue® sumps are interchangeable with 10” (254 mm) Big Blue® sumps.
NOTE: Big Blue® is a registered trademark of Pentek Filtration.
103
UMS-4 BB Housing Skid System
• Can be installed in series, parallel or combination of both.

• Manufactured from pultruded fiberglass for strength and fire
resistance.
• Holds 4 Big Blue® filter housings or bag vessel assemblies.
The pultruded fiberglass is compatible with a wide range of
organic and inorganic substances, but the UMS-4 is not
compatible with all plating solutions. Assembly hardware is
manufactured from 304 stainless steel for greater chemical
resistance.
This system is capable of holding up to four Big Blue® filter
housings or bag vessel assemblies.The housings can be assembled
in series, parallel or a combination of both series and parallel to
accommodate your filtration requirements.
Item #160210
The UMS-4 can be installed in the following combinations:

Note: Sumps / Housings sold separately.
SERIES PARALLEL
COMBINATION - SERIES TO PARALLEL COMBINATION - PARALLEL TO SERIES
Possible Flow Rates

Parallel arrangement: up to 200 gpm (757 lpm) for filter bags
up to 100 gpm (378.5 lpm) for filter cartridges
Series arrangement: up to 50 gpm (189 lpm) for filter bags
up to 25 gpm (94.6 lpm) for filter cartridges
104
Chemical Compatibility Chart
30
Te
Te
0S
Po
mp
mp
Co
lyp
er i
er a
era
nc
es
r op
Vit
en
tur
tur
Ny
Sta
yle
tra
o
Sil
Bu
e(
e(
lon
nE
ne
De
inl
ico
tio
na
°F
°F
SA
es
Chemical
- 60
GF
n*
lrin
TF
ne
)**
)**
-N
N
s
*
A = Negligible Effect
Acetic Acid 125 50 A A D A D C -- C --
B = Limited
Acetone 125 100 A D B D B D B D A Absorption Attack
Ammonium Compounds 125 100* A A A* A B A B A C C = Extensive
Ammonium Hydroxide 125 10 A A A A D A -- A C Absorption
Beer 125 ANY A A D B A D C A A and/or Rapid
Permeation
Benzene 72 100 B D A D B D -- A B
D = Extensive Attack
Calcium Compounds 125 ANY* A A A A A A C A B/C
Calcium Hypochlorite 68 20 A -- D -- D B C A D * Consult Factory for
Citric Acid 125 10 A A C B A D C A -- Specific Compound
Cottonseed Oil 125 -- A A A B A A -- A B ** Maximum
TF = Talc Filled
Detergents 125 2 A A A A A A -- A --
GF - Glass Filled
Ethyl Alcohol 125 96 A B A B A A B A --
12
Freon 68 25 B 22 A C1222 D 12-113
TF D 12 II
ONLY NOTICE: We cannot
Fruit Juices 125 -- A A A A A A -- A A anticipate all conditions
under which this
Gasoline 125 100 C A A D B A D A A information and our
Glucose 125 20 A A A A A A B A A products, or the
Glycerin 125 100 A A A B A A B A A products of other
manufacturers in
Glycol 125 -- A D -- D A A -- A -- combination with our
Hexane 125 100 C -- A D D A B A A products, may be used.
Hydrochloric Acid 125 20 A A D B D C -- A -- We accept no
responsibility for results
Hydrofluoric Acid 68 40 A -- D A D D -- A -- obtained by the
Hydrogen Peroxide 68 30 A -- D -- -D D -- A -- application of this
Inks 125 -- A B A B A A -- A A information or the safety
and suitability of our
Ketones 68 -- D D B -- C D -- D A products, either alone or
Lubricating Oils 125 100 C A A B A A C A A in combination. Users
are advised to make
Mercury 125 100 A -- A -- A A -- A A
their own tests to
Methyl Alcohol 125 100 A D A D A B -- C -- determine the safety
Mineral Oil 100 100 B A A A A A -- A A and suitability of each
product combination for
Naphthalene 125 100 A B A C D B D A A
their own purposes and
Nitric Acid 68 10 A B D C D D -- A A applications. Unless
Olive Oil 125 100 A A A A A A C A A otherwise agreed in
writing, or previously
Plating Solutions 125 -- A* -- A/D* -- A* D A -- tested by Pentek
Sodium Compounds 125 ANY A A A/C* C -- A C A B Filtration on specific
Sodium Hypochlorite 100 5 A A A B A A C A B applications, we sell the
product without warranty
Sugar & Syrups 125 -- A -- A B A A A A A against chemicals listed
Sulfuric Acid 68 25 A A D B D C -- A -- above. Buyers and
Toluene 100 -- D D A D D D D C A users assume all
responsibility for liability
Water (hot) 200 100 -- -- A -- -- C A B A performance or damage.
DI Water 125 100 B A A A A A A A --
Sea Water 125 100 A B A A C A -- A --
Whiskey/Wines 125 -- A A A A A A -- A A
Xylene 100 100 C D A D D D D A A
105
Pentek® Filter Housings Pressure Drop
PRESSURE/FLOW NET PRESSURE DROP - psi (bar) @ FLOW RATE - gpm (lpm)
MODEL 1 3 5 8 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 50 60 70 80
(4) (11) (19) (30) (38) (57) (76) (95) (114) (132) (151) (189) (227) (265) (303)
1/4” Slim Line™ <1 2 4 10 15

(<.1) (.1) (.3) (.7) (1.0)
3/8” Slim Line™ <1 <1 2 5 7
(<.1) (<.1) (.1) (.4) (.5)
1/2” Slim Line™ <1 <1 2 5 7
(<.1) (<.1) (.1) (.4) (.5)
3/4” Standard <1 <1 <1 <1 1 2 3
(<.1) (<.1) (<.1) (<.1) (.1) (.1) (.2)
3/4” V-I-H <1 1 2 4 7 16
(<.1) (.1) (.1) (.3) (.5) (1.1)
Big Blue® HFPP 3/4” <1 <1 <1 <1 1 2 3
(<.1) (<.1) (<.1) (<.1) (.1) (.1) (.2)
Big Blue® HFPP 1” <1 <1 <1 <1 1 1 2 3 4 5 7 11 16
(<.1) (<.1) (<.1) (<.1) (.1) (.1) (.1) (.2) (.3) (.4) (.5) (.8) (1.1)
Big Blue® HFPP 1-1/2” <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 1 1 2 2 3 4 7 10 13
(<.1) (<.1) (<.1) (<.1) (<.1) (.1) (.1) (.1) (.1) (.2) (.3) (.5) (.7) (.9)
CAUTION: Do not use with water that is microbiologically unsafe or of unknown quality without adequate disinfection before or after the unit.
NOTE:The pressure drop values listed for flow rates higher than 10 gpm were extrapolated from curves, except in the case of the Big Blue® housings.
All tests were performed on empty housings (no cartridges.)
106
Pentek® Mounting Brackets
For Big Blue® Housings

This bracket is made for the 10” and 20” Big Blue® housings only.
150061 WB-SS Kit, Bracket and Screws, Powder-Coated Carbon Steel

144092 WB-SS, Bracket Only, Stainless Steel
Standard Housing Brackets

For Mounting Caps with Bosses
The MC-1 bracket is made for the 3/4” (19mm) housings with bosses only. It is constructed of zinc-plated
steel.
150578 MC-1 Kit, Bracket and Screws, 3/4” CAPS only

144090 MC-1 Bracket Only, 3/4” CAPS only
For 3/4” Housings

The UB-1 bracket is made for the 3/4” (19mm) inlet/outlet housings only. It is constructed of zinc-plated
steel.
151011 UB-1 Kit, Bracket and Screws, 3/4” CAPS only

14401200 UB-1 Bracket Only, 3/4” CAPS only
Slim Line™ Mounting Brackets

For 1/4”, 3/8” and 1/2” Housings
For Slim Line™ Housings with 1/4”, 3/8” and 1/2” inlet/outlet. It is constructed of zinc-plated steel.The kit
includes bracket and screws.
26023 Kit, Bracket and Screws, 1/4”, 3/8” and 1/2” Slim Line™
14402500 Bracket Only, 1/4”, 3/8” and 1/2” Slim Line™
CCF & RO System Brackets
14414202 Slim Line™ Bracket,Two-Housing, CCF & RO

14416902 Slim Line™ Bracket,Three-Housing, CCF & RO
Big Blue® System Bracket

For Big Blue® housings with 3/4”, 1” and 1-1/2” inlet/outlet. 2 or 3 housing brackets available. Made of
powder-coated carbon steel.
144258 Big Blue® Bracket,Two-Housing

144259 Big Blue® Bracket,Three-Housing
150370 Bag Housing Stand

For Big Blue® bag housings and Big Blue® cartridge housings.
Made of SuperFlexon®
107
Pentek® Accessories
Cartridge Couplers Sump Extension

155003 Standard coupler available 157209 Used for all natural
for standard double open polypropylene housings
end (DOE) cartridges Material: polypropylene
Material: polypropylene
Big Blue® Coupler Cap Plug Kit

144229 Available for Big Blue® 144457 For vents or gauges
(4-1/2” diameter) DOE Includes plug and O-ring
cartridges
Material: Polypropylene
O-Rings
Spanner Wrenches
Used to loosen sump when changing Buna-N FDA Grade
cartridges. 151121 237 for #5 & #10 Slim
150539 Wrench, Sump, SW-1A, Slim Line™ Housings
Line & 3G Housings 151120 241 for #10, #12 & #20
150295 Wrench, Sump, SW-2, Housings
Standard 3/4” Housings 151122 Big Blue® O-Ring
150296 Wrench, Sump, SW-3, #10BB
Housings Silicone FDA Grade
144368 Wrench, Sump, SW-4, #20BB 158096 237 for #5 & #10 Slim Line™ Housings
Housings 151118 241 for #10, #12 and #20 Housings
144880 Wrench, Sump, Big Clear
Viton
157193 012 Kit for Vent Plugs
158095 237 for #5 & #10 Slim Line™ Housings
151117 241 for #10, #12 and #20 Housings
Differential Pressure Gauges

These gauges can be read from both sides.They tell the user when to change the cartridge while the filter is in
operation.They are easily mounted directly to MM (Meter Mount) caps with screws provided. Both are constructed of
glass-filled nylon, Buna-N O-rings, 304 SS spring. 143549 contains a ceramic magnet.
Color Change Differential Pressure Gauge

Green and red color indicate when cartridge should be changed.
Green (clean) 0-7 psid; Red (change) 7-10 psid. 143550
Item # 143550
Needle Differential Pressure Gauge

Needle points to international standard colors to determine when cartridge needs
to be changed. Green (clean) 0-6 psid;Yellow (change) 6-9 psid; Red (dirty) 9-12 psid.
143549
Item # 143549
108
Pentek® Sumps & Caps
Item # Description Item # Description

Filter Housing Caps Filter Housing Sumps
154049 1/4" Black Cap w/o pr for Slim Line® & #5 Blue Housings 153014 #5 Slim Line® Blue Sump
®
154053 1/4" Blue Cap w/o pr for Slim Line & #5 Clear Housings 153056 #5 Slim Line® Clear Sump
154062 1/4" White Cap w/o pr for Slim Line® Housings 153049 #10 Slim Line® White Sump
154108 3/8" Black Cap w/pr for Slim Line® & #5 Blue Housings 153062 #10 Slim Line® Black Sump
®
154006 3/8" Black Cap w/o pr for Slim Line & #5 Blue Housings 153017 #10 Slim Line® Blue Sump
®
154111 3/8" Blue Cap w/pr for Slim Line & #5 Clear Housings 153018 #10 Slim Line® Clear Sump
154010 3/8" Blue Cap w/o pr for Slim Line® & #5 Clear Housings 153093 #10 Slim Line® Black Nylon Sump
®
154171 1/2" Black Cap w/pr for Slim Line & #5 Blue Housings 153063 #10 Std Black Nylon Sump
154083 1/2" Black Cap w/o pr for Slim Line® & #5 Blue Housings 153005 #10 Std Red High Temp Sump
154175 1/2" Blue Cap w/pr for Slim Line® & #5 Clear Housings 153001 #10 Blue Sump
154503 1/2" Black Nylon Cap w/o pr for Slim Line® Black Nylon 153128 #10 Clear Sump
Housing 153013 #20 Blue Sump
154101 3/4" Black Cap w/pr for #10 & #20 Blue Housings 153058 #20 Slim Line® Blue Sump
154001 3/4" Black Cap w/o pr for #10 & #20 Blue Housings 153092 #20 Slim Line® Black Nylon Sump
154102 3/4" Blue Cap w/pr for #10 Clear Housings 153064 #20 Std Black Nylon Sump
154115 3/4" Black Mounting Bracket Cap w/pr for #10 & #20 Blue 153029 #10 Big Blue® Sump
Housings 153114 #10 Big Blue® Sump - White
154017 3/4" Black Mounting Bracket Cap w/o pr for #10 & #20 Blue 153208 #10 Big Clear Sump
Housings 153070 #20 Big Blue® Sump
154116 3/4" Blue Mounting Bracket Cap w/pr for #10 Clear Housings 153166 #20 Big Clear Sump
154018 3/4" Blue Mounting Bracket Cap w/o pr for #10 Clear 153080 #20 Big Blue® Sump - White
Housings 153042 #10 All Natural Std. Sump - No Drain Plug (style 2)
154134 3/4" Black VIH Cap w/pr for #10 & #20 VIH Blue Housings 153101 #10 All Natural Std. Sump w/Drain Plug
154138 3/4" Blue VIH Cap w/pr for #10 Clear VIH housing 153046 #12 All Natural Sump for 222 - No Drain Plug
154061 3/4" Black Nylon Cap w/o pr for #10 & #20 housings 153106 #12 All Natural Sump for 222 - With Drain Plug
154003 3/4" Red High Temperature Cap w/o pr 153040 #20 All Natural Std. Sump - No Drain Plug
154195 3/4" Black HFPP Cap w/pr for Big Blue® Housings 153102 #20 All Natural Std. Sump - With Drain Plug
154166 1" Black HFPP Cap w/pr for Big Blue® Housings 153055 #20 Ext All Natural Sump for 222 - No Drain Plug
154077 1" Black HFPP Cap w/o pr for Big Blue® Housings 153107 #20 Ext All Natural Sump for 222 - With Drain Plug
154291 1" Black Cap for Big Clear Housings 3G Filter Housing Sumps
154167 1-1/2" Black HFPP Cap w/pr for Big Blue® Housings 153202 3G #10 SL Blue Sump
154078 1-1/2" Black HFPP Cap w/o pr for Big Blue® Housings 153203 3G #10 SL Clear Sump
154025 #10, #12, & #20 All Natural Cap, Std., No Plugs 153197 3G #10 ST Blue Sump
154135 #10, #12, & #20 All Natural Cap, Std., w/Two Vent Plugs 153194 3G #10 ST Clear Sump
154351 #10, #12, & #20 All Natural 222 Cap, Std., No Plugs 153200 3G #20 ST Blue Sump
154136 #10, #12, & #20 All Natural 222 Cap, Std., w/Two Vent Plugs 153195 3G #20 ST Clear Sump
154082 Countertop White Cap - 1/4” Inlet/Outlet (for #5 and #10 Units)
3G Filter Housing Caps
154638 3G 3/4" Black Mounting Bracket Cap w/pr
154584 3G 3/4" Black Mounting Bracket Cap w/o pr
154646 3G 3/4" Black Integral Bracket Cap w/pr
154600 3G 3/4" Black Integral Bracket Cap w/o pr
154622 3G 3/4" Black Integral Bracket Cap, Meter Mount w/pr
154639 3G 3/4" Blue Mounting Bracket Cap w/pr
154585 3G 3/4" Blue Mounting Bracket Cap w/o pr
154647 3G 3/4" Blue Integral Bracket Cap w/pr
154788 3G 3/8" Black Mounting Bracket Cap w/pr
154790 3G 3/8" Blue Mounting Bracket Cap w/pr
154737 3G 3/8" Blue Mounting Bracket Cap w/o pr
154804 3G 3/8" Black Integral Bracket Cap w/pr
154806 3G 3/8" Blue Integral Bracket Cap w/pr
109
C Series Dual Purpose Powdered-Activated
Carbon Cartridges
• Economically priced.
• Provides sediment filtration and bad taste & odor and chlorine taste & odor reduction.*
• High dirt-holding capacity.
• Available in 4 sizes and two micron ratings.
• Recommended for chlorinated water supplies.
C Series cartridges offer an economical solution for all of your general-purpose water
filtration needs. Constructed of a carbon impregnated cellulose media, these dual-purpose
cartridges filter out fine sediment particles and reduce unwanted taste, odor and chlorine
taste and odor from your tap water.* A polyester reinforcement backing and external netting
provide additional strength and dirt-loading capacity.
C Series cartridges are available in three different sizes and both the C-1 and C-2 are
nominally rated at 5-microns C1-20
These dual-purpose cartridges are well suited for a wide range of residential applications, and
make excellent polishing filters when used in process or closed-loop streams.
* Based on manufacturer's internal testing.
C1
This C1 is Tested and certified by NSF International under C2
ANSI/NSF Standard 42 for material requirements only.
COMPONENT
Maximum Micron Rating Initial ∆P (psi) Chlorine Reduction

Item # Description Dimensions (Nominal)* @ Flow Rate (gpm) @ Flow Rate (gpm)
15500243 C1 2-1/2” x 9-3/4” 5 4 psi @ 5 gpm >2,500 gallons @ 1 gpm*
(64mm x 248mm) (0.3 bar @ 18.9 lpm) (>9,500 liters @ 3.8 lpm)
15502243 C2 2-1/2” x 4-7/8” 5 2.0 psi @ 2 gpm >1,250 gallons @ 0.5 gpm*
15559743 C1-20 2-1/2” x 20” 5 1.0 psi @ 5 gpm >5,000 gallons @ 2 gpm*
(64 mm x 508mm) (0.1 bar @ 19 lpm) (>18,900 liters @ 7.6 lpm)
• Filter Media ..........PAC Impregnated Cellulose • Reinforcement Backing ........Cellulose Polyester (C1 & C2)
• End Caps................Vinyl Plastisol (C1 & C2) • Core ................................................Polypropylene
• Netting....................Polyethylene • Temperature Rating ................40°F to 125°F (4.4°C to 52°C)
(C1, C2, C1-20)
NOTE: Some harmless bacteria will attack cellulose media cartridges. If your cartridge seems to disintegrate, or has a musty or moldy odor, switch to a
synthetic media cartridge or consult the manufacturer.
*NOTE: Estimated capacity tested at given flow rate using 2 ppm free available chlorine at continuous flow to 0.5 ppm breakthrough.
NOTE: Increased flow rates may result in less effective chlorine reduction.
*Based on manufacturer’s internal testing.
110
FloPlus™ Series Modified Molded Carbon
Block Cartridges
• Nominal 0.5-micron rating.
• 99.95% reduction of Cryptosporidium and Giardia cysts.
• Premium dirt-holding capacity.
• Outstanding chlorine taste and odor reduction.
• True depth filtration which offers greatest life of any cyst-capable carbon
cartridge.
FloPlus™ cartridges utilize a revolutionary new technology that
significantly enhances the traditional Fibredyne product, making it possible
to obtain cyst reduction in a cartridge that functions like a nominal 10-
micron cartridge. FloPlus-20
This product boasts extremely low pressure drops and high flow rates –
comparable to 10-micron (very open) carbon cartridges. Its efficiency is so
high that a 0.5 micron rating is possible, which means that cysts and very
small particles can be removed to create cleaner, safer water.
This product is ideal for applications where pressure drop and low flow
have been chronic problems in the past, as well as whole house water
treatment with the addition of cyst reduction. However, it will address the
needs of any end user looking for a product that offers high flow, low
pressure drop, infrequent cartridge changes and cyst-free water.
FloPlus-20BB
FloPlus-10BB FloPlus-10
The FPS-10 with the FloPlus 10, FPS-20 with the FloPlus
20, FPS-10BB and the FPS-20BB with the FloPlus 20BB
are Tested and Certified by NSF International to
NSF/ANSI Standard 53 for the reduction of Cysts.
COMPONENT

Item # Description Dimensions (Nominal)* @ Flow Rate (gpm) @ Flow Rate (gpm)
45590343 FloPlus-10 2-7/8” x 9-3/4” 0.5 2.0 psi @ 1 gpm >10,000 gallons @ 1 gpm
45590443 FloPlus-20 2-7/8” x 20” 0.5 2.0 psi @ 2 gpm >20,000 gallons @ 2 gpm
45590543 FloPlus-10BB 4-5/8” x 9-3/4” 0.5 4.0 psi @ 2 gpm >25,000 gallons @ 2 gpm
(118 mm x 248mm) (0.3 bar @ 7.6 lpm) (>94,500 liters @ 7.6 lpm)
45590643 FloPlus-20BB 4-5/8” x 20” 0.5 4.0 psi @ 4 gpm >50,000 gallons @ 4 gpm
• Filter Media ..........Bonded PAC • Gaskets ................................Santonprene™
• End Caps................Polypropylene • Temperature Rating........40°F to 180°F (4.4°C to 82.2°C)
• Netting....................Polyethylene
NOTE: Performance capacity depends on system design, flow rate and certain other application conditions. Certain states require system registration or
certification for health-related reduction claims.
NOTE: A drinking water cartridge may contain carbon fines (very fine black powder). After installation and before using the water, follow the
instructions for flushing the cartridge to remove fines.
NOTE: It is recommended that you run the tap for 20 seconds prior to using the water for drinking or cooking purposes.
111
NCP Series Non-Cellulose Carbon-
Impregnated Pleated Cartridges
• Non-cellulose media resists bacterial attack.
• Provides sediment filtration and chlorine taste & odor reduction.
• Pleated for maximum dirt-loading capacity.
• Nominal 10-micron rating.
NCP Series cartridges are constructed from a carbon-impregnated
non-cellulose media. They offer sediment-filtration, as well as taste,
odor and chlorine taste & odor reduction in one cartridge. Unlike
cellulose cartridges, NCP Series cartridges are resistant to both
bacterial attack allowing them to be used for municipal and non-
chlorinated water applications.
Pleats provide additional surface area for high dirt-loading capacity,
while maintaining minimal pressure drop.This combination of a pleated
polyester media and carbon filtration produces an outstanding filter
cartridge with extended service life.
NCP Series cartridges are excellent polishing filters, closed loop
streams and are ideal for post reverse osmosis and well water
applications.
NCP-20 NCP-20BB
NCP-10 NCP-BB

Item # Description Dimensions (Nominal)* @ Flow Rate (gpm) @ Flow Rate (gpm)*
15536743 NCP-10 2-1/2” x 9-3/4” 10 2 psi @ 3 gpm 225 gallons @ 1 gpm
(764mm x 248mm) (0.1 bar @ 11 lpm) (850 liters @ 3.8 lpm)
15539843 NCP-BB 4-1/2” x 9-3/4” 10 2 psi @ 8 gpm 500 gallons @ 2 gpm
(114mm x 248mm) (0.1 bar @ 30 lpm) (1,890 liters @ 7.6 lpm)
15539743 NCP-20 2-1/2” x 20” 10 2 psi @ 5 gpm 450 gallons @ 2 gpm
(64mm x 508mm) (0.1 bar @ 19 lpm) (1,700 liters @ 7.6 lpm)
15538243 NCP-20BB 4-1/2” x 20” 10 1 psi @ 10 gpm 1,000 gallons @ 4 gpm
(114mm x 508mm) (<0.1 bar @ 38 lpm) (3,780 liters @ 15 lpm)
*Filtration efficiency and chlorine taste and odor reduction efficiency are reduced at higher flow rates. Chlorine taste and odor reduction based on greater than 50% reduction
using 2ppm free chlorine feed concentration at 68°F (20°C) at continuous flow.
• Filter Media....................Pleated Carbon-Impregnated • Core ......................................Polypropylene
Polyester • Netting ................................Polyethylene
• End Caps..........................Vinyl Plastisol • Temperature Rating ......40°F to 125°F (4.4°C to 52°C)
WARNING: Do not use with water that is microbiologically unsafe or of unknown quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system.
112
CFB Series Modified Molded Block Cartridges
• Nominal 10-micron rating.*

• Excellent dirt-holding capacity.*
• High chlorine taste & odor and bad taste & odor reduction.*
• Economic choice for high sediment applications leading to premature plugging.
CFB Series cartridges provide the effective chlorine taste & odor reduction found in
traditional carbon block media while offering excellent sediment reduction capabilities.*
CFB Series products are a modified molded block created by use of our proprietary
Fibredyne technology.This technology creates a unique filter media by attaching powdered
activated carbon onto a cellulose-free synthetic fiber matrix.The result is a single cartridge
that combines the benefits of both a sediment filter and a carbon block into a single
cartridge. Fibredyne's carbon block technology also offers up to two times the chlorine
taste & odor reduction and dirt-holding capacity of traditional blocks.* In addition, this
technology will not release fines into the effluent stream due to a unique post-filtration
layer that is fused to the carbon/fiber media blend.
CFB Series cartridges are manufactured entirely from FDA-compliant materials, making
them an ideal choice for a wide range of residential, food service, commercial and industrial
applications.
Tested and Certified by NSF International to NSF/ANSI

Standard 42 for material requirements only.
COMPONENT
Maximum Micron Rating Initial ∆P (psi) @ Chlorine Taste & Odor

Item # Description Dimensions (Nominal) Flow Rate (gpm) Reduction @ Flow Rate (gpm)
25567143 CFB-10 2-7/8” x 9-3/4” 10 3.0 psi @ 1 gpm >5,000 gallons @ 1 gpm
(73mm x 248mm) (0.7 bar @ 3.8 Lpm) (>18,900 L @ 3.8 Lpm)
25567243 CFB-20 2-7/8” x 20” 10 3.0 psi @ 2 gpm >10,000 gallons @ 2 gpm
25567343 CFB-30 2-7/8” x 30” 10 3.0 psi @ 2 gpm >15,000 gallons @ 3 gpm
• Filter Media ..................Bonded PAC • Gaskets ....................................................Santonprene™
• End Caps ........................Polypropylene • Temperature Rating ..........................40°F to 180°F (4.4°C to 82.2°C)
• Netting ............................Polyethylene
WARNING: Do not use with water that is microbiologically unsafe or of unknown quality without adequate disinfection before or after the unit.
certification for health-related contaminant reduction claims.
NOTE: Cartridges will contain a very small amount of carbon fines (very fine black powder). After installation, a new cartridge should be flushed with
sufficient water to remove all traces of fines prior to using the water.
NOTE: Micron ratings based on 85% or greater removal of given particle size. Estimated capacity using 2ppm free available chlorine at 0.5 ppm
breakthrough.
113
CFB-Plus Series Modified Molded Block
Cartridges
• Premium dirt-holding capacity.*
• Premium chlorine taste & odor and bad taste & odor reduction.*
The CFB-Plus Series cartridges are an enhanced version of our CFB product. It
offers the same benefits with even greater chlorine taste & odor reduction and the
highest sediment reduction found in a carbon cartridge.*
CFB-Plus Series products are modified molded blocks manufactured using our
proprietary Fibredyne technology.This technology creates a unique filter media by
attaching powdered activated carbon onto a cellulose-free synthetic fiber matrix.
The result is a single cartridge that combines the benefits of both a sediment filter
and a carbon block into a single cartridge.
Fibredyne's carbon block technology also offers up to two times the chlorine taste
& odor reduction and dirt-holding capacity of traditional blocks.* In addition, this
technology will not release fines into the effluent stream due to a unique post-
filtration layer that is fused to the carbon/fiber media blend.
CFB-Plus Series cartridges are manufactured entirely from FDA-compliant
materials, making them an ideal choice for a wide range of residential, food service,
commercial and industrial applications.

COMPONENT

25567443 CFB-Plus10 2-7/8" x 9-3/4" 5-10 1.6 psi @ 1 gpm >10,000 gallons @ 1 gpm
25567543 CFB-Plus20 2-7/8" x 20" 5-10 1.6 psi @ 2 gpm >20,000 gallons @ 2 gpm
25567643 CFB-Plus30 2-7/8" x 30" 5-10 1.6 psi @ 3 gpm >30,000 gallons @ 3 gpm
25567743 CFB-Plus10BB 4-5/8" x 9-3/4" 5-10 2.5 psi @ 2 gpm >25,000 gallons @ 2 gpm
25567843 CFB-Plus20BB 4-5/8" x 20" 5-10 2.5 psi @ 4 gpm >50,000 gallons @ 4 gpm
breakthrough.
114
CFBC Series Modified Molded Block Cartridges
• Nominal 0.5-micron rating.*

• 99.95% reduction of Cryptosporidium and Giardia Cysts.*
• High chlorine taste & odor and bad taste and odor reduction.*
CFBC Series cartridges offer the effective chlorine taste and odor reduction found in
traditional carbon block media while providing superior sediment reduction with
resistance to premature plugging. They are highly effective at reducing chlorine taste &
odor, bad taste and odor, as well as some organic chemicals.*
CFBC Series products are modified molded blocks manufactured using our proprietary
Fibredyne technology.This technology creates a unique filter media by attaching powdered
activated carbon onto a cellulose-free synthetic fiber matrix.The result is a single cartridge
that combines the benefits of both a sediment filter and a carbon block into a single
cartridge.
Benefits of this technology include low pressure drop over the entire life of the cartridge
and up to three times the chlorine taste & odor and dirt-holding capacity of traditional 0.5
micron carbon blocks.* In addition, Fibredyne's technology will not release fines into the
effluent stream due to a unique post- filtration layer that is fused to the carbon/fiber media
blend.
CFBC Series cartridges are manufactured entirely from FDA-compliant materials, making
them an ideal choice for a wide range of residential, food service, commercial and industrial
applications.

COMPONENT

25567943 CFBC-10 2-7/8” x 9-3/4” 0.5 10.7 psi @ 1 gpm >20,000 gallons @ 1 gpm
25568043 CFBC-20 2-7/8” x 20” 0.5 10.7 psi @ 2 gpm >40,000 gallons @ 2 gpm
breakthrough.
115
CFB-PB10 Lead Reduction Modified Molded
Block Cartridges
• 99.95% reduction of Cryptosporidium and Giardia cysts.*
• Lead reduction through 2000 gallons.*
• High chlorine taste & odor and bad taste and odor reduction.*
The CFB-PB cartridge offers the benefits of effective chlorine taste & odor, cyst and lead reduction
found in traditional carbon block media while offering premium sediment filtration.*
The CFB-PB product is modified molded block manufactured using our proprietary Fibredyne
technology.This technology creates a unique filter media by attaching powdered activated carbon
and lead adsorbent material onto a cellulose-free synthetic fiber matrix. This results in higher
reduction efficiencies that resist plugging, afford the longest life, and feature the lowest pressure
drop over the effective life of the cartridge of any available 0.5 micron filter cartridge.*
Fibredyne's carbon block technology also offers up to two times the chlorine taste & odor
reduction and dirt-holding capacity of traditional blocks.* In addition, this technology will not
release fines into the effluent stream due to a unique post-filtration layer that is fused to the
carbon/fiber media blend.
The CFB-PB cartridge is manufactured entirely from FDA-compliant materials, making it an ideal
choice for a wide range of residential, food service, commercial and industrial applications.

COMPONENT

25568143 CFB-PB10 2-7/8" x 9-3/4" 0.5 8.1 psi @ 1 gpm >5,000 gallons @ 1 gpm
breakthrough.
116
ELPC Series Electroplating Carbon Cartridges
• Cellulose-free construction.
• Resistant to chemical breakdown in both acidic and alkaline solutions up to
180ºF (82ºC).
• Will not contribute to plating porosity or brittleness.
• Integrated post-filtration layer to ensure that no carbon fines are bled into the
plating bath.
• End cap gaskets are permanently molded on to the end caps to ease filter
cartridge change-out (gaskets cannot fall off into the filter housing during
installation or removal of filter).
The ELPC Series is a premium line of activated carbon filter cartridges specifically
designed for electroplating solutions.They represent the best technology available
in cartridge filtration for use in a wide range of electroplating applications.
The unique technology used to manufacture this product ensures that there is no
bleeding of carbon fines into the plating bath. In addition, the carbon that is used
is an ultra-clean, highly purified carbon to ensure that sulfur is not leached into the
plating bath.
ELPC Series products have a 10- micron nominal rating with superior dirt-holding
ability.
The fibrous physical structure created by our proprietary Fibredyne technology
produces a unique block with true depth filtration capability which allows for
maximum treatment with minimal pressure drop through the cartridge.
Maximum Micron Rating Initial ∆P (psi) @

Item # Description Dimensions (Nominal) Flow Rate (gpm)
25566843 ELPC-10 2-7/8” x 9-3/4” 10 3.4 psi @ 1 gpm
(73mm x 248mm) (0.2 bar @ 3.8 Lpm)
25566943 ELPC-20 2-7/8” x 20” 10 3.4 psi @ 2 gpm
(73mm x 508mm) (0.2 bar @ 7.6 Lpm)
25567043 ELPC-30 2-7/8” x 30” 10 3.4 psi @ 3 gpm
(73mm x 762mm) (0.2 bar @ 11.4 Lpm)
breakthrough.
117
CBC Series Carbon Briquette Cartridges

• 99.5% reduction of Cryptosporidium, Giardia, Entamoeba and Toxoplasma cysts.*
• Premium high capacity bad taste & odor and chlorine taste & odor reduction.*
• Enhanced dirt holding capacity.*
CBC Series cartridges are highly effective at reducing unwanted taste, odor and
chlorine: taste and odor from potable drinking water. The unique structure of the
carbon block enables it to reduce Giardia, Cryptosporidium, Entamoeba and
Toxoplasma cysts and fine sediment particles down to 0.5 microns.*.
CBC Series cartridges are manufactured using a patented process and made entirely CBC-20BB
from FDA-approved materials. They are an ideal choice for a wide range of
residential, food service, commercial and industrial applications. They also make
excellent polishing filters or pre-filters in applications requiring fine filtration and high
capacity.
The CBC-10, CBC-20, CBC-BB and CBC-20BB

are Tested and Certified by NSF International CBC-20
under ANSI/NSF Standard 42 for material CBC-BB CBC-10
requirements only. CBC-5
COMPONENT
Micron Rating Maximum Initial ∆P (psi) Chlorine Reduction

Item # Description (Nominal)* Dimensions @ Flow Rate (gpm)* @ Flow Rate (gpm)*†
15516943 CBC-5 0.5 2-7/8” x 4-7/8” 7.0 psi @ 1 gpm >3,000 gallons @ 1 gpm
(73 mm x 124 mm) (0.48 bar @ 3.8 lpm) >11,400 litres @ 3.8 lpm
15516243 CBC-10 0.5 2-7/8” x 9-3/4” 3.7 psi @ 1 gpm >20,000 gallons @ 1 gpm
15530943 CBC-20 0.5 2-7/8” x 20” 3.0 psi @ 2 gpm >45,000 gallons @ 2 gpm
15517043 CBC-BB 0.5 4-5/8” x 9-3/4” 4.6 psi @ 2 gpm >50,000 gallons @ 2 gpm
15531243 CBC-20BB 0.5 4-5/8” x 20” 8.5 psi @ 4 gpm >150,000 gallons @ 4 gpm
• Filter Media ..........................Bonded PAC • Netting......................................Polyethylene
• End Caps ................................Polypropylene • Gaskets .....................................Buna-N
• Inner/Outer Wraps ...........Polyolefin • Temperature Rating............40°F to 180°F (5°C to 83°C)
NOTE: Cartridges will contain a very small amount of carbon fines (very fine black powder) and a new cartridge after installation should be flushed with
sufficient water to remove al traces of the fines from your water system before using the water. Each time you use your filtered water tap for drinking or
cooking purposes it is recommended that you run (flush) the tap for at least 20 seconds prior to using water.
NOTE: Micron ratings based on 85% or greater removal of given particle size.
NOTE: CBC-Series cartridges are capable of reducing 99.9% of Cryptosporidium and Giardia cysts. Data obtained from actual particle counts using AC
Fine Test Dust and Latex spheres.
* Based on manufacturer’s internal testing.
†Estimated capacity using 2ppm free available chlorine (FAC) at continuous flow with greater that 90% reduction.
US Patent No. 5,976,432 & 5,823,668
118
CCBC-10 Coconut Based Carbon Block
Cartridges
• Water-washed coconut-carbon formulation.*
• Premium high capacity bad taste & odor and chlorine taste & odor reduction.*
• Enhanced dirt-holding capacity.*
CCBC-10 cartridges are highly effective at reducing unwanted taste & odor and chlorine
taste & odor from potable drinking water.With a nominal 1-micron rating, they are equally
effective at reducing fine sediment.*
CCBC-10 cartridges are manufactured using a patented process and made from a water-
washed, coconut-carbon formulation. This process and media yields a cartridge with high
chlorine taste & odor reduction capacity.
These cartridges are protected by Endurawrap™, a uniquely formulated polyolefin
bilaminate pre-filter, designed to significantly increase the useful life of the cartridge by
trapping sediment that typically plugs carbon block cartridges.
They are an ideal choice for a wide range of residential, food service, commercial and
industrial applications.They also make excellent polishing filters or pre-filters in applications
requiring fine filtration and high capacity.
SCBC Series are silver impregnated versions of the standard CCBC to help inhibit the CCBC-10
growth of bacteria.
This CCBC-10 is Tested and certified by NSF

International to NSF/ANSI Standard 42 for
material requirements only.
COMPONENT

15571353 CCBC-10 2-7/8” x 9-3/4” 1 3.3 psi @ 1 gpm >20,000 gallons @ 1 gpm
(73mm x 248mm) (0.23 bar @ 3.8 lpm) (18,900 liters @3.8 lpm)
15535043 SCBC-10 2-7/8” x 9-3/4” 1 3.3 psi @ 1 gpm >20,000 gallons @ 1 gpm
(73mm x 248mm) (0.23 bar @ 3.8 lpm) (18,900 liters @3.8 lpm)
• Filter Media ....................................Water-Washed • Netting ................................Polyethylene
Coconut Based Carbon • Gaskets ................................Buna-N
• End Caps ..........................................Polypropylene • Temperature Rating ......40°F to 180°F (5°C to 83°C)
• Inner/Outer Wraps .....................Polyolefin
US Patent No. 5,976,432 & 5,823,668
119
CBR2 Series Carbon Briquette Multimedia
Cartridges
• Nominal 0.5-micron rating.* As with our standard CBC Series carbon block, both the
• Lead reduction through 2000 gallons.* CBR2-10 and CBR2-10R are more effective at reducing
• VOC and MTBE reduction.* levels of chlorine taste & odor, MTBE and (VOCs).*
• 99.95% reduction of Cryptosporidium, Giardia, The CBR2-10R has a built-in flow restrictor (0.6 gpm) to
Entamoeba and Toxoplasma cysts.* allow for maximum contact time.
• Premium high capacity chlorine taste & odor reduction
through more than 20,000 gallons.*
The CBR2-10 and CBR2-10R are advanced multimedia
cartridges designed to reduce chlorine taste & odor,
dissolved and particulate lead, cysts, MTBE and certain
volatile organic chemicals (VOCs).*
CBR2 Series cartridges are manufactured using a patented
process, and combine powdered activated carbon (PAC)
with a specially designed adsorbent medium for lead and
mercury reduction.
These cartridges are protected by Endurawrap™, a
uniquely formulated polyolefin bilaminate prefilter,
designed to significantly increase the useful life of the
cartridge by trapping sediment that typically plugs carbon
block cartridges.
In addition to lead reduction, the unique structure of the
carbon block enables it to reduce Giardia,
Cryptosporidium, Entamoeba and Toxoplasma cysts and
fine sediment particles down to 0.5 microns.*
CBR2-10R
This CBR2-10 and CBR2-10R are Tested and CBR2-10
certified by NSF International under ANSI/NSF
COMPONENT

Item # Model Dimensions (Nominal)* @ Flow Rate (gpm) @ Flow Rate (gpm)*
15526843 CBR2-10 2-7/8” x 9-3/4” 0.5 15 psi @ 1.0 gpm >20,000 gallons @ 1.0 gpm
(use 26118) (73mm x 247mm) (1.0 bar @ 3.8 lpm) (>75,700 liters @ 3.8 lpm)
15540343 CBR2-10R 2-7/8” x 9-3/4” 0.5 Flow restricted to 0.6 gpm (2.3 >20,000 gallons @ 0.6 gpm
(73mm x 247mm) lpm) with built-in flow restrictor (>75,700 liters @ 2.3 lpm)
• Filter Media ....................................Bonded PAC • Netting ................................Polyethylene
• End Caps ..........................................Polypropylene • Gaskets ................................Buna-N
• Outer Wrap....................................Polyolefin • Temperature Rating ......40°F to 165°F (5°C to 74°C)
NOTE: Certain states require system registration or certification for health-related contaminant reduction claims.
NOTE: Chlorine and lead reduction tests conducted by Pentek Filtration at 0.6 gallons per minute with a Pentek Filtration Slim Line™ (SL) housing.
NOTE: Meets NSF Standard 42 for chlorine I taste & odor reduction*.
CAUTION: Do not use with water that is microbiologically unsafe or of unknown quality without adequate disinfection before or after the unit.
NOTE: Giardia, Cryptosporidium, Entamoeba and Toxoplasma cyst claim based on actual tests showing greater than 99.95% reduction using NSF
Standard 53 protocol.
US Patent No. 5,976,432 & 5,823,668
120
EP Series Carbon Briquette Cartridges

• High dirt-holding capacity maximizes utilization of the carbon block.*
• Highly effective bad taste & odor and chlorine taste & odor reduction.*
EP Series cartridges are versatile and combine the long life of carbon block
filtration with the higher dirt-holding capacity of wound, carbon-impregnated
paper cartridges like our C-1.
EP Series cartridges are manufactured using a patented process that yields a
cartridge with a nominal 5-micron filtration rating, high dirt-holding capacity. A
high porosity design helps prevent the cartridge from plugging before its
adsorption capacity is exhausted, maximizing the utilization of the carbon while EP-20BB
maintaining low pressure drop. EP-20
These cartridges are protected by Endurawrap™, a uniquely formulated
polyolefin bilaminate pre-filter, designed to significantly increase the useful life of
the cartridge by trapping sediment that typically plugs carbon block cartridges.
EP Series cartridges are manufactured entirely from FDA-compliant materials
making them an ideal choice for a wide range of residential, food service,
The EP-10, EP-20, EP-BB and EP-20BB are Tested and

Certified by NSF International to NSF/ANSI Standard 42
for material requirements only. EP-BB
EP-10
COMPONENT
EP-5

25542403 EP-5 2-7/8” x 4-7/8” 5 3.4 psi @ 1 gpm >3,000 gallons @ 1 gpm
(73mm x 124mm) (0.23 bar @ 3.8 lpm) (11,350 litres @ 3.8 lpm)
15553143 EP-10 2-7/8” x 9-3/4” 5 3.4 psi @ 1 gpm >6,000 gallons @ 1 gpm
15552943 EP-20 2-7/8” x 20” 5 3.4 psi @ 2 gpm >12,000 gallons @ 2 gpm
15554843 EP-BB 4-5/8” x 9-3/4” 5 4.3 psi @ 2 gpm >22,000 gallons @ 2 gpm
15558343 EP-20BB 4-5/8” x 20” 5 5.5 psi @ 5 gpm >40,000 gallons @ 4 gpm
(117mm x 508mm) (0.38 bar @ 19 lpm) (151,400 litres @ 15.1 lpm
• Filter Media ..........................Bonded PAC • Netting......................................Polyethylene
• End Caps ................................Polypropylene • Gaskets .....................................Buna-N
• Inner/Outer Wraps ...........Polyolefin • Temperature Rating............40°F to 180°F (5°C to 82.2°C)
NOTE: The EP cartridges will contain a very small amount of carbon fines (very fine black powder) and a new cartridge after installation should be
flushed with sufficient water to remove the fines from your water system before using the water.
NOTE: Micron ratings based on 85% or greater removal of given particle size. Data obtained from actual particle counts using AC Fine Test Dust and
Latex spheres.
NOTE: Estimated capacity using 2ppm free available chlorine (FAC) at continuous flow with greater than 90% reduction.
US Patent No. 5,976,432 & 5,823,668
121
CEP-10E Series Coconut Based Carbon Block
Cartridges
• Acid-washed coconut-carbon formulation.
• Bad taste & odor and chlorine taste & odor reduction.*
• Low extractables, minimal pH rise for RO pre- and post-filter applications.*
CEP-10E cartridges are manufactured from an acid-washed coconut-carbon based formulation that
minimizes the pH rise and produces better tasting water.
Our patented manufacturing process yields a cartridge with a nominal 5- micron filtration rating, low
extractables and a minimal pH rise ideal for RO pre- and post-filter applications. A thin-wall, high
porosity design helps prevent the cartridge from plugging before its adsorption capacity is
exhausted, maximizing the utilization of the carbon while maintaining low pressure drop.
These cartridges are protected by Endurawrap™, a uniquely formulated polyolefin bilaminate
prefilter, designed to significantly increase the useful life of the cartridge by trapping sediment that
typically plugs carbon block cartridges.
* Based on manufacturer's internal testing. CEP-10E
Tested and certified by NSF International to NSF/ANSI

COMPONENT

Item # Description Dimensions (Nominal) @ Flow Rate (gpm) @ Flow Rate (gpm)
15571443 CEP-10E 2-7/8” x 9-3/4” 5 3.0 psi @ 1 gpm >5,000 gallons @ 1 gpm
• Filter Media ....................................Acid-Washed • Netting ................................Polyethylene
Coconut Based Carbon • Gaskets ................................Buna-N
• End Caps ..........................................Polypropylene • Temperature Rating ......40°F to 125°F (5°C to 52°C)
• Inner/Outer Wraps ....................Polyolefin
US Patent No. 5,976,432 & 5,823,668
122
EPM Series Modified Epsilon Carbon
Briquette Cartridges
• Highest carbon block dirt holding capacity for maximum cartridge
life.*
• Bad taste & odor and chlorine taste & odor reduction.*
• Lowest pressure drop.
EPM Series cartridges are a modified version of our “EP Series”
cartridge. An economical price makes this cartridge suitable for taste,
odor and chlorine taste & odor reduction, as well as sediment filtration.*
EPM Series cartridges are manufactured using a patented process that
yields a cartridge with a nominal 10-micron filtration rating, high porosity
and greater chlorine removal capacity than competitive 10 micron
carbon blocks.The high porosity design helps prevent the cartridge from
plugging before its adsorption capability is exhausted, maximizing the
utilization of the carbon while maintaining low pressure drop.
They are an ideal choice for a wide range of residential, food service,
commercial and industrial applications. They also make excellent
polishing filters or pre-filters in applications requiring fine filtration and
high capacity.
EPM Series cartridges are manufactured entirely from FDA-compliant EPM-20BB
EPM-20
materials making them an ideal choice for a wide range of residential,
food service, commercial and industrial applications.
EPM-10 EPM-BB
Tested and certified by NSF

International to NSF/ANSI Standard
42 for material requirements only.
COMPONENT

15563443 EPM-10 2-7/8” x 9-3/4” 10 1.5 psi @ 1 gpm >3,000 gallons @ 1 gpm
15563543 EPM-20 2-7/8” x 20” 10 1.0 psi @ 2 gpm >6,000 gallons @ 2 gpm
15578243 EPM-BB 4-5/8” x 9-3/4” 10 5.0 psi @ 2 gpm >15,000 gallons @ 2 gpm
15578343 EPM-20BB 4-5/8” x 20” 10 4.0 psi @ 4 gpm >30,000 gallons @ 4 gpm
(117mm x 508mm) (0.28 bar @ 15 lpm) (>113,500 liters @ 15 lpm)
• Filter Media ....................................Bonded PAC • Netting ..................................Polyethylene
• End Caps ..........................................Polypropylene • Gaskets ..................................Buna-N
• Outer Wrap....................................Polyolefin • Temperature Rating ........40°F to 180°F (5°C to 83°C)
NOTE: Performance capacity depends on system design, flow rate and certain other application conditions.
NOTE: When greater chlorine reduction is needed, use the standard EP series blocks.
NOTE: EPM-Series cartridges will contain a very small amount of carbon fines (very fine black powder). After installation follow the instructions for
flushing the cartridge to remove all traces of the fines before using the water.You should run (flush) the tap at least 20 seconds prior to using water for
drinking or cooking purposes.This is particularly important if the tap has not been used daily.
US Patent No. 5,976,432 & 5,823,668
123
Chloramine Reduction Carbon Cartridges
• Utilizes advanced activated carbon technology which results in excellent chloramine

as well as superior chlorine reduction.
• CRFC20BB Radial Flow Cartridge.
• CGAC-10 Granular Activated Carbon Cartridge.
• ChlorPlus Series Carbon Briquette Cartridges.
PENTEK® offers three different product solutions for chloramine reduction.
Chloramine is increasingly becoming more common as an alternative to chlorine for
water treatment.
The CGAC-10 cartridge utilizes traditional granular activated carbon and is used for
basic applications where chloramine must be removed. The construction of this
cartridge allows water to pass evenly over a large bed of carbon while minimizing
channeling or bypass.
The ChlorPlus™ carbon block cartridges will help reduce sediment while providing
greater chloramine performance capacities than granular carbon.They will also signifi-
cantly reduce the carbon fines found in many granular canisters.
The CRFC20-BB heavy duty radial flow cartridge measures 4-1/2” in diameter and 20”
long which is ideal for higher flow rate and capacity applications.This cartridge incorpo- CRFC-20BB ChlorPlus 20
rates a 70 micron porous polypropylene outer shell and a spun polypropylene-wrapped CGAC-10
core.The bed of granular activated carbon (GAC) between the outer shell and core creates a unique radial flow design which
effectively removes chloramine, has a low pressure drop, and helps to reduce fines commonly seen in GAC style cartridges.
All three products utilize advanced activated carbon technology which allows excellent chloramine reduction as well as
superior chlorine reduction. The variety of sizes and capacities offered by PENTEK chloramine reduction cartridges make
them ideal solutions for both point-of-entry (POE) and point-of-use (POU) applications.
Maximum Micron Rating Initial ∆P (psi) Chlorine Taste & Odor Chlorine Reduction
Item # Description Dimensions (Nominal)* @ Flow Rate (gpm) Reduction @ Flow Rate @ Flow Rate (gpm)*
25541643 ChlorPlus10 2-7/8” x 9-3/4” 1 6 psi @ 1 gpm >100,000 gallons @ 1 gpm >3,000 gallons @ 1 gpm
(73mm x 248mm) (0.41 bar @ 3.8 lpm) (>378,500L @ 3.8 lpm)† (>11,400 liters @ 3.8 lpm)
25541743 ChlorPlus20 2-7/8” x 20” 1 6 psi @ 2 gpm >100,000 gallons @ 2 gpm >6,000 gallons @ 2 gpm
15566143 CGAC-10 2-7/8” x 9-3/4” 20 20 psi @ 1 gpm >30,000 gallons @ 1 gpm >15,000 gallons @ 2 gpm
2.5 psi @ 2.5 gpm
35505643 CRFC-BB 4-1/2” x 9-3/4” 20 (0.17 bar @ 9.5 lpm) >10,000 gallons @ 2 gpm >30,000 gallons @ 4 gpm
(114mm x 248mm) <1 psi @ 1.5 gpm (>37,900L @ 7.6 lpm)† (>113,500 liters @ 15 lpm)
(<.07 bar @ 9.5 lpm)
2.5 psi @ 2.5 gpm
15596743 CRFC20-BB 4-1/2” x 20” 20 (0.17 bar @ 9.5 lpm) >200,000 gallons @ 4 gpm >30,000 gallons @ 4 gpm
(114mm x 508mm) <1 psi @ 1.5 gpm (>757,000L @ 15 lpm)† (>113,500 liters @ 15 lpm)
(<.07 bar @ 9.5 lpm)
Materials of Construction ChlorPlus CGAC-10 CRFC-BB/CRFC20-BB

• Filter Media.........................................Advanced Bonded PAC .................Advanced Granular Activated.............Advanced Granular Activated
• End Caps .......................................................Polypropylene ..........................................Polystyrene ...........................................Polypropylene
• Inner Wrap/Core...........................................Polyolefin .....................................................N/A.............................................Spun Polypropylene
• Outer Wrap/Shells........................................Polyolefin...............................................Polystyrene.............................................Polyethylene
• Expansion Pad .....................................................N/A .................................................Polypropylene ..................................................N/A
• Post Filter ..............................................................N/A ............................................Spun Polypropylene...............................Spun Polypropylene
• Netting ............................................................Polyethylene...................................................N/A ...........................................................N/A
• Gaskets ................................................................Buna-N ..........................Buna-N (top) Santoprene (bottom) ...........................Buna-N
• Temperature Rating...................40°F to 125°F (5°C to 52°C)............40°F to 180°F (5°C to 83°C).............40°F to 125°F (5°C to 52°C)
NOTE: Some harmless bacteria will attack cellulose media cartridges. If your cartridge seems to disintegrate, or has a musty or moldy odor, switch to a
synthetic media cartridge or consult the manufacturer.
*NOTE: Estimated capacity tested at given flow rate using 2 ppm free available chlorine to 0.5 ppm breakthrough.
NOTE: Increased flow rates may result in less effective chlorine reduction.
124
GAC Series Granular Activated Carbon
Cartridges
• Effective bad taste & odor and chlorine taste & odor reduction.*
• Designed for maximum adsorption.
• Post-filter to reduce carbon fines.
• Available in a variety of sizes and flow rates. GAC-
GAC Series cartridges effectively reduce unwanted tastes, odor and chlorine 20BB
from your drinking water.* They are designed to allow maximum contact
between the water and carbon, ensuring maximum adsorption.
The construction of the cartridge allows water to enter at one end and pass GAC-20
through the entire length of the carbon bed before exiting the other end of
the cartridge, while an internal expansion pad minimizes channeling or bypass.
Before the water exits the cartridge, a 20-micron post-filter helps reduce
carbon fines and other suspended particles from the filtered water.The post-
filter is permanently fastened to an innovative support basket ensuring that it
is firmly secured and eliminating any potential for bypass. GAC-10
GAC Series cartridges are available in a variety of sizes and flow rates, and
effectively provide good general purpose drinking water filtration.
The GAC-10 and GAC-20BB are Tested and Certified by

NSF International to NSF/ANSI Standard 42 for material
requirements only.
GAC-BB
COMPONENT GAC-5
Maximum ∆P psi
Initial∆ Chlorine Reduction
Item # Description Dimensions @ Flow Rate GPM @ Flow Rate GPM*
15511003 GAC-5 2-7/8” x 4-7/8” 3.0 psi @ 0.5 gpm 250 gallons @ 0.5 gpm
(73 mm x 124 mm) (0.25 bar @ 1.9 lpm) (900 liters @1.9 lpm)
15510943 GAC-10 2-7/8” x 9-3/4” 7.0 psi @ 1.0 gpm 5,000 gallons @ 1.0 gpm
(73 mm x 248 mm) (0.5 bar @ 3.8 lpm) (18,900 liters @ 3.8 lpm)
15511143 GAC-20 2-7/8” x 20” 16 psi @ 2.0 gpm 10,000 gallons @ 2.0 gpm
15515343 GAC-BB 4-1/2” x 9-3/4” 6.0 psi @ 2.0 gpm 12,500 gallons @ 2.0 gpm
15524943 GAC-20BB 4-1/2” x 20” 5.0 psi @ 4.0 gpm 25,000 gallons @ 4.0 gpm
(114 mm x 508 mm) (0.3 bar @ 15 lpm) (95,000 liters @ 15 lpm)
• Filter Media ..........Granular Activated Carbon • Expansion Pad ..................Polypropylene
• End Caps................Polystyrene • Gasket ...................................Buna-N (top)
• Post-filter ...............Spun Polypropylene Santoprene (bottom)
• Outer Casing ......Polystyrene • Temperature Rating........40°F to 125°F (4.4°C to 52°C)
NOTE: A drinking water cartridge may contain carbon fines (very fine black powder). After installation and before using the water, follow the instruc-
tions for flushing the cartridge to remove fines.
NOTE: It is recommended that you flush for 20 seconds prior to using the water for cooking purposes.
NOTE: Chlorine Reduction is estimated capacity using 2 ppm free available chlorine (FAC) at continuous flow with greater than 75% reduction.
125
CC Series Coconut Shell Granular Activated
Carbon Cartridges
• Greater VOC reduction than standard GAC cartridges.*
• Post-filter to reduce carbon fines.
• Available in a variety of sizes and flow rates.
CC Series granular activated carbon cartridges are an excellent choice to reduce
unwanted chlorine taste & odor, and certain VOCs from potable drinking water. CC
Series cartridges also reduce MTBE.They contain coconut shell based activated carbon,
which produces drinking water of exceptional taste and quality and provides better VOC
reduction than standard GAC cartridges.*
The construction of the cartridge allows water to enter at one end and pass through the
entire length of the carbon bed before exiting the other end of the cartridge, while an
internal expansion pad minimizes channeling or bypass. Before the water exits the
cartridge, a 20-micron post filter helps remove carbon fines and other suspended
particles from the filtered water.The post filter is permanently fastened to an innovative
support basket ensuring that it is firmly secured, eliminating any potential for bypass.
CC Series cartridges effectively provide good general-purpose drinking water filtration.
This CC-10 and CC-20 are Tested and

Certified by NSF International to NSF/ANSI
COMPONENT
Maximum Micron Rating Initial ∆P psi Chlorine Reduction

Item # Description Dimensions (Nominal)* @ Flow Rate GPM @ Flow Rate GPM*
15515543 CC-10 2-7/8” x 9-3/4” 20 4.5 psi @ 1 gpm 7,500 gallons @ 1.0 gpm
(73 mm x 248 mm) (0.3 bar @ 3.8 lpm) (28.000 liters @ 3.8 lpm)
• Filter Media ..........Granular Activated Carbon • Expansion Pad ......................Polypropylene
• End Caps................Polystyrene • Gasket ......................................Buna-N (top)
• Post-filter ...............Spun Polypropylene Santoprene (bottom)
• Outer Casing ......Polystyrene • Temperature Rating............40°F to 125°F (4.4°C to 52°C)
certification for health-related reduction claims.
NOTE: A drinking water cartridge may contain carbon fines (very fine black powder). After installation and before using the water, follow the instruc-
tions for flushing the cartridge to remove fines.
NOTE: It is recommended that you flush for 20 seconds prior to using the water for cooking purposes.
126
TSGAC Specialty Granular Activated
Carbon/Phosphate Cartridges
• Phosphate crystals reduce rust stains and scale deposits.*
• Designed for maximum adsorption.
• Post filter to reduce carbon fines.
TSGAC cartridges contain granular activated carbon to effectively reduce unwanted
taste & odor and chlorine taste & odor, as well as phosphate crystals to reduce rust
stains and scale deposits.*
The construction of the cartridge allows water to enter at one end and pass through
the entire length of the carbon bed before exiting the other end of the cartridge. An
internal expansion pad minimizes channeling or bypass.This design allows for maximum
contact between the water and carbon, ensuring maximum adsorption.
Before the water exits the cartridge, a 20-micron post filter helps remove carbon fines
and other suspended particles from the filtered water. The post filter is permanently
fastened to an innovative support basket ensuring that it is firmly secured and eliminating
any potential for bypass.
TSGAC cartridges provide superior performance and outstanding protection for your
water lines, fixtures, major appliances and commercial equipment.
* Based on manufacturer's internal testing. TSGAC-10
The TSGAC-10 Cartridge is tested and Certified by NSF

International against ANSI/NSF Standard 42 - Conforms
to material requirements.
COMPONENT
Maximum Initial ∆P (psi) Chlorine Reduction*

Item # Description Dimensions @ Flow Rate (gpm) @ Flow Rate (gpm)
15513143 TSGAC-10 2-7/8” x 9-3/4” 2.5 psi @ 1.0 gpm >2,000 gallons @ 1 gpm
(73mm x 248mm) (0.2 bar @ 3.8 lpm) (7,570 liters @ 3.8 lpm)
• Filter Media ..........Granular Activated Carbon • Expansion Pad ..................Polypropylene
Hexametaphosphate Crystals • Gasket ...................................Buna-N (top)
• End Caps................Polystyrene Santoprene (bottom)
• Post-filter ...............Spun Polypropylene • Temperature Rating........40°F to 125°F (4.4°C to 52°C)
• Outer Casing ......Polystyrene
WARNING: Do not use with water that is microbiologically unsafe of of unknown quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system.
NOTE: A drinking water cartridge may contain carbon fines (very fine black powder). After installation and before using the water, flush the cartridge for
5 minutes to remove fines.
NOTE: It is recommended that you run the tap for 20 seconds prior to using the water for drinking or cooking purposes.
127
RFC Series Radial Flow Carbon Cartridges
• Provides effective chlorine taste & odor reduction.*

• BB cartridges are ideal for point-of-entry (POE) and other high flow
rate applications.
• Unique design reduces carbon fines in filtered water.
• Available in a wide variety of sizes.
RFC Series cartridges are constructed with a 70-micron porous poly-
ethylene outer shell and durable polypropylene end caps.The 2-3/4”
OD cartridges have a polypropylene core and the 4-1/2” OD
cartridges incorporate a spun polypropylene core. Sandwiched between
the outer shell and the core is a bed of granular activated carbon
(GAC).
The unique radial flow design offers the benefits of granular activated
carbon (GAC) filtration, such as low pressure drop, while at the same
time significantly reducing the release of carbon fines commonly
associated with GAC style cartridges.
RFC Series cartridges are available in a wide variety of sizes and are
ideal point-of-entry (POE) and other high flow rate applications.
The RFC20-BB is Tested and Certified by RFC-20

RFC20-BB
NSF International to NSF/ANSI Standard 42
for material requirements only.
COMPONENT RFC-BB
Maximum Initial ∆P (psi) Chlorine Taste & Odor Reduction

Item # Description Dimensions @ Flow Rate (gpm) @ Flow Rate (gpm)*
15506543 RFC-20 2-3/4” x 20” 0.60 psi @ 2 gpm > 6,000 gallons @ 2 gpm
(70 mm x 508 mm) (0.04 bar @ 7.6 L/min) 22,700 liters @ 7.6 L/min
15514143 RFC-BB 4-1/2” x 9-3/4” 0.90 psi @ 2 gpm > 35,000 gallons @ 2 gpm
15524743 RFC20-BB 4-1/2” x 20” 0.90 psi @ 4 gpm > 70,000 gallons @ 4 gpm
• Filter Media ..........Granular Activated Carbon • Gasket.......................................Buna-N
• Outer Shell ...........Polyethylene • Inner Wraps/Core .............Polypropylene
• End Caps ................Polypropylene • Temperature Rating...........40°F to 125°F (4.4°C to 51.7°C)
NOTE: The granular activated carbon cartridges will contain a very small amount of carbon fines (very fine black powder). After installation, a new
cartridge should be flushed with sufficient water to remove all traces of the fines from your water system before using the water. Each time you use
your filtered water tap for drinking or cooking purposes it is recommended that you run (flush) the tap for at least 20 seconds prior to using water.This
is particularly important if the water tap has not been used daily.
128
S1 Series Pleated Cellulose Sediment
Cartridges
• Pleated design maximizes dirt-holding capacity.
• Designed for general water filtration purposes.
• Recommended for chlorinated water supplies.
S1 Series cartridges are manufactured from a pleated cellulose media and are
designed for general water filtration purposes.
The media is pleated around a polypropylene core for added strength and the ends
are immersed in a thermo-setting vinyl plastisol. Embedding and sealing each end
of the pleat in this fashion fuses the three components together forming a unitized
end cap and gasket.
An external netted sheath helps retain uniform pleat spacing in high flow and
pulsating flow streams. The overlap seam is sonically welded to reduce bypass
improving filtration efficiency.
S1 Series cartridges are economically priced and highly effective at reducing
sediment particles down to 20-microns in size.
S1-20 S1-20BB
S1 S1-BB
Micron Rating Initial ∆P (psi) Surface Recommended

Item # Description (Nominal) @ Flow Rate (gpm) Dimensions Area Flow Rates
15500143 S1 20 2.4 psi @ 10 gpm 2-5/8” x 9-3/4” 586.21 in.2 12 GPM
(0.17 bar @ 38 lpm) (67x248 mm) (1488.97 cm2) (45 LPM)
15530343 S1-20 20 0.8 psi @ 10 gpm 2-5/8” x 20” 1119.09 in.2 15 GPM
(0.06 bar @ 38 lpm) (67 x 508 mm) (2842.49 cm2) (57 LPM)
15540543 S1-BB 20 1.2 psi @ 10 gpm 4-1/2” x 9-3/4” 2079.63 in.2 20 GPM
(0.08 bar @ 38 lpm) (114 x 248 mm) (5282.26 cm2) (76 LPM)
15530543 S1-20BB 20 1.2 psi @ 10 gpm 4-1/2” x 20” 4289.86 in.2 25 GPM
(0.08 bar @ 38 lpm) (114 x 508 mm) (10896.24 cm2) (95 LPM)
• Filter Media ......................Resin Impregnated Cellulose • Netting ................................Polyethylene
• End Caps ..........................Vinyl Plastisol • Temperature Rating........40°F to 145°F (4.4°C to 63°C)
• Core ....................................Polypropylene
NOTE: S1-BB and S1-20BB are for use in 10” and 20” Big Blue® housings and BBFS systems only.
NOTE: Big Blue® (BB) is a registered trademark of Pentek Filtration.
129
R Series Pleated Polyester Cartridges

• Versatile and reusable, allowing for a variety of uses.
• Durable polyester media is bacteria and chemical resistant.
• Nominal 30-micron rating (R-30) and nominal 50-micron rating (R-50).
R Series cartridges are manufactured from a durable, non-woven and reusable
polyester fabric that is suitable for a wide range of filtration uses.
The media is pleated around a polypropylene core for added strength, and the
ends are immersed in a thermo-setting vinyl plastisol. Embedding and sealing
each end of the pleat block in this fashion fuses the three components,
together forming a unitized end cap and gasket. The overlap seam is sonically
welded to reduce internal bypass, improving filtration efficiency.
The standard 9-3/4” length cartridge has more than four square feet of
polyester fabric, while the larger Big Blue® version has more than 16 square
feet. The media is pleated to maximize dirt-holding capacity and extend the
time period between changes or cleaning.
R Series cartridges are resistant to both bacteria and chemical attack making
them suitable for a variety of residential, commercial and industrial applica-
tions.
This R50-BB is Tested and certified by NSF

International to NSF/ANSI Standard 42 for
material requirements only.
COMPONENT
Maximum Micron Rating Initial ∆P (psi)

Item # Description Dimensions (Nominal)* @ Flow Rate (gpm)
15503153 R30-478 2-5/8” x 4-7/8” 30 <1 psi @ 10 gpm
(67mm x 124mm) (<0.1 bar @ 38 lpm)
15501743 R30 2-5/8” x 9-3/4” 30 <1 psi @ 10 gpm
(67mm x 248mm) (<0.1 bar @ 38 lpm)
15503843 R50 2-5/8” x 9-3/4” 50 <1 psi @ 10 gpm
(67mm x 248mm) (<0.1 bar @ 38 lpm)
15541643 R30-20 2-5/8” x 20” 30 <1 psi @ 10 gpm
(67mm x 508mm) (<0.1 bar @ 38 lpm)
15510143 R30-BB 4-1/2” x 9-3/4” 30 <1 psi @ 10 gpm
(114mm x 248mm) (<0.1 bar @ 38 lpm)
15505343 R50-BB 4-1/2” x 9-3/4” 50 <1 psi @ 10 gpm
(114mm x 248mm) (<0.1 bar @ 38 lpm)
15543043 R30-20BB 4-1/2” x 20” 30 <1 psi @ 20 gpm
(114mm x 508mm) (<0.1 bar @ 76 lpm)
• Filter Media ....................................Non-Woven Polyester • Core ........................................Polypropylene
• End Caps ..........................................Vinyl Plastisol • Temperature Rating ........40°F to 125°F (4.4°C to 52°C)
130
PP Series Pleated Polypropylene Cartridges

• Durable polypropylene media resists bacterial attack.
• Suitable for municipal or well water applications.
PP Series cartridges are manufactured from a durable polypropylene media.
They are resistant to bacterial attack and compatible with a wide range of
chemicals.
The high porosity of the media provides higher flow rates and dirt holding
capacity, while maintaining extremely low pressure drop.
The media is pleated around a polypropylene core for added strength, and
the ends are immersed in a thermo-setting vinyl plastisol. Embedding and
sealing each end of the pleat block in this fashion fuses the three
components together forming a unitized end cap and gasket.
An external netted sheath helps protect against particle migration in
pulsating flow streams.The overlap seam is sonically welded to reduce
internal bypass, improving filtration efficiency.
PP Series cartridges provide nominal 30-micron filtration and are highly
effective at reducing medium/fine particles in a variety of residential,

Item # Model Dimensions (Nominal) @ Flow Rate (gpm)
15512043 PP30-BB 4 1/2” x 9 3/4” 30 <1 psi @ 10 gpm
(114mm x 248mm) (<0.1 bar @ 38 lpm)
• Filter Media..............................Non-Woven Polypropylene • Netting ................................Polyethylene (PP30 only)
• End Caps....................................Vinyl Plastisol • Temperature Rating ......40°F to 145°F (4.4°C to 63°C)
• Core ............................................Polypropylene
131
ECP Series Pleated Cellulose Polyester
Cartridges
• Replaces CP and HFCP Series cartridges.
• Special formulation of resin-impregnated cellulose and polyester fibers.
• Provides higher wet strength than regular cellulose cartridges. ECP1-20
• Minimal unloading and media migration.
ECP Series cartridges are manufactured from a special formulation of resin-
impregnated cellulose and polyester fibers.
This unique blend of materials provides a higher wet strength than regular cellulose
cartridges. It also provides high flow rates and dirt-holding capacity, while
maintaining extremely low pressure drop.
The media is pleated around a polypropylene core for added strength and the ends
are immersed in a thermo-setting vinyl plastisol. Embedding and sealing each end
of the pleat block in this fashion fuses the components together forming a unified
end cap and gasket.
ECP Series cartridge end caps feature a color-coding system for easy identification
of micron ratings: Tan (1-micron), White (5-micron), Blue (20-micron),Yellow (50-
micron).
The new ECP cartridges contain more media surface area than most competitive
cartridges.The standard 10" ECP cartridges contain six square feet of media, where
most cartridges contain only 4.5 square feet.Additional ECP cartridges contain the
following amount of media:
• Standard 20" cartridge – 12 ft2
• 10" BB cartridge – 18 ft2 ECP20-20BB
• 20" BB cartridge – 36 ft2 ECP50-BB
ECP5-10
End Cap Maximum Micron Rating Initial ∆P (psi)

Item # Model Color Dimensions (Nominal) @ Flow Rate (gpm)
25548143 ECP1-10 Tan 2-5/8" x 9-3/4" (67mm x 248mm) 1 <1 psi @ 10 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 38 Lpm)
25548243 ECP5-10 White 2-5/8" x 9-3/4" (67mm x 248mm) 5 <1 psi @ 10 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 38 Lpm)
25548343 ECP20-10 Blue 2-5/8" x 9-3/4" (67mm x 248mm) 20 <1 psi @ 10 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 38 Lpm)
25548443 ECP50-10 Yellow 2-5/8" x 9-3/4" (67mm x 248mm) 50 <1 psi @ 10 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 38 Lpm)
25548543 ECP1-20 Tan 2-5/8" x 20" (67mm x 508mm) 1 <1 psi @ 10 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 38 Lpm)
25548643 ECP5-20 White 2-5/8" x 20" (67mm x 508mm) 5 <1 psi @ 10 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 38 Lpm)
25548743 ECP20-20 Blue 2-5/8" x 20" (67mm x 508mm) 20 <1 psi @ 10 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 38 Lpm)
25548843 ECP50-20 Yellow 2-5/8" x 20" (67mm x 508mm) 50 <1 psi @ 10 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 38 Lpm)
25548943 ECP1-BB Tan 4-1/2" x 9-3/4" (114mm x 248mm) 1 <1 psi @ 20 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 76 Lpm)
25549043 ECP5-BB White 4-1/2" x 9-3/4" (114mm x 248mm) 5 <1 psi @ 20 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 76 Lpm)
25549143 ECP20-BB Blue 4-1/2" x 9-3/4" (114mm x 248mm) 20 <1 psi @ 20 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 76 Lpm)
25549243 ECP50-BB Yellow 4-1/2" x 9-3/4" (114mm x 248mm) 50 <1 psi @ 20 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 76 Lpm)
25549343 ECP1-20BB Tan 4-1/2" x 20" (114mm x 508mm) 1 <1 psi @ 20 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 76 Lpm)
25549443 ECP5-20BB White 4-1/2" x 20" (114mm x 508mm) 5 <1 psi @ 20 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 76 Lpm)
25549543 ECP20-20BB Blue 4-1/2" x 20" (114mm x 508mm) 20 <1 psi @ 20 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 76 Lpm)
25549643 ECP50-20BB Yellow 4-1/2" x 20" (114mm x 508mm) 50 <1 psi @ 20 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 76 Lpm)
• Media....................................Cellulose Polyester • Core ..........................................Polypropylene
• End Caps ..........................Vinyl Plastisol • Temperature Rating ..........40°F to 125°F (5°C to 52°C)
132
PS Series Spun-Bonded Polypropylene
Cartridges
• Manufactured from pure 100% polypropylene.
• Designed for purity and chemical compatibility.
• Spun fibers form a true gradient density from outer to inner surfaces.
Our new PS Series of poly spun-bonded filter cartridges are manufactured from pure
100% polypropylene fibers.The depth filtration cartridge construction offers greater
performance flexibility in a broad range of solutions.
In water applications, polypropylene media will not impart taste, odor or colors into
the solution. For industrial applications, polypropylene offers superior chemical
resistance and is not prone to bacterial attack. The thermal bonding process of the
media eliminates the need for a core support while offering resistance to collapse.
This process also greatly reduces fiber migration.
PS Series cartridges are available in a wide range of lengths and micron sizes to
accommodate a broad range of vessel sizes and applications.

Item # Model Dimensions (Nominal)* @ Flow Rate (gpm)
25569043 PS1-10C 2-3/8” x 9-3/4” (60 mm x 248 mm) 1 2.9 psi @ 5 gpm (<0.2 bar @ 18.9 lpm)
25569143 PS1-20C 2-3/8” x 20” (60 mm x 508 mm) 1 1.45 psi @ 5 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 18.9 lpm)
25569343 PS1-40C 2-3/8” x 40” (60 mm x 1016 mm) 1 0.73 psi @ 5 gpm ( <0.1 bar @ 18.9 lpm)
• Filter Media ....................................Polypropylene Fibers
• Temperature Rating....................40°F to 145°F (4.4°C to 62.8°C)
WARNING: Do not use with water that is microbiologically unsafe or of unknown quality without adequate disinfection or after the system.
133
P Series Spun Bonded-Polypropylene
Cartridges
• Manufactured from pure 100% polypropylene.
• Spun fibers form a true gradient density from outer to inner surfaces.
P Series cartridges are manufactured from pure 100% polypropylene fibers.The fibers
have been carefully spun together to form a true gradient density from outer to inner
surfaces.
P Series cartridges are designed for purity.They will not impart taste, odor or color
to the liquid being filtered when used within the recommended temperature limit.
Additionally, the polypropylene construction provides superior chemical resistance
and is not prone to bacterial attack.
The coreless strength is achieved by sintering the many fibers into a solid matrix.
P Series cartridges are available in a wide array of sizes and micron ratings to
accommodate all of your filtration needs.
The P1, P5, P1-20 and P5-20 are Tested and Certified by
NSF International to NSF/ANSI Standard 42 for material
requirements only.
COMPONENT
P1-20
P5-20
P25-20 P1-30
P5-478 P1 P1-30
P5

Item # Model Dimensions (Nominal)* @ Flow Rate (gpm)
15503043 P5-478 2-3/8” x 4-7/8” (61 mm x 124 mm) 5 0.3 psi @ 2 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 7.6 lpm)
15522543 P1 2-3/8” x 9-7/8” (61 mm x 251 mm) 1 0.6 psi @ 5 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 19 lpm)
15501443 P5 2-3/8” x 9-7/8” (61 mm x 251 mm) 5 0.2 psi @ 5 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 19 lpm)
15530405 P1-20 2-3/8” x 20” (61 mm x 508 mm) 1 0.6 psi @ 10 gpm (<0.1 bar @ 38 lpm)
• Filter Media ....................................Polypropylene Fibers
WARNING: Do not use with water that is microbiologically unsafe or of unknown quality without adequate disinfection or after the unit.
134
POLYDEPTH® Polypropylene Sediment
Cartridges
• Thermally bonded polypropylene micro-fiber construction for higher filtration
efficiency.
• Consistent flow rate and superior filtration performance.
• Available in a wide range of micron ratings and lengths.
• Will not impart taste, odor or color to water being filtered.
• Ideal for a wide variety of industrial filtration.
The POLYDEPTH® filtration cartridge is constructed of thermally bonded polypropylene
microfibers to ensure high efficiency.The filter media incorporates a rigid polypropylene
center core for increased durability.This thermal bonded micro-fiber construction offers
no fiber release, consistent flow rate and superior filtration performance. It also is not
brittle or prone to breakage problems like resin-bonded cartridges.
Unique micro-grooves provide added surface area. The polydepth cartridge will not
impart taste, odor or color to the liquid being filtered, which makes it ideal for food and
beverage applications. The recommended temperature limit of 40°F to 175°F (4.4°C to
79.4°C) allows it to be used in many hot water applications.Additionally, the polypropy-
lene construction provides superior chemical resistance and is not prone to bacterial
attack.
Available in different lengths from 9-3/4” up to 40”. Unlike competitive cartridges, the
longer lengths are not manufactured from shorter cartridges that are glued together.
They are continuous units that cannot separate during use. POLYDEPTH cartridges are
available in various micron ratings including 1-, 5-, 10-, 25-, and 50-microns.

15574843 PD-1-934 2- 1/2” x 9- 7/8” (64mm x 251mm) 1
15575543 PD-1-20 2-1/2” x 20” (64mm x 510mm) 1 All 9-7/8” cartridges are rated at
15576243 PD-1-30 2-1/2” x 30” (64mm x 763mm) 1 <2 psi @ 2 gpm (<0.14 bar @ 7.6 lpm)
15576943 PD-1-40 2-1/2” x 40” (64mm x 1017mm) 1
15574943 PD-5-934 2-1/2” x 9-7/8” (64mm x 251mm) 5
15575643 PD-5-20 2-1/2” x 20” (64mm x 510mm) 5 All 20” cartridges are rated at
15576343 PD-5-30 2-1/2” x 30” (64mm x 763mm) 5 <2 psi @ 5 gpm (<0.14 bar @ 19 lpm)
15577043 PD-5-40 2-1/2” x 40” (64mm x 1017mm) 5
15575043 PD-10-934 2-1/2” x 9-7/8” (64mm x 251mm) 10
15575143 PD-25-934 2-1/2” x 9-7/8” (64mm x 251mm) 25 <2 psi @ 7 gpm (<0.14 bar @ 26.5 lpm)
15575843 PD-25-20 2-1/2” x 20” (64mm x 510mm) 25
15576543 PD-25-30 2-1/2” x 30” (64mm x 763mm) 25
15575243 PD-50-934 2-1/2” x 9-7/8” (64mm x 251mm) 50 <2 psi @ 9 gpm (<0.14 bar @ 34 lpm)
15575943 PD-50-20 2-1/2” x 20” (64mm x 510mm) 50
• Filter Media ....................................Polypropylene • Maximum Temperature ......40°F to 175°F (4.4°C to 79.4°C)
135
DGD Series Dual-Gradient Density Cartridges
• Manufactured from 100% pure polypropylene.

• Two separate gradient density layers enhance cartridge performance.
• Three times the dirt-holding capacity of similar sized sediment cartridges.
DGD Series cartridges are manufactured from 100% pure polypropylene and are
sized for use in our Big Blue® filter housings.
DGD Series cartridges are designed for purity and will not impart taste, odor or
color to the liquid being filtered. Additionally, the polypropylene construction
provides superior chemical resistance and is not prone to bacterial attack.
The DGD Series advanced design combines selective “final filtration” with
appropriate “pre-filtration” to achieve up to three times the dirt-holding capacity
of similar size sediment cartridges and many more times that of standard spun
or string-wound cartridges. This performance enhancement is achieved by
combining two separate gradient layers in one filter.
The larger diameter of the pre-filter reduces the particle load to the post filter,
allowing it to operate at higher velocities. The effective filter depth is increased
to a full 233% of standard spun-polypropylene or string-wound filters. This
increased depth provides for very high particulate reduction efficiencies and
added loaded capacity.
DGD-2501-20
The unique design and performance characteristics of the DGD Series cartridges DGD-5005-20 DGD-2501
make them an excellent choice for all residential, rural, municipal and commercial DGD-7525-20 DGD-5005
applications. DGD-7525

15535943 DGD-2501 4-1/2” x 10” Pre-filter: 25; <1 psi @ 10 gpm
(114 mm x 254 mm) Post-filter: 1 (<0.1 bar @ 38 lpm)
15536043 DGD-2501-20 4-1/2” x 20” Pre-filter: 25; <1 psi @ 20 gpm
• Filter Media ............................Polypropylene • Temperature Rating ............40°F to 145°F (4.4°C to 62.8°C)
136
CW/WP Series Polypropylene Wound
Cartridges
• String-wound design reduces fine sediment from a variety of fluids.
• Withstands temperatures up to 165°F (73.9°C).
• Nominal 10, 30, 50-micron rating (CW) and nominal 5, 30-micron
rating (WP).
CW and WP Series cartridges are manufactured from a durable
polypropylene cord that is wound around a rigid polypropylene core.
They are an economical solution to reduce fine sediment, including
sand, silt, rust and scale particles.
CW cartridges are very economical and wound in a standard pattern
around the core.They are available in 10, 30 and 50-micron ratings.
WP Series cartridges are wound in a precise pattern around the core
providing greater surface area.The result is higher dirt-loading capacity
and greater efficiency than standard wound cartridges like the CW.
Both of these string-wound cartridge styles are capable of withstand-
ing temperatures up to 165°F (73.9°C), and will accommodate flow WP-5 WP-30
rates between 7 and 10 GPM with minimal pressure drop. CW-F CW-MF
CW and WP Series cartridges are suitable for a wide variety of CW-50
sediment filtration applications, including municipal and well water as
well as many industrial fluids.

15518643 CW-F 2-3/8” x 9-7/8” 10 <1 psi @ 7 gpm
(60mm x 251mm) (<0.1 bar @ 27 lpm)
15518743 CW-MF 2-3/8” x 9-7/8” 30 <1 psi @ 10 gpm
(60mm x 251mm) (<0.07 bar @ 38 lpm)
15521443 CW-50 2-3/8” x 9-7/8” 50 <1 psi @ 10 gpm
(60mm x 251mm) (<0.07 bar @ 38 lpm)
15507143 WP-5 2-3/8” x 9-7/8” 5 <2.5 psi @ 10 gpm
(60mm x 251mm) (<0.17 bar @ 38 lpm)
15507243 WP-30 2-3/8” x 9-7/8” 30 <1.4 psi @ 10 gpm
(60mm x 251mm) (<0.10 bar @ 38 lpm)
• Filter Media ....................................Polypropylene Fiber Cord
• Core ..................................................Polypropylene
137
Big Blue Polypropylene Wound Cartridges
The WP-BB Series cartridges are constructed of fibrous

polypropylene media which as been wound around a
polypropylene core.Available in nominal micron ratings ranging
from 0.5 to 10, and both 9-7/8” and 20” lengths.
The WPX-BB Series cartridges are constructed of fibrillated

polypropylene wound on a polypropylene core. The fibrillated
polypropylene should be used when pressures require mini-
mization of extractables and/or fiber migration. They are
available in nominal micron ratings ranging from 5 to 100, and
in both 9-7/8” and 20” lengths.
WP5BB97P WPX5BB97P
Maximum Micron Rating Max Recommended Pressure

Item # Model Dimensions (Nominal) Flow Rate Drop
26100/ WP5BB97P 4-1/2” x 9-7/8” 0.5 10 gpm (38 lpm) 5 psi (0.3 bar)
35521243 (114 mm x 251 mm)
150100/ WP1BB97P 4-1/2” x 9-7/8” 1 15 gpm (57 lpm) 4 psi (0.3 bar)
35521343 (114 mm x 251 mm)
35521443 (114 mm x 251 mm)
35521543 (114 mm x 251 mm)
35521643 (114 mm x 251 mm)
26127/ WP1BB20P 4-1/2” x 20” 1 30 gpm (114 lpm) 6 psi (0.4 bar)
35522243 (114 mm x 508 mm)
70004/ WP5BB20P 4-1/2” x 20” 5 40 gpm (151 lpm) 6 psi (0.4 bar)
35522343 (114 mm x 508 mm)
26128/ WP25BB20P 4-1/2” x 20” 25 40 gpm (151lpm) 5 psi (0.3 bar)
35522543 (114 mm x 508 mm)
26104/ WPX5BB97P 4-1/2” x 9-7/8” 5 10 gpm (38 lpm) 16 psi (1.1 bar)
35521743 (114 mm x 251 mm)
35521843 (114 mm x 251 mm)
35521943 (114 mm x 251 mm)
35522043 (114 mm x 251 mm)
35522143 (114 mm x 251 mm)
26129/ WPX100BB20P 4-1/2” x 20” 100 65 gpm (246 lpm) 8 psi (0.6 bar)
35522643 (114 mm x 508 mm)
• Construction ..................................Fibrous Polypropylene, Polypropylene Core
WARNING: Filter must be protected from freezing which can cause cracking of the filter and water leakage. For drinking water applications, do not use
with water that is microbiologically unsafe or of unknown quality without adequate disinfection or after the unit.
138
BP, BPHE & BN Series Filter Bags
• Thermally welded unique design results in consistent BN Series (Strainer) Bags*

filtration efficiencies. Woven monofilament materials are offered in nylon with
• Semi-rigid cylindrical design is easily crushed and micron rates of 50-800 and efficiencies from 75 to 95
incinerated. percent.The materials are cleanable and reusable.
• Higher productivity - faster bag “change-outs”.
* Call for availability
Polypropylene bags are compatible with a broad range of
corrosive fluids including organic solvent, oils, acids, alkalis
BN-420
and micro-organisms. BPHE-420
BP-420
BP Series (Polypropylene Felt) Bags
An assortment of filtration ratings is offered - from 1 to 200
microns - to comply with any filtration requirement.
The bags are manufactured from felt because of its high
solids loading capabilities, in comparison to similar mesh
fabrics. The media is created by needle-punching two layers
of synthetic fibers together in a supporting scrim. A glazed
finish, created by melting the outermost surface fibers, is
used to produce a bond that reduces the possibility of
migration.
BPHE Series (High Efficiency) Bags*

High efficiency bags are offered for those critical applications
when high efficiency combined with high dirt-holding
capacity is required. Polypropylene materials are processed
into microfibers with diameters of 1-10 microns or more. BN-410
These fibers are converted into filter material. Microfiber BP-410 BPHE-410
media are covered with spun-bonded polypropylene.
Filter Micron Case

Item # Model Dimensions Media Rating Quantity
15538303 BP-410-1 (10”) 1 20
15538403 BP-420-1 (20”) 1 20
15538503 BP-410-5 (10”) 5 20
15538603 BP-420-5 (20”) 5 20
15538703 BP-410-10-(10”) BP-410 10 20
15538803 BP-420-10 (10”) 4" x 8-5/8" 10 20
15538903 BP-410-25 (20”) (102 mm x 218 mm) Glazed 25 20
Polypropylene
15539003 BP-420-25 (10”) 25 20
BP-420 Felt
15539103 BP-410-50 (10”) 50 20
4" x 18"
15539203 BP-420-50 (20”) (102 mm x 457 mm) 50 20
15539303 BP-410-100 (10”) 100 20
15539403 BP-420-100 (20”) 100 20
15539503 BP-410-200 (10”) 200 20
15539503 BP-420-200 (20”) 200 20
• Maximum Temperature.....................200°F (93.3°C) (bags only)
See application literature for housing rating.
NOTE: This information is for general guidance. Users should test bag materials with media involved to determine compatibility.
CAUTION: Protect against freezing which can cause cracking of the filter and water leakage.
139
Quick-Change Filtration Systems
• Easy to install, easy filter change.

• Unique cover for single unit for a more appealing look.
• Reversible metal brackets for 1, 2 or 3 cartridges†
• 1/4-inch or 3/8-inch John Guest® push-fit connections available.
• 1/4-inch compression connections available for flex hose connections.
• Seven cartridge models to choose from to meet specific application needs.
†The Twin and Triple systems are not performance tested or certified by NSF.
PENTEK® Quick Change Filtration Systems are designed for easy installation
and cartridge change. 1/4-inch or 3/8-inch push fittings, as well as 1/4-inch
compression fittings, on the inlet and outlet sides of the filter head allow
effortless installation. Many single systems are NSF Certified.
The cartridge filter is easily changed with a quarter-turn of the filter. Water is
automatically shut off during the change of the filter through the auto shut-off
feature built into the filter head.This feature eliminates the need for additional
shut-off valves to and from the filter system.
The PENTEK quick-change filter system offers several cartridge options to * Shown with
meet the demands of varying water conditions. The granular activated carbon optional
designer cover
cartridge offers extended chlorine taste and odor performance with low
pressure drop.* The EP carbon block filter offers superior chlorine taste and
odor performance with 5 micron sediment reduction.* The CBR carbon block
cartridge has enhanced performance capabilities for chlorine taste & odor, cyst,
lead, atrazine and lindane reduction.
The new cartridges include carbon/phosphate cartridge, chloramine reduction
cartridge, sediment only cartridge, a high performance 1-micron carbon block COMPONENT
cartridge, and the soon to be released membrane filter cartridge for bacteria
The QC10-CBR is Tested and Certified by NSF/ANSI
and virus reduction.* to Standard 42 for the reduction of Chlorine Taste &
Odor and Particulate Class 1. Standard 53 Atrazine,
*Not performance tested or certified by NSF.
Cyst, Lead, Lindane and Turbidity.
QC10-EP is Tested and Certified by NSF/ANSI to

#144842 QCH 1/4" Threaded Replacement Head Standard 42 for the reduction of Chlorine Taste & Odor.
#244426 QCH 1/4" PF Replacement Head
QC10-GAC is Tested and Certified by NSF/ANSI to
#244427 QCH 3/8" PF Replacement Head Standard 42 for the reduction of Chlorine Taste & Odor.
#244435 QC Replacement Head 1/4" JGPF New Design
#244436 QC Replacement Head 3/8" JGPF New Design
#15578543 QC-210-CBR-RP Replacement Cartridge
#15596243 QC-210-EP-RP Replacement Cartridge
#15590143 QC-210-GAC-RP Replacement Cartridge
#25570643 QC10-TSGACR Replacement Cartridge
#25570443 QC10-CGACR Replacement Cartridge
#25570543 QC10-CB1R Replacement Cartridge
#25568843 QC10-Sed1R Replacement Cartridge
140
Quick-Change Filtration Systems Specifications
Item #
1/4” 1/4” JG 3/8” JG Cartridge Filter Flow Micron
Threaded Push Fit Push Fit Model Color Claims Life Rate Rating
158667 158682 158691 QC10-CBR White chlorine taste & odor, 500 gallons 0.5 gpm 0.5
sediment, lead, atrazine, (1890 L) (1.9 lpm)
lindane, cyst & turbidity
– 158683 – QC10-EP White chlorine taste & odor 1,500 gallons 0.5 gpm 5*
(5670 L) (1.9 lpm)
– 158684 – QC10-GAC Blue chlorine taste & odor 2,500 gallons 0.75 gpm –
(9460 L) (2.8 lpm)
– 158723 158724 QC10-TSGAC† Blue chlorine taste & odor with 1,700 gallons 0.75 gpm –
phosphate crystals† (6435 L)* (2.8 lpm)
– 158719 158720 QC10-CGAC† Blue chloramine taste & odor and 500 gal. (1890 L) 0.6 gpm –
chlorine taste & odor† chloramine* (2.3 lpm)
10,000 gal. (37850 L)
chlorine*
– 158721 – QC10-CB1 White chlorine taste & odor 10,000* gallons 0.6 gpm 1
and sediment† (37850 L) (2.3 lpm)
*Filter life based on chlorine reduction as tested by Pentek.

†Not Performance Tested or Certified by NSF.
CAUTION: Protect against freezing to prevent cracking of the filter housing and water leakage.
NOTE: Cartridge will contain a very small amount of carbon fines (a very fine black powder). After installation and before using the water follow the
instructions for flushing the cartridge to remove fines.
U.S. Patent Numbers: 5,976,432 and 5,823,668
141
Gold In-Line Filtration Systems
• 5 body styles of in-line filters in multiple media configurations.

• Injection molded and pressure rated to 125 psi (8.62 bar).
• All in-line filters include a pre- and post-filter.
The new PENTEK Gold Series® in-line filters offer an extensive variety of products
to meet your most challenging applications. PENTEK in-line filters are designed for
use on any point of use drinking water appliance including reverse osmosis (RO)
systems, distillation systems, coffee and espresso brewers, food service equipment,
ice machines, misters, bottleless water coolers, water fountains, refrigerators and
other water dispensing devices.
Gold Series® in-line filtration features coconut shell granular activated carbon.
Various combinations of media are used to support a wide range of filtration appli-
cations.These combinations include FDA compliant hexametaphosphates, KDF® 55
and KDF® 85 media, gradient depth sediment filters, calcite media, cation softening
resins and mixed bed deionization (DI) resins to meet the wide variety of aesthetic
improvements required.
The in-line filtration systems also offer a wide variety of end termination and fitting
options including 1/4” and 3/8” female NPT, 1/4” and 3/8” female Quick Connect
(John Guest® style), 1/4” OD Stem and 1/4” male Jaco thread.
Microns Volume Weight Case

Item # Model (nominal) (cubic ft) (lbs) Quantity
Bituminous Granular Activated Carbon
255499-43 GS-6-B-1/4" FPT 2" x 6" 20 0.24 6 12
255501-43 GS-6-G-1/4" John Guest® 2" x 6" 20 0.24 6 12
255502-43 GS-6-H-3/8" John Guest® 2" x 6" 20 0.24 6 12
255503-43 GS-10-B-1/4" FPT 2" x 10" 20 0.37 9 12
255505-43 GS-10-G-1/4" John Guest® 2" x 10" 20 0.37 9 12
255506-43 GS-10-H-3/8" John Guest® 2" x 10" 20 0.37 9 12
255507-43 GS-210-B-1/4" FPT 2.5" x 11" 20 0.61 10 12
255508-43 GS-210-C-3/8" FPT 2.5" x 11" 20 0.61 10 12
255514-43 GS-215-H-3/8" John Guest® 2.5" x 14" 20 0.61 12 12
Coconut Shell Granular Activated Carbon
255515-43 GS-6RO-B-1/4" FPT 2" x 6" 5 0.24 6 12
255519-43 GS-6RO-G-1/4" John Guest® 2" x 6" 5 0.24 6 12
255521-43 GS-10RO-B-1/4" FPT 2" x 10" 5 0.37 12 12
255522-43 GS-10RO-C-3/8" FPT 2" x 10" 5 0.37 12 12
255525-43 GS-10RO-G-1/4" John Guest® 2" x 10" 5 0.37 12 12
255526-43 GS-10RO-H-3/8" John Guest® 2" x 10" 5 0.37 12 12
255528-43 GS-210RO-C-3/8" FPT 2.5" x 11" 5 0.61 14 12
255531-43 GS-215RO-B-1/4" FPT 2.5" x 14" 5 0.61 18 12
pH Stabilizer (Calcite & Coconut Shell Carbon) Post RO
255541-43 GS-10CAL/RO-B-1/4" FPT 2" x 10" 20 0.37 13 12
255546-43 GS-10CAL/RO-H-3/8" John Guest® 2" x 10" 20 0.37 13 12
Bacteriostatic (KDF & Coconut Shell Carbon)
255547-43 GS-6EXTRA.25-B-1/4" FPT 2" x 6" 5 0.24 10 12
255548-43 GS-6EXTRA.25-C-3/8" FPT 2" x 6" 5 0.24 10 12
255551-43 GS-6EXTRA.25-G-1/4" John Guest® 2" x 6" 5 0.24 10 12
255553-43 GS-10EXTRA.5-B-1/4" FPT 2" x 10" 5 0.37 15 12
255554-43 GS-10EXTRA.5-C-3/8" FPT 2" x 10" 5 0.37 15 12
255557-43 GS-10EXTRA.5-G-1/4" John Guest® 2" x 10" 5 0.37 15 12
255559-43 GS-210EXTRA1-B-1/4" FPT 2.5" x 11" 5 0.61 24 12
255560-43 GS-210EXTRA1-C-3/8" FPT 2.5" x 11" 5 0.61 24 12
255561-43 GS-210EXTRA1-G-1/4" John Guest® 2.5" x 11" 5 0.61 24 12
142
Gold In-Line Filtration Specifications
Microns Volume Weight Case

Item # Model (nominal) (cubic ft) (lbs) Quantity
Sediment & Rust Particulate
255569-43 GS-6SED/5-B-1/4" FPT 2" x 6" 5 0.24 5 12
255573-43 GS-6SED/5-G-1/4" John Guest® 2" x 6" 5 0.24 5 12
255576-43 GS-10SED/5-C-3/8" FPT 2" x 10" 5 0.37 7 12
255579-43 GS-10SED/5-G-1/4" John Guest® 2" x 10" 5 0.37 7 12
255582-43 GS-210SED/5-C-3/8" FPT 2.5" x 11" 5 0.61 14 12
255587-43 GS-215SED/5-G-1/4" John Guest® 2.5" x 14" 5 0.61 18 12
255588-43 GS-215SED/5-H-3/8" John Guest® 2.5" x 14" 5 0.61 18 12
Lime, Scale, & Chlorine Taste & Odor (Hexametaphosphate & Coconut Shell Carbon)
255589-43 GS-6ALS-B-1/4" FPT 2" x 6" 20 0.24 6 12
255590-43 GS-6ALS-C-3/8" FPT 2" x 6" 20 0.24 6 12
®
255593-43 GS-6ALS-G-1/4" John Guest 2" x 6" 20 0.24 6 12
255595-43 GS-10ALS-B-1/4" FPT 2" x 10" 20 0.37 10 12
255596-43 GS-10ALS-C-3/8" FPT 2" x 10" 20 0.37 10 12
255599-43 GS-10ALS-G-1/4" John Guest® 2" x 10" 20 0.37 10 12
255600-43 GS-10ALS-H-3/8" John Guest® 2" x 10" 20 0.37 10 12
Lime & Scale (Hexametaphosphate Feeder)
255601-43 GS-6PH-B-1/4" FPT 2" x 6" – 0.24 13 12
255603-43 GS-10PH-B-1/4" FPT 2" x 10" – 0.24 22 12
255604-43 GS-10PH-G-1/4" John Guest® 2" x 10" – 0.24 22 12
Chlorine Taste & Odor - 1 Micron Carbon Block Filters
255609-43 GS-6CB-1-G-1/4" John Guest® 2" x 6" 1 0.24 5 12
255616-43 GS-10CB-1-H-3/8" John Guest® 2" x 10" 1 0.37 9 12
255617-43 GS-210CB-1-B-1/4" FPT 2.5" x 11" 1 0.61 11 12
255618-43 GS-210CB-1-C-3/8" FPT 2.5" x 11" 1 0.61 11 12
Chlorine Taste & Odor - 5 Micron Carbon Block Filters
255625-43 GS-6CB-5-B-1/4" FPT 2" x 6" 5 0.24 5 12
255626-43 GS-6CB-5-C-3/8" FPT 2" x 6" 5 0.24 5 12
255631-43 GS-10CB-5-B-1/4" FPT 2" x 10" 5 0.37 9 12
255632-43 GS-10CB-5-C-3/8" FPT 2" x 10" 5 0.37 9 12
255637-43 GS-210CB-5-B-1/4" FPT 2.5" x 11" 5 0.61 11 12
®
255639-43 GS-210CB-5-G-1/4" John Guest 2.5" x 11" 5 0.61 11 12
255641-43 GS-215CB-5-B-1/4" FPT 2.5" x 14" 5 0.61 13 12
255642-43 GS-215CB-5-C-3/8" FPT 2.5" x 14" 5 0.61 13 12
255643-43 GS-215CB-5-G-1/4" John Guest® 2.5" x 14" 5 0.61 13 12
255644-43 GS-215CB-5-H-3/8" John Guest® 2.5" x 14" 5 0.61 13 12
Lead, Cyst, Particulate, & Chlorine Taste & Odor Filters
255649-43 GS-10LS-G-1/4" John Guest® 2" x 10" 0.5 0.37 9 12
255651-43 GS-210LS-B-1/4" FPT 2.5" x 11" 1 0.61 15 12
TDS Reduction - High Capacity DI Resin Filters
255655-43 GS-210DI-B-1/4" FPT 2.5" x 11" 20 0.61 17 12
255659-43 GS-215DI-B-1/4" FPT 2.5" x 11" 20 0.61 24 12
INLINE FILTER CLIPS
244454 HF-CLIP1 – 2" Single Inline Filter Clip – – – 100
244455 HF-CLIP2 – 2.5" Single Inline Filter Clip – – – 100
143
Sealed In-Line Series
• Provide bad taste & odor and chlorine taste & odor reduction.
• Injection molded and pressure rated to 125 psi.
• All in-line filters include a pre- and post-filter.
Sealed In-Line filters feature coconut shell, granular activated carbon, and are designed
to reduce unwanted taste, odor and chlorine taste and odor.
The TS-101L contains a combination of GAC and polyphosphate crystals to inhibit
lime/scale build-up.
All Sealed In-Line filters include a durable, injection molded polypropylene body and
cap, pre- and post-filter and are pressure rated to 125 psi. Available with 1/4” NPT
connections.
Sealed In-Line filters are an ideal choice for post-RO, under-sink, ice-maker and food
service applications.
Contact factory regarding availability of other sizes and media.
The IC-101L and TS-101L are

Tested and Certified by NSF
International.
COMPONENT
IC-101L
TS-101L
Maximum Estimated Flow Rate

Item # Model Media Dimensions Life (gpm)
15507020 IC-100 (c/w fittings) 17 cu. in. (51 mm x 270 mm) (9,460 liters) (2.8 L/min)
15508301 TS-100 (c/w fittings) 16 cu. in. (51 mm x 270 mm) (6,450 liters) (2.8 L/min)
• Body ....................................................Polypropylene • Carbon .............................................Coconut Shell GAC
• Cap ......................................................Polypropylene • Maximum Temperature .........100°F (37.8°C)
• Pre-filter and Post-filter ............Polypropylene • Operating Pressure ...................125 psi (8.62 bar)
NOTE: Cartridges will contain a very small amount of fines (very fine powder) and new cartridges, after installation, should be flushed with sufficient
water to remove all traces of fines from your water system before use. Each time you use your filtered water tap for drinking or cooking purposes, it is
recommended that you run (flush) the tap for at least 10 seconds prior to using water.This is particularly important if the water tap has not been used
daily.
144
CRE-1 Ceramic Cartridges
• Specially designed for cyst reduction and fine sediment filtration applications.
• 1/2” thick ceramic wall allows for many cleanings, extending cartridge life.
CRE-1 cartridges are manufactured from a sintered ceramic filtration media.
They are designed and tested for the reduction of Cryptosporidium and Giardia
cysts, and are ideal for fine sediment filtration applications.
The fine ceramic media will effectively trap dirt, sediment, and cysts down to 1-
micron in diameter. A proper fit is ensured and water bypass is prevented
through the use of a knife-edge seal.
CRE-1 cartridges are easily cleaned with water and a damp cloth, sponge or stiff
nylon brush.They can be cleaned several times until the diameter at the smallest
point is 1-1/2” or the circumference is 4-3/4”, extending cartridge life.
Not for residential sale in the state of California.

15515943 CRE-1 1 7/8” x 9 3/4” 1 19 psi @ 1 gpm
(48 mm x 248 mm) (3-4 @ 99.95%) (1.3 bar @ 3.8 lpm)
• Filter Media ..........................Sintered Ceramic • Gaskets ..............................Buna-N
• End Caps................................Thermoset Polymeric • Temperature ....................40° to 125°F (4.4° to 52°C)
NOTE: Performance depends on system design, flow rate, feed water quality and certain other application conditions. Certain states require system registration or certifica-
tion prior to sale if health-related contaminant reduction claims are made. Not for residential sale in the state of California.
NOTE: Only a thin layer of ceramic is removed with each cleaning. It is not necessary to clean the cartridge until the original color is restored as water in some locations
may stain or discolor the ceramic. Good hygiene and house keeping practices should always be used when cleaning the CRE-1 cartridge.
HANDLE CARTRIDGE WITH CARE! Sharp blows, dropping, or freezing can cause cracks in the ceramic. If the cartridge should be cracked or frozen, discard the
damaged cartridge and replace it with a new cartridge.
CAUTION: Do not use where water is microbiologically unsafe or with water of unknown quality without adequate disinfection before or after the unit. Cartridge is specifi-
cally designed for sediment filtration and the reduction of Giardia and Cryptosporidium cysts, not to kill or filter bacteria.
145
Microguard™ Membrane Filter Cartridges
• Absolute 0.15 micron particle retention for bacteria and protozoan cyst
reduction.
• 99.9999% bacteria reduction (>6 Log)
• 99.9999% cyst reduction (>6 Log)
• Combined carbon block and sediment pre-filtration for extended life and
chlorine taste and odor reduction.
• Utilizes patented* highly asymmetric polyethersulfone membrane with
proprietary hydrophilic formulation for immediate wetting and high flow.
• Double O-ring end cap seals for absolute sealing in PENTEK Seal-Safe™ 3G
housings.
The Microguard™ membrane filters provide reliable bacteria and protozoan cyst
reduction for safer and cleaner drinking water without incorporating chemicals
into the media or adding chemicals to the filtered water.The Microguard carbon
block membrane cartridge, MG-10MCB, is uniquely designed with integral carbon
block and sediment pre-filtration for the reduction of chlorine taste and odor
and for providing extended life of the internal membrane element.This cartridge
has 2.5 times greater filtration surface area than some anti-microbial carbon
blocks and operates at a higher flow rate with lower pressure drop.This makes
the MG-10MCB ideal for Point-of-Use (POU) applications. The Microguard
cartridges do not require USEPA registration and their effectiveness is not
susceptible to common substances normally found in some waters, e.g., hydrogen
sulfide (H2S), natural organic matter (NOM) and total dissolved solids (TDS). MG-10T
MG-10MCB
The Microguard triple-element cartridge, MG-10T, is uniquely constructed with
three membrane elements integrally sealed into one common cartridge design.
This unique design allows for higher flow rates and longer life while still providing
bacteria and cyst reduction, and is ideal for applications up to five gallons per
minute.The life of the MG-10T can be extended using PENTEK carbon block or
sediment pre-filtration options.
Maximum Maximum Micron

Item # Model Description Length Diameter Rating
25542043 MG-10MCB Carbon Block/ 10.283” 2.875” 0.15
Membrane (261.18 mm) (73 mm) absolute rating
25541943 MG-10T Triple Element 10.294” 3.0” 0.15
(membrane only) (261.47 mm) (76 mm) absolute rating
25568243 MG-CCBR Coconut Carbon 10.294” 3.0” 0.15
Lead/Cyst Reduction (261.47 mm) (76 mm) absolute rating
• Membrane ......................................Polyethersulfone • O-ring Seals........................EPDM
• Membrane Assembly..................Polystyrene, epoxy resin • Netting..................................Polyolefin (10MCB only)
• Carbon Pre-Filter ........................MG-10MCB with Fibredyne™ technology contains activated carbon with synthetic
Polymeric fibers and binders
• End Caps/Body..............................Polystyrene, excluding the bottom of the MG-10MCB which is Polypropylene
NOTE: These cartridges are not intended for converting wastewater or raw sewage into drinking water.
*U.S. Patent No. 5,240,862
Not certified for sale in California, Iowa, Massachusetts and Wisconsin.
146
Oil Adsorbing Cartridges
• Modified cellulose-based filter chemically bonds specifically with hydrocarbons and

other pollutants such as dissolved and dispersed oils from water.
• Instantaneous adsorption, more effective than activated carbon.
• Up to 90 percent of total hydrocarbons are removed in a single pass.
• For use in 20-inch Big Blue® filter housings.
The OAC-20BB, made from modified cellulose-based filter media, is processed into
sheets and assembled into cartridges for use in standard 20” Big Blue® filter housings.
Features
• Instantaneous adsorption - up to 90 percent of total hydrocarbons removed in a
single pass.
• High flow rates.
• Removed dissolved and dispersed oils.
• Low pressure drop.
• Media can hold 250-300 percent of its own weight, with no release of removed
hydrocarbons.
Applications
• Gas and oil facilities • Leisure/commercial shipping bilge water • Surface water
runoff (truck stops, airports, parking lots) • Auto service stations
• Machine shops • Industrial processes • Factories and repair shops • Car and truck
washes
Installation
Certain applications may require pre-filtration
Change-Out Frequency
Change-out frequency will depend on the oil burden they have to handle. Because no
appreciable increase in pressure drop is observed during service life, the filter must
be changed when its adsorption capacity is exhausted.
Maximum Pressure Drop Recommended

Item # Model Dimensions (at 5-10 gpm) Flow Rate
15559603 OAC-20BB Length: 20.125” (511 mm) 0.2 - 1.0 psi 5-10 gpm
Outside Diameter: 4.5” (114 mm) (0.01-0.07 bar) (19-38 lpm)
Core ID: 1.110” (28 mm)
• Media ................................................Modified Cellulose • Outer Net ....................Polyethylene
• End Caps ..........................................PVC Plastisol • Media Area ..................18 sq.ft. (1.6 sq.m.)
• Center Core ..................................Natural Polypropylene • Weight ............................1.75 lbs (0.8 kg)
• Temperature Rating....................40°F to 125°F (4.4°C to 52°C)
NOTE: Operating flow will vary based on applications, type of pollutants, flow rates, level of contamination.
DISPOSAL: Safe and acceptable method to meet all local and EPA regulations is recommended. End user is responsible for safe disposal of used
cartridge at user’s costs. Consult factory for additional information
147
PCC Series Hexametaphosphate Crystal
Cartridges
• Effective at treating scale, corrosion and iron problems.
• Ideal for a variety of food service equipment, as well as other types
of water processing equipment.
PCC Series cartridges contain food-grade hexametaphosphate that
dissolves slowly in water to inhibit scale and rust build-up.
This type of treatment is recommended for use with ice machines,
coffee and vending machines, food service equipment, water heaters,
air conditioning equipment and many other types of water processing
equipment.
To best meet your needs, cartridges are available in four feeder sizes
and all materials are FDA grade.
They are highly effective at treating scale, corrosion and iron problems
for up to six months at various flow rates and feed concentrations.
The PCC212 and PCC218 cartridges are designed to fit #10 Standard
or Slim Line® filter housings.
The PCC106 is an insert element that is placed in the center core of PCC212
the cartridge. It is designed for use with standard 10” and 20” radial PCC218
flow, sediment and carbon block filter cartridges. PCC106
PCC1
Item # Model Dimensions Recommended Flow Rate (gpm)
15510043 PCC1 2-7/8” x 9-5/8” Up to 5 gpm

(73mm x 244mm) (19 lpm)
15524803 PCC212 2-5/8” x 9-3/4” 1 to 1.5 gpm

(67mm x 248mm) (4 to 6 lpm)
15525103 PCC218 2-5/8” x 9-3/4” 1.5 to 2.5 gpm

(67mm x 248mm) (6 to 10 lpm)
• Filter Media....................Food Grade Polyphosphate • Gasket ......................................Buna-N (PCC212 & 218)
• Shell ..................................Polypropylene • Temperature Rating ..........40°F to 100°F (4.4°C to 37.85°C)
• Post-filter ........................Polypropylene (PCC212 & 218)
CAUTION: Eye irritant. Contains sodium calcium hexametaphosphate. Avoid contact with eyes. In case of eye contact, flush with water for 15 minutes,
get medical attention. Keep out of reach of children.
NOTE: PCC212 and PCC218 cartridges are not recommended for main line water applications with flow rates exceeding 3.0 gpm (11.4 lpm).
NOTE: With steamers, the water should be flushed daily.
CAUTION: Do not use this cartridge on water that will be carbonated.
148
RFFE20-BB Radial Flow Iron Reduction
Cartridges
• Easily and effectively reduces up to 3 ppm of dissolved iron from water.
• Improves flavor and reduces the metallic taste caused by iron.
• Reduces the possibility of pipe and water heater damage.
• For use in 20-inch Big Blue® filter housings.
The RFFE20-BB cartridge is designed to provide an easy and effective method of reducing iron
from water, which greatly improves the taste.
This cartridge helps to eliminate the orange and brown stains often found in sinks, toilets, tubs
and other plumbing fixtures.
RFFE20-BB reduces the possibility of damage to pipes and water heaters and reduces up to 3
ppm dissolved iron.
It adds no harmful chemicals to the water, making it completely safe for drinking water appli-
cations.
The RFFE20-BB cartridge should be installed on the main cold water line after the pressure
tank or water meter. For best results, pre-sediment and post-carbon treatment is
recommended.
Approximate Life of System*

Iron Level Total Gallons 250 GPD 125 GPD 75 GPD
in Water Water Used (4 People) (2 People) (1 Person)
3 ppm 26,000 gal. 104 days 208 days 416 days
0.5 ppm 160,000 gal. 640 days 1280 days N/A
*Test results were obtained by using the RFFE20-BB in combination with an RFC20-BB cartridge.
Recommended Operating Conditions

Item # Model pH Manganese Iron Bacteria Silica Iron Hydrogen Sulfide
15526303 RFFE20-BB >7.0 <1 ppm None <100 ppm <3 ppm None
*Typical Iron Filtration System

• Approximate Cartridge Life ............3 to 6 Months • Inlet/Outlet Connections................................1” (2.54 cm)
(family of four) • Replacement Cartridges - Iron Filter.............RFFE20-BB
• Maximum Operating Pressure** ..90 psi (6.2 bar) • Recommended Filter - Sediment ................R30 BB (two)
• Maximum Water Temperature ....100°F (37.8°C) - Carbon..........................RFC20-BB
*When used in a BBFS-222 system
**CAUTION: If you suspect your water pressure will at any time exceed the maximum rating of 90 psi (6.2 bar), a pressure
regulator must be installed before the system.This will guard against the pressure exceeding the maximum rating at any time. It is
recommended that the pressure regulator be set at 75 psi (5.2 bar) or less.
NOTE: Water conditions outside of the above specified limits may lead to a shortened filtration life. If your water contains Iron Bacteria, shock
chlorination is recommended.
NOTE: The RFFE20-BB and RFC20-BB cartridges will contain a very small amount of fines (very fine powder) and new cartridges, after installation,
should be flushed with sufficient water to remove all traces of fines from your water system before use.
149
PCF Series Mixed Bed Deionization
Cartridges
• Designed for deionizing water up to 16 megohms.
• All materials and construction are FDA-compliant.
• Three sizes and capacities.
PCF Series cartridges have been developed in response to the requirements for
deionized water in many industries.
They have been manufactured using an FDA-compliant resin that has been subjected
to additional post-production steps to minimize the total organic carbon (TOC) level.
These high-capacity, semi-conductor grade resin cartridges are ideal for use in phar-
maceuticals, medical laboratories, cosmetics, and circuit board printing applications.
PCF Series cartridges are available in three sizes, flow rates and capacities. They are
convenient and cost-effective for many applications where low levels of total organic
carbon (TOC) and total dissolved solids (TDS) levels are required.
Applications:
• Circuit board printing • Pharmaceutical use • Steam and humidification
• Cosmetics • Steam processors • Humidification systems • Recirculating/
cooling towers • Power generating equipment • Medical/laboratory use
• Lasers • Jet water sprayers • Boiler make-up water
BBF1-
20MB PCF1-
PCF1-
20MB
10MB
Maximum Capacity Grains Initial ∆P (psi) Suggested

Item # Model Dimensions (mg TDS as CaCO3) @ Flow Rate (gpm) Flow Rate
15527303 PCF1-10MB 2-2/3” x 9-3/4” 270 1.5 psi @ 0.25 gpm 0.25 gpm
(68 mm x 248 mm) (17,500) (0.1 bar @ 0.95 lpm) (0.95 lpm)
15527403 PCF1-20MB 2-2/3” x 20” 600 3.4 psi @ 0.5 gpm .50 gpm
(68 mm x 508 mm) (38,800) (0.23 bar @ 1.9 lpm) (1.9 lpm)
15528103 BBF1-20MB 4-1/2” x 20” 1,850 1.1 psi @ 1.25 gpm) 1.25 gpm
(114mm x 508 mm) (120,000) (0.76 bar @ 4.7 lpm) (4.7 lpm)
• Filter Media............................................Mixed Bed DI resins • Post Filter .......................Polypropylene
• End Caps ................................................Polypropylene • Gaskets.............................Buna-N
• Shell ..........................................................Polypropylene • Temperature Rating ...40°F to 100°F (4.4°C to 37.8°C)
• Pre-filter ..................................................Polypropylene
or after the unit.
NOTE: The above resin data is based on information obtained by Pentek Filtration.This data does not imply any warranty or performance guarantee.
We recommend that the user determine performance by testing on his own processing equipment.We assume no liability or responsibility for patent
infringement resulting from the use of this product.
CAUTION: Do not use cartridges on equipment that has an electric conductivity water level indicator.
150
Product Water Resistivity vs Gallons Through-put
Test Conditions
RO FEED WATER ....................15 - 20 TDS
pH ................................................6.5 - 7.5
CITY FEED WATER..................170 TDS
TEMPERATURE ........................77 +/- 2°F
Cartridges Flow Rate

(1) PCF-1-10MB ........................0.25 GPM
(2) PCF1-20MB..........................0.50 GPM
(3) BBF1-20MB ..........................1.25 GPM
(4) Two PCF1-20MB tested in a series @ 0.50 gpm
(5) PCF1-20MB with RO feed water @ 0.50 gpm
1 Microsiemen = 1 Microhms/cm
FDA Grade Resin

FUNCTION STRUCTURE
Cation ............................................................R-S03-H+
Anion ......................AR-N(CH3)2(C2H4OH)+OH-
PHYSICAL FORM
IONIC FORM
PERCENT CONVERSION
Hydrogen ............................................99.9% Minimum
Hydroxide ..............................................95% Minimum
Applications:
• Circuit Board Printing
• Power Generating Equipment
• Pharmaceutical Use
• Medical/Laboratory Use
• Steam and Humidification
• Breeding Tanks
• Cosmetics
• Lasers
• Steam Processors
• Jet Water Sprayers
• Humidification Systems
• Boiler Make-up Water
• Recirculating/Cooling Towers
CAUTION: Filter must be protected against freezing which can causing cracking of the filter and water damage. For drinking water applications, do not use with water that is
microbiologically unsafe or of unknown quality without adequate disinfection before or after the system. Do not use cartridges on equipment that has an electric conductivity
water level indicator.
NOTE: The above resin data is based on information obtained by Pentek Filtration.These data are believed to be reliable but do not imply any warranty or performance
guarantee.We recommend that the user determine performance by testing on his own processing equipment.We assume no liability or responsibility for patent infringement
resulting from the use of this product.The DI Resin cartridges are being designed for the following performance parameters.
151
WS Series Water Softener Cartridges
• Convenient cartridge change-out.

• Manufactured with FDA grade softener resin.
• 750 to 4500 grain capacity available (grains as CaCO3).
• For use in Slim Line®, Standard and Big Blue® filter housings.
WS Series cartridges provide softened water in a convenient
cartridge-style design.
These cation exchange softening cartridges utilize a bed of sodium WS-20BB
form cation resin beads to reduce hardness and scale deposits.
The convenient and space-saving design of our WS Series cartridges
means that softened water can be provided easily and cost effectively
at the exact point of need.
WS Series cartridges are available in three different sizes and flow
rates, and have a rated capacity of 750, 1500 or 4500 grains (as
CaCO3) capacity.
WS-10 WS-20
Recommended Capacity
Item # Model Dimensions Flow Rate (Grains as CaCo3)
15531903 WS-10 2- 5/8” x 9-3/4” .50 gpm (1.9 lpm) 750
(6.7cm x 24.8cm)
15532003 WS-20 2-5/8” x 20” .75 gpm (2.8 lpm) 1,500
(6.7cm x 50.8cm)
15532103 WS-20BB 4-1/2” x 20” 2.0 gpm (8.5 lpm) 4,500
(11.4cm x 50.8cm)
• Filter Media ....................................Standard Softener Resin* • Post-Filter ................................Polypropylene
• End Caps ..........................................Polypropylene • Gasket ........................................Buna-N
• Pre-Filter..........................................Polypropylene • Temperature Rating ............100°F (37.7°C)
* Cation, sodium-form resin, 20 x 40 mesh, R-SO3-Na+
152
Freshpoint™ Ultrafiltration System
• Designed for cyst reduction, turbidity, and fine sediment filtration applications.
• > 98% reduction of 0.025 micron (25 nanometer) particles.*
• > 99.99% (> 4 Log) reduction of 0.065 micron (65 nanometer) particles.*
• Forward-flush and back-flush cleaning cycles provide extended filter life in a wide range of
applications.
• Proprietary hollow-fiber ultrafiltration membrane.
• Professional-grade housing, controller and flush valve.
• Metered self-cleaning cycle flushes only when needed.
• Day override feature flushes module daily with fresh water when system is not in use.
• Peak flow rates up to 10 gpm (2271 L/h).
*Performance based on MS-2 (25 nm) and PRD-1 (65 nm) virus particle tests. Data available upon request.
The PENTEK® Freshpoint™ Ultrafiltration System provides complete point-of-entry (POE)

filtration proven to reduce turbidity, particulates and cysts for safer, cleaner water at every tap.
The system employs hollow-fiber Ultrafiltration membrane technology to filter impurities as
small as 0.025 microns.
To maximize membrane capacity and service life, a metered flushing cycle is controlled using
an advanced controller and high-performance turbine meter. The self-cleaning forward and
back-flush cycles are initiated when the programmed capacity of the membrane is reached.
During the backwash, flow is reversed and particles are ejected from the pores of the
membrane and flushed to drain. In the forward- flush cycle, service water passes through the
capillaries at a high speed, scouring particles from the membrane surface and rinsing them from
the system. Since power is only required to flush the system, outages and interruptions will not
jeopardize the integrity of membrane or its ability to provide safer, cleaner water.
The advanced electronic controller provides a programmable day override which allows the
unit to flush every day with fresh water when the system is not in use. Critical system
diagnostics, including totalized flow, instantaneous flow rate, and previous days water usage, are
available to optimize flushing cycles and monitor performance.
The high-performance industrial fiberglass housing is pressure rated to 300 psi. Inside the
housing, the membrane is sealed with double radial o-rings, minimizing the potential for leak
paths. Quick-connect end caps allow the membrane to easily be removed for cleaning or
replacement.
The system can be applied to solve “known” water problems including high turbidity, suspended
solids, and certain microbiological contaminants. It can also serve as a flushable prefilter to
extend the life of media filters downstream.
Item # Model
33145 Freshpoint™ Ultrafiltration System (less controller)
33146 Freshpoint™ Ultrafiltration System (c/w controller)
MEMBRANE CONTROLLER
• Material ............................................Polyethersulfone, • Electrical Rating ...........................50/60 Hz
modified (PESM) • Forward Flush Cycle ..................1-99 minutes
• Pore Size ..........................................0.025 micron (nominal) • Metered Volume ...........................1-9999 gallons
0.065 micron (absolute) • Meter Accuracy ............................1-50 gpm +/- 5%
• Molecular Weight Cut Off .......100-150 kD
(MWCO) SYSTEM
• Active Membrane Surface.......51 sq. ft. • Inlet/Outlet .....................................3/4-inch NPT
• Service Flow Rate ......................6.23 gpm to 10 gpm
@ 15 psi drop (1,416 L/h to 2,271 L/h)
This product is not certified as microbiological purifier and should not be applied as stand-alone disinfection solution for microbiologically unsafe water.
153
NOTES
154
Miscellaneous
Filter
Systems
& Cartridges
155
Point-of-Use Filter Cartridges
A comprehensive line of cartridge filters that meet or exceed the requirements is offered for basic and premium
point-of-use water systems. Our filters improve taste, eliminate odor and reduce sediment, lead, cysts, chlorine
and volatile chemicals in potable water supplies.
Technology Ensures High Performance
Melt-blowing technology is regarded as the best method for sediment filter construction. This fabrication also
features a graded density, which uses the entire depth of the filter to capture sediment.This specialized technique
increases dirt-loading and extends the life of the filter. Other features include:
• Thermally bonded fibers will not migrate into water
• Filters available from 1 to 25 microns
• Broad chemical compatibility
Melt blown polypropylene cartridges offer a self-supporting, thermally fused filter media that requires no separate
center support tube. No adhesives, binding agents or anti-static agents are used.
Carbon Block Design for Quality and Convenience
Our carbon block filters offer a strong, uniform filter medium that prevents channeling, fluidizing and bypassing,
thus providing optimal performance.The performance capabilities of activated carbon block filters typically exceed
granular activated carbon (GAC) filters. In addition, our filters feature:
• Performance capabilities meets or exceed competition
• Wide range of chemical reduction capabilities
• Color coded end caps for easy model identification
There is also a full line of carbon filters with smaller diameters offered, allowing installation into slim-style
housings, while still maintaining the performance capabilities of full-sized filters.
GE carbon filters are manufactured from FDA accepted materials.
GE sediment filters conform to ANSI/NSF 42 for material safety.
MB Filter Line
Nominal Rated Filters for Sediment Removal
Premium line of melt-blown filters are designed for the most demanding applications and water conditions.
These filters feature increased dirt-loading capacity and a longer service life. Made in the USA.
Model Part Filter Size
Number Number Type Micron (in/cm)
MB-01-101 08-1013238 Sediment 1 2.5 x 9.875 / 6.35 x 25.08
MB-01-201 08-1013239 Sediment 1 2.5 x 20 / 6.35 x 50.8
MB-05-101 08-1013231 Sediment 5 2.5 x 9.875 / 6.35 x 25.08
MB-05-201 08-1013240 Sediment 5 2.5 x 20 / 6.35 x 50.8
MB-10-101 08-1013241 Sediment 10 2.5 x 9.875 / 6.35 x 25.08
MB-10-201 08-1013242 Sediment 10 2.5 x 20 / 6.35 x 50.8
MB-25-101 08-1013232 Sediment 25 2.5 x 9.875 / 6.35 x 25.08
MB-25-201 08-1013243 Sediment 25 2.5 x 20 / 6.35 x 50.8 COMPONENTS
1
ANSI/NSF 42 listed for material safety.
Absolute Rated Filters

These household cyst filters feature an absolute rating for removal of cysts at one micron.
End caps are embedded into the filter media to ensure seal integrity for absolute filtration.
P-MBC-01-101 08-1013230 Sediment/Cyst 1 2.5 x 9.875 / 6.35 x 25.08
P-MBC-10-201 08-1013237 Sediment/Cyst 1 2.5 x 20 / 6.35 x 50.8
1
ANSI/NSF 42 listed for material safety.
COMPONENTS
156
Point-Of-Use Filter Cartridges
MBB Series Sediment Filters
Complete line of large-diameter filters featuring dual-gradient density for maximum dirt-holding capacity. Our
MBB filters are built for extended service and provide greater value for the replacement market.
MBB55-25-10 08-3015155 Sediment 25 4.5 x 9.875 / 11.43 x 25.08
MBB56-25-20 08-3015156 Sediment 25 4.5 x 20 / 11.43 x 50.8
MBB57-05-10 08-3015157 Sediment 5 4.5 x 9.875 / 11.43 x 25.08
MBB58-05-20 08-3015158 Sediment 5 4.5 x 20 / 11.43 x 50.8
MBB59-01-10 08-3015159 Sediment 1 4.5 x 9.875 / 11.43 x 25.08
MBB60-01-20 08-3015160 Sediment 1 4.5 x 20 / 11.43 x 50.8
Basic:Taste and Odour

The WCTO-2898 filter serves as an economical option for basic taste and
odor reduction, while featuring the performance capabilities of carbon block.
This filter is designed to fit into standard-width housings.
Model Part Filter Micron End Cap Flow Rate Filter Size
Number Number Type Nom. Color GPM Capacity (in/cm)
WCTO-2898 08-1013273 Basic 5 White 1.0 1200 gal (4.54 m3) 2.8 x 9.81 / 7.11 x 24.91
Premium:Taste, Odor, Lead and VOC’s Removal

Premium carbon block filters are designed to fit into most standard and
slim 10-inch housings. Carbon block offers a strong, uniform filter
medium that prevents channeling, bypassing and fluidizing throughout
the service life. The carbon core is wrapped with a protective layer of
spun polypropylene that removes silt-sized particles and extends filter
life. Outer netting offers protection from abrasion during shipping and
handling. Color-coded end caps are securely bonded with a hot-melt
adhesive.The Series 2498 carbon filters pack superior performance into
a slim design that meets or exceeds the capabilities of a full-sized filter.
Model Part Filter Micron End Cap Flow Rate Filter Size
Number Number Type Nom. Color GPM Capacity (in/cm)
KSTO-2498 08-1013268 Standard 10 Black 1.0 2000 gal (7.57 m3) 2.4 x 9.81 /
Taste/Odor 6.09 x 24.91
PDTO-2498 08-1013269 Premium 1 Purple 1.0 5000 gal (18.92 m3) 2.4 x 9.81 /
BCTO-2498 08-1013270 Cyst, 1 Blue 1.0 5000 gal (18.92 m3) 2.4 x 9.81 /
YLLT-2498 08-1013271 Lead, Cyst, 0.5 Yellow 0.75 2000 gal (7.57 m3) 2.4 x 9.81 /
GLVC-2498 08-1013272 VOC’s, Lead, 0.5 Grey 0.50 1800 gal (6.81 m3) 2.4 x 9.81 /
Cyst,Taste/Odor 6.09 x 24.91
Chlorine reduction capacity achieved at 2 ppm challenge @ 0.75 gpm.
Lead reduction capacity achieved at 150 ppb challenge @ 0.75 gpm.
NOTE:The GLCV-2498 is configured as a twin pack and designed to operate as two filters in series.
157
Hot Water Side Stream Filter Systems
The hot water filtration system is especially
suited for side stream filtration of boiler
systems.Where solenoid valves are used and
frequent water hammer occurs, the Side
Stream Filter System is the answer.
Standard Features - Side Stream Filter
• Superior strength and durability with very
high operating pressure to 250 psi and
temperature rating to 200°F
• Accepts a complete range of 9-3/4”
cartridges for application flexibility
(See page 129 for available cartridges)
• Assures positive cartridge sealing and
easy cartridge change
• Sumps available in larger sizes to accept
higher flow rates up to 20 gpm
• Available as single housing or as filter SSF-ST1
(main)
assembly
Features of Assembled SSF-ST1
• 3/4” nickel plated brass ball valves for fast cartridge changes
• Flow indicator easily displays flow path and flow rate (4 - 8 gpm) and is constructed of 304 stainless steel
• Brushed 304 stainless steel sump with a brass/nickel plated head
• All units offer a choice of either pipe plug or pet cock in the bottom for draining the sump
Maximum Maximum Maximum # of Flow

Inlet/Outlet Dimensions Approx. Flow Water Water Cartridges Indication
Item Model Size Height Length Depth Weight Rate Temp. Pressure Required Range
15601705 SSF-ST1 3/4” FNPT 14” 13-3/8” 9” 11 lbs. 10 gpm 200°F 250 psi 1 4 - 8 gpm
NOTE: The manufacturer reserves the right to make product improvements which may deviate from the specifications and descriptions stated herein, without obligation to
change previously manufactured products or to note the change.
158
Side Stream Filter Systems - Hot Water Cartridges
Tin Core String Wound Cartridges 304SS Core String Wound Cartridges
Specifications Specifications
• Tin core and string wound natural cotton media is • 304 stainless steel core and string wound natural
suitable for general purpose high temperature cotton media is suitable for slightly aggressive high
filter applications with water, oils, solvents, paints temperature filter applications with water, oils,
and other non-FDA (non-potable) applications. solvents, paints, moderately corrosive fluids and
• Maximum Cartridge Temperature - 300°F (149°C) other non-FDA (non-potable) applications.
• 2.5” O.D. Core x 10” Length (suitable for #10 and • Maximum Cartridge Temperature - 300°F (149°C)
ST-1 Housings) • 2.5 O.D. Core x 10” Length (suitable for #10 and
• Available in 5, 10, 25, 50 micron ratings ST-1 Housings)
• Available in 5, 10, 25, 50 micron ratings
26141 ........ 5 micron, 10”,Tin Core Natural Cotton 26137 ................5 micron, 10” 304SS, Natural Cotton
26134 ........10 micron, 10”,Tin Core Natural Cotton 26138 ..............10 micron, 10” 304SS, Natural Cotton
Features
• The string wound winding pattern produces a greater solids-holding capacity and true depth filtration. Each
10” length cartridge provides 3.5 square feet of surface area and approximately 1/2 to 1 lb of solids retention
before replacement. (NOTE: Actual amount of retention depends on type of solids and heat pressure.)
• Ideal for heating loop filtration applications using Side Stream Filter System Model SSF-ST1 (Item
#15601705).
159
Absolute Rated POLY-PLEAT™ Cartridges
• One micron absolute rated cartridges for Cryptosporidium &
Giardia Cyst removal.
Absolute rated POLY-PLEAT™ cartridges meet or exceed the
three-log (99.9%) removal requirements described in National
Sanitation Foundation Standard 53 for cyst sized particles. POLY-
PLEAT™ cartridges are recommended to control
Cryptosporidium, Giardia Cysts and other harmful micro-
organisms to help ensure cyst-free drinking water.
Features
• Absolute rated one micron filter media removes cyst sized
particles for safe, cyst-free drinking water.
• Pleated polypropylene filter media provides more surface
area for longer filter life and increased particle removal.
• FDA listed materials for use in potable water and liquid food
applications. Standard Big Blue
• End caps, center tubes and media are thermally bonded as (2-3/4 O.D.) (10” & 20”)
one integral component for added strength and to provide
superior end sealing.
• Full product line for standard and Big Blue filter housings.
• Economical cartridges from the value leader in the industry.
• Substantially removes Cryptosporidium, Giardia Cysts,
harmful organisms, sediment, silt, turbidity and more.
Item Product Micron No./

No. Code Rating Type Length x O.D. Case
26099 PP-S-1 1 absolute Standard 9-3/4” 2-3/4” 24
COMPONENT
26106 PP-BB-10-1 1 absolute Big Blue 9-3/4” 4-1/2” 8
Certified to
26107 PP-BB-20-1 1 absolute Big Blue 20” 4-1/2” 4 ANSI-NSF 61
160
In-Line Carbon Filters
Disposable - Easily installed and removed in simple in-line

systems.
Versatile - Designed for a wide variety of point-of-use applica-
tions including reverse osmosis (RO), distillation units, ice cube
makers, water coolers, beverage dispensers, recreation vehicles,
motor homes, campers and boats.
Efficient - These granular activated carbon filters remove
chlorine and objectionable tastes and odors from potable water
supplies.They will also remove rust, sand, silt and other sediment
particles. Design and construction insure maximum contact time
and discourage channeling.
Reliable - Quality materials and construction resist damage
from rust, corrosion and vibration. Maximum operating pressure
125 psi (8.4 bar); temperature 110°F (43°C).
Order # Size Unit/Carton Weight

S7206W 2” x 6” 24 10
S7206B 2” x 6” 24 10
S7210W 2” x 10” 24 21
S7210B 2” x 10” 24 21
Specifications:
Inlet/Outlet: 1/4” NPT of 1/8” NPT
Granular Activated Carbon: 6” - 10.5 cu.in.
10” - 20 cu.in.
*Specifications and dimensions subject to change without notice. For use
with potable drinking water. Cartridges do not remove or kill bacteria.
Available in white or blue.
161
Combo Style Screen Filters
• Clear cover allows quick view of collected sediment
• Molded PVC filter body allows glue together installation similar to standard
PVC pipe fittings
• Most models have 1/2” MNPT cover drain outlet for quick one step purge
cleaning
• Polyester or stainless steel screen mesh is easily cleaned and reusable
eliminating expensive element replacement
• Molded from UV stabilized weather resistant materials for long service life
• Maximum operating pressure 150 psi at 74°F (23°C)
• High flow rates 1 to 100 Gallons per minute
• All models now available for use with reclaimed water. Bodies and all materials
are chemical resistant
• Versatile 90 degree “L” or 180 degree in-line “T” installation
• Increased effective screen area
Case quantity - 10 filters per case. All filters are individually boxed to prevent
loss or damage.
Specifications
Model Min/Max* Inlet/Outlet Length Width
# Flow P L W
CF 150 10-50 gpm 1-1/2” SLIP 16-5/8” 5-1/4”
CF200 18-100 gpm 2” SLIP 18-7/8” 5-1/2”
*Minimum flow needed for “Spin-out” action.
Reducer bushings are available for Custom Inlet/Outlet Connection.
Pressure loss information is based on clean

water. Sediment and mesh variation will effect
actual losses.
162
Shower Filters
• 10,000 Gallon Capacity Filter • Easy to clean

• 5-function massage head • Easy installation - No tools required!
• Convenient handheld design • Easy to install replacement cartridges
• Reduces over 98% Chlorine • Available in Chrome Color
• Reduces Hydrogen Sulfide • Come with filter cartridge installed
• Eliminates Odor • Tested and Certified by NSF International to
• No calcium or soap scum build-up on shower glass NSF/ANSI Standard 177 for the reduction of free
doors or tile available Chlorine. (Note: Use only with microbiological-
• Restores natural softness to skin, scalp and hair by ly safe water)
removing harsh, drying chemicals from the water
07-92701
Hand Held Shower Filter
• 5-function massage head
• Convenient hand-held design
• Available in Chrome
• Cartridge included
Item numbers 92701 and 92702

have been Tested and Certified by
NSF International to NSF/ANSI
Standard 177 for the reduction of
free available Chlorine.
07-92702
Wall Mount Shower Filter
• 5-function massage head
• Convenient compact design
• Patented media and system
• Cartridge included
07-92703
Shower Filter Replacement
Cartridge
• For use on hand held or wall
mount shower filters
163
NOTES
164
Testing
Equipment
& Reagents
165
Test Kits
Part # Description
09-1456-02 HA95A:Total Hardness and Iron Test Kit
09-1837-01 HA62A:Total Hardness, Iron and pH Test Kit
09-1453-00 5-B:Total Hardness, 1 to 30 gpg
09-25378-00 HS-C: Hydrogen Sulfide Test Kit, 0 to 5 mg/L
09-1467-00 MN-5: Manganese Test Kit, 0 to 3 mg/L
09-1468-03 NI-11: Nitrate Test Kit, 0 to 50 mg/L
09-1937-01 TA-3:Tannin/Lignin Test Kit, 0 to 15 and
0 to 150 mg/L
09-2254-01 CN-65: Chlorine,Total, 0.2 to 4 & 1 to 20 mg/L
09-2231-01 CN-70: Chlorine, Free and Total, 0 to 0.7 &
0 to 3.5
09-20603-00 Chlorine, Free, Low Range Cube, 0 to 2.5 mg/L Step-By-Step Instructions
You don’t have to be a trained chemist to get profes-
09-20604-00 Chlorine,Total, Low Range Cube, 0 to 2.5 mg/L sional results with Hach’s proven methods. Kits are
09-1470-06 17F: pH Test Kit, Mid Range, 5.5 to 8.5 supplies with detailed instructions to guide you step by
step through each procedure and provide analytical
09-1484-05 AD-16E:Water Conditioning Deluxe Demo Kit results.
(Softener Demo, Hardness, Soap Consumption, Iron,
Nitrate,TDS and pH)
09-49016 Key Dealer Test Kit - Hardness, Iron, Manganese, pH,
TDS and Hydrogen Sulfide
Meters
Part # Description
09-532TI Myron L Model 532T1 - Analog TDS Meter, Range 0 to
5000 ppm
09-4440000 Pocket Pal Digital TDS Meter, Range 10 to
1990 ppm
09-4435000 Pocket Pal Digital pH Meter, Range 0 to 14
Replacement reagent for all listed kits are available.
Note: Other test kits also available from Hach® upon special order.
166
Testing Meters
Waterproof pH Pen TDS-3 Handheld Meter

Item Number: 09- 66761 Item Number: 09-66760
Ideal for all pH testing, water purification The TDS-3 Handheld Meter is very
applications, wastewater regulation, affordable and comes with a carrying case.
aquaculture, hydroponics, colloidal silver, It easily fits in your pocket. This meter is
labs & scientific testing, pools & spas, ideal for all water purification applications
ecology testing, boilers & cooling towers, for both consumer and commercial use.
water treatment, wine, coffee, agriculture
and more. Features:
• Ideal for commercial use. Includes a
Features: carrying case with belt clip.
• Measures pH and Temperature • Highly efficient and accurate due to its
• Auto-ranging three point calibration with advanced microprocessor technology.
digital fine tuning • Hold Function: saves measurements for
• Includes 4 pH buffer solution in a convenient reading and recording.
sponge embedded in a clear cap • Auto-off function: the meter shuts off
• Waterproof housing (IP-67 rating) automatically after 10 minutes of non-
• Simultaneous temperature display use to conserve batteries.
• Measurement Range: 0-14 pH • Measurement Range: 0-9990 ppm. From
• Digital automatic calibration (one point), 0-999 ppm, the resolution is in
with digital fine tuning increments of 1ppm. From 1000 to 9990
• Auto-off function, data-hold function and ppm, the resolution is in increments of
low-battery indicator 10ppm, indicated by a blinking ‘x10’
• Display: large and easy-to-read LCD image.
screen includes simultaneous • Built-in digital thermometer
temperature reading • Display: large and easy-to-read LCD screen.
• Factory Calibrated:The PH-200 meter is three-point • Factory Calibrated: the meters are calibrated with a 342
factory calibrated to 4, 7, and 10 pH.The meter can be ppm NaCl solution. Meters can be recalibrated with a
recalibrated with digital calibration using the push mini-screwdriver.
buttons, rather than a screwdriver. • Very Affordable
• Includes a cap, batteries, lanyard, and pH 7.0 buffer • Warranty: 3 Years
• Warranty: 1 Year
Specifications
Specifications TDS Range: 0 - 9990 ppm (mg/L)
pH Range: 0 - 14 Temp. Range: 0 - 80°C
Temperature Range: 0-80 °C; 32-176 °F Resolution: 1 ppm, 1°C
Resolution: 0.01 pH;Temperature resolution is 0.1°C/F Accuracy: +/- 2%
Accuracy: +/- 0.02 pH Conversion Factor: NaCl (avg. 0.5)
Calibration: Digital automatic calibration (one point) with ATC: Built-in sensor for Automatic Temperature
digital fine tuning Compensation of 1 to 50°C (33 to 122°F)
Electrode: Replaceable glass sensor and reference tube Power source: 2 x 1.5V button cell batteries (included)
electrodes Battery life: 1000 hours of usage
Housing: IP-67 Waterproof (submersible; floats) Dimensions: 15.5 x 3.1 x 2.3cm (6.1 x 1.25 x 1 inches)
Power source: 3 x 1.5V button cell batteries (included) Weight with case: 76.5g (2.7 oz)
Dimensions: 18.5 x 3.4 x 3.4 cm (7.3 x 1.3 x 1.3 inches) Weight without case: 56.7g (2 oz)
Weight: 96.4 g (3.4 oz)
Manufactured by:
HM Digital, Inc., Culver City, CA
167
NOTES
168
Chemical
Feed
Pumps
169
Stenner Peristaltic Chemical Feed Pumps
Patented Mechanical Control
Stenner’s unique control mechanism allows
the pump’s output to be scaled from 5% to
100% with the simple turn of a dial. This
eliminates the need for troublesome
electronic timers.
High Pressure Handling

Stenner manufactures the only high pressure
peristaltic metering pump that can operate
reliably and consistently against pressure of SVP Series (left) & Classic Series (above)
up to 100 PSI.
Safe and Versatile

Chemicals are metered without exposure to
air or to moving mechanical parts. Undiluted
muriatic acid and chlorine can be pumped
without harm to the system. Since no
hydraulic fluids are used, there is no possible Features
leakage to the chemicals being metered. • Precision pumping of fluids up to 170 gallons per day
• Completely self-priming, can operate dry
Peristaltic Advantage • Will not clog from dirt and minor debris
Peristalsis occurs when the rotation of the • Will not lose prime from air bubbles or hydrogen
rollers around the inside diameter of the tube peroxide gassing
housing compresses and dilates the pumping • Can pump against pressure of up to 100 PSI (maximum
tube. This eliminates diaphragms or foot GPD 34)
valves while allowing the system to be • Check valves not required under 25 PSI
completely self-priming. Hydrogen Peroxide • Accurate within 2% of listed outputs
can be pumped without concern about vapor • Safer to use: chemicals are not exposed to air or to
lock. moving parts
• Five interchangeable tube sizes for control of feeder
Practical Modular Design output
All major feeder components are secured by • Tube lubrication is not required
stainless steel locking rivets for quick • Vertical or horizontal mount
disassembly without tools. This also makes
adding capacity a snap. Applications
• Biocide • Pools & Spas
Easy Tube Maintenance • Sewage Treatment • Cooling Towers
Pumping tubes are easily replaced. Just set the • Boiler Treatment • Irrigation
tube in place and let it thread itself into • Food Service • Metal Plating
position. Down time and maintenance costs • Private & Municipal Water Systems
are kept to a minimum through periodic tube • Poultry Farming & Processing
replacement.
170
Stenner SVP Series Specifications:
Discharge pressure........................................................0-100 psi; 0-6.9 bar
Output ranges ...........................0.3-85 gallons/day; 0.95-321.7 litres/day
Turndown ratio .....................................................................(variable speed)
20:1, approx. 5% to 100% in 1% increments
Voltages available ....................................120v 50/60 Hz; 220v 50/60 Hz;
230v 50 Hz
Motor RPM ...................................................................................................45
(SVP4 Model Shown) Amp draw .................................................................................1.5 maximum
Stenner SVP Series Horsepower.............................................................................1/30 fractional

Variable Speed Metering Pump Connections......................................................................1/4”, 3/8” or 6mm
• Polycarbonate corrosion resistant housing Suction/Discharge tubing
• 40 GPD at 100 psi; 85 GPD at 25 psi Shipping Weight......................................................................7 lbs. (3.17 kg)
• 120v 50/60Hz; 220v 50/60Hz; 230v 50Hz Viscosity.........................................................................Maximum 1500 cps;
• Heavy Duty DC motor over 1500 cps consult factory
• Optional 4-20mA input Operating Temperature ..............................Max. 125 degrees Fahrenheit/
• 24/7 Duty Cycle 51.6 degrees Celsius
• Self-priming up to 25 feet 4-20 mA Input Option...........................................4mA=0%; 20mA=100%
• Easy to install/service (non-scalable)
• Low maintenance cost
• Interchangeable with Classic Series Stenner Stenner SVP Series Materials of Construction:
pump head and pump tubes All Housings*................................................Lexan® Polycarbonate Plastic
Peristaltic Tube** ...........................................Santoprene® FDA Approved
Digital Keypad Check Valve Duckbill
• Manual control adjustable from 5 - 100% Suction Discharge Tubing...............................................LDPE Polyethylene
(20:1 turndown ratio) Ferrules (1/4” & 6mm) NSF/FDA Approved
• 4 character LED display Tube Fittings ................................................Type 1 Rigid PVC-NSF Listed
• 4 button keypad - Up, Connecting Nuts • Check Valve Fittings • Ceramic Weight Clip
Down, On/Off, Prime
Suction Weight ...................................................................................Ceramic
All Fasteners.............................................................................Stainless Steel
*Lexan® is a registered trademark of General Electric. Consult General Electric for chemical
resistance of Lexan®.
**Santoprene® is a registered trademark of Advanced Elastomer System. Refer to chemical
resistance chart in Stenner catalog for material compatibility.
Materials for all wetted parts have been tested and approved for potable water applications
1 year guarantee from date of manufacture.
SVP1 Variable Speed 120VAC/60Hz 100 psi/6.9 bar SVP4 Variable Speed 4-20Ma 120VAC/60Hz 100 psi/6.9 bar
Item # Model # Pump Max Output Item # Model # Pump Max Output
Tube GPD LPD Tube GPD LPD
Special Order SVP1H1A1SZAA #1 5.0 / 18.9 Special Order SVP4H1A1SZAA #1 5.0 / 18.9
Non-stock SVP1H2A1SZAA #2 17.0 / 64.3 Non-stock SVP4H2A1SZAA #2 17.0 / 64.3
Item SVP1H7A1SZAA #7 40.0 / 151.4 Item SVP4H7A1SZAA #7 40.0 / 151.4
with 1/4” white suction/discharge. with 1/4” white suction/discharge.
171
Stenner Classic Series
Series 45 & 85 Single Head
Adjustable Rate
Stenner feeders are self-priming and the 3-point roller
assembly provides a positive 2-point seal on the tube
at all times.This eliminates the need for anti-siphoning
valves and diaphragms. The patented mechanical feed
rate control (adjustable models) allows the pump’s
output to be scaled from 5% to 100% with the simple
turn of the dial. Consult output chart for specific
settings.
Single head adjustable rate
Series 45 & 85 Features:
• Self-priming, won’t lose prime
Discharge pressure........................................0-100 psi; 0-6.9 bar
Output ranges..................................................0.2-85 gallons/day; • Interchangeable pump tubes and subassemblies
0.6-257.4 litres/day • Pump tube lubrication not required
Turndown ratio...............................................(adjustable models) • Patented mechanical control adjustable from 5%
20:1, 5% to 100% in 2.5% increments to 100%
Voltages available ................................120v 60 Hz; 220v 60 Hz; • Easy pump tube maintenance
230v 50 Hz; 250v 50 Hz (special order)
• Quick serviceability
Motor RPM...............................................................26 (45 series)
44 (85 series) • Will not clog from dirt or minor debris
Amp draw..................................1.70 120v; .09 220v, 230v, 250v • Can pump against pressure of up to 100 PSI
Horsepower.............................................................1/30 fractional (maximum GPD 40) up to 6.9 bar (maximum LPD
121.1)
Connections......................................................1/4”, 3/8” or 6mm
Suction/Discharge tubing • Check valves not required under 25 PSI (1.72 bar)
Shipping Weight.....................................................8 lbs. (3.63 kg)- • Reproducible within 2% of settings
single head adjustable • Precision pumping can run dry without damage
Viscosity .........................................................Maximum 1500 cps;
• Vertical or horizontal mount
over 1500 cps consult factory
Operating Temperature......................................Max. 125°F/51.6°C • Simple to install and operate
• 0.2 - 40 GPD at 100 psi
• 1 year guarantee from date of manufacture
172
Stenner Classic Series Materials of Construction:
All Housings*................................................Lexan® Polycarbonate Plastic
Peristaltic Tube**..........................................Santoprene® TPR-NSF Listed
Check Valve Duckbill
Suction Discharge Tubing...............................................LDPE Polyethylene
Ferrules (1/4” & 6mm) NSF Listed
Tube Fittings ................................................Type 1 Rigid PVC-NSF Listed
Connecting Nuts • Check Valve Fittings • Ceramic Weight Clip
Suction Weight ...................................................................................Ceramic
All Fasteners.............................................................................Stainless Steel
*Lexan® is a registered trademark of General Electric. Consult General Electric for chemical
resistance of Lexan®.
**Santoprene® is a registered trademark of Advanced Elastomer System. Refer to chemical
resistance chart in Stenner catalog for material compatibility.
Materials for all wetted parts have been tested and approved for potable water applications
Series 45 MHP - Adjustable High Pressure: 0 to 100 PSI (6.9 bar) Maximum Discharge Pressure
Availability Model Tube Feed Rate Setting: Outputs per day in US Gallons @ 60Hz
220v L 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
10-11873 45MHP2 #1 0.2 0.3 0.6 0.9 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.1 2.4 2.7 3.0
10-11876 45MHP10 #2 0.5 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0
SO* 45MHP22 #7 1.1 2.2 4.4 6.6 8.8 11.0 13.2 15.4 17.6 19.8 22.0
NOTE: Series 85MHP also available by Special Order.
173
Series C Electronic Metering Pumps
Key Features Leak-free, seatless, liquid end - diaphragms are of superior
• Automatic Control by external pacing with prime switch construction - teflon-faced, bonded to a composite of Hypalon
(optional). and fabric layers and reinforced with a metal insert for
• Manual Control by on-line adjustable stroke length (fixed optimum flexibility and durability.
stroke rate).
System Compatibility
• Liquid Low Level Option available to prevent loss of indoor
A wide variety of chemicals can be pumped - liquid end
applications.
materials include glass-filled polypropylene (GFPPL), PVC,
• Agency Approved for demanding OUTDOOR and indoor
styrene- acrylonitrile (SAN), Polyvinylidene Fluoride (PVDF),
applications.
Teflon, Hypalon,Viton, ceramic, alloys and 316SS.
• Highly Reliable timing circuit.
• Water Resistant excellent for OUTDOOR and indoor Immediate installation and start-up - included as
applications. standard accessories with most models are an injection/back
• Internally Dampened To Reduce Noise, very acceptable pressure valve assembly and a foot valve/strainer assembly,
for household installations. including discharge and suction tubing.
• Guided Ball Check Valve Systems, to reduce back flow and
Safe and easy priming and valve
enhance outstanding priming characteristics.
maintenance - included as a standard
• Premium Standard Wetted Component Materials.
accessory is a bleed valve assembly, including
• Few Moving Parts and Wall Mountable.
return tubing (available only on those models
• Safe & Easy Priming with durable leak-free bleed valve
with tubing connections).
assembly (standard).
Quick and economical liquid end
Complete Economical Selection
maintenance - available for
Four distinct models are available, having pressure capabilities
every model is a
to 80 PSIG, and flow capacities to 30 GPD, with a turndown
unique KOPkit®, a
ratio of 10:1. Metering performance is reproducible to within
convenient, economi-
+/- 3% of maximum capacity.
cally priced package
Operating Benefits containing new
Reliable metering performance - guided check valves, cartridge check valves
with state-of-the-art seat and ball designs, provide precise and other important
seating and excellent priming and suction lift characteristics. spare parts.
Timing circuit is highly reliable and, virtually unaffected by
temperature, EMI and other electrical disturbances. 1 year guarantee
from date
Rated ‘hot’ for continuous duty - Series C pumps of manufacture.
continue to meet their specifications for pressure and capacity
even during extended use because the high quality solenoid
and special enclosure that effectively dissipates heat.
High viscosity capability - a straight flow path and ample
clearance between the diaphragm and the head enable
standard PULSAtron pumps to handle viscous chemicals up to
a viscosity of 1000 CPS.
KOPkit®
Item #32881 - Type K3VTC1 (fits stocked 12 GPD C-Series Pumps)
Pulsafeeder has built a reputation for superior reliability by supplying carefully designed, high
quality equipment, however, it requires a minimal amount of maintenance. KOPkits are designed
to guard against unnecessary downtime and assure you the highest level of efficient and unin-
terrupted service from our PULSAtron pumps. KOPkits contain recommended spare parts for
those parts that usually require preventive maintenance. KOPkits immediately available in all
wetted materials at very affordable prices.
Note: Other size and material KOPkits available by special order.
174
Series C Specifications
Pressure and Flow Rate Capacity
Pressure, Capacity
Max PSIG/Bar Nominal
GPD 6 12* 24 30
GPH 0.25 0.50 1.0 1.25
LPH 0.9 1.9 3.8 4.7
80/5.6 LC02 LC03 LC04 LC54
*Stocked Item. See materials for pump construction.
Series C - Four model selections. Digit 1 and 2 (LC) signify product class, digit 3 and 4 signify pressure/flow.
For full model selection information, please contact our Order Desk.
Liquid End Materials

Series Pump Diaphragm Check Valves Fittings Bleed Valve Injection Valve Assembly Tubing
Head Seats/O-rings Balls Foot Valve Assembly
C GFPPL Teflon-faced Teflon Ceramic, GFPPL Same as fitting Same as fitting and Clear PVC
PVC Hypalon-backed Hypalon Teflon, PVC and check check valve selected White PE
SAN Viton 316SS PVDF valve selected,
PVDF Alloy C except 316SS
316SS
Important: Material Code - GFPPL = Glass-filled Polypropylene, PVC = Polyvinyl Chloride, SAN = Styrene Acrylonitrile, PE = Polyethylene, PVDF = Poly-
vinylidene Fluoride. Teflon, Hypalon and Viton are registered trademarks of E.I. DuPont Company. PVC wetted and recommended for sodium hypochlorite.
*Item # 01886 - Pump Model LCO3SAVTC-1

Electrical ....................................115 VAC / 60 Hz
Output ........................................12 GPD at 80 PSI
Materials ....................................PVC pump head, fittings and valves, ceramic ball checks, teflon seals, PE tubing
*Item # 01887 - Pump Model LCO3SBVTC-1

Output ........................................12 GPD at 80 PSI
Other Series C Pumps sizes and materials selections available through special order
Dimensions
Series C Dimensions - Inches
Note: inches x 2.54=cm *LEH8 designed w/o bleed valve
Model A B C D E Shipping
No. Weight (Lbs.)
LC02 5.0 9.6 9.5 6.5 8.2 10
LC03 5.0 9.9 9.5 6.5 8.5 10
LC04 5.0 9.9 9.5 6.5 8.5 10
LC54 5.0 9.9 9.5 6.5 8.5 10
175
Series E Electronic Metering Pumps
Key Features Leak-free, seatless, liquid end - diaphragms are of superior

• Manual Control by on-line adjustable stroke rate and construction - Teflon-faced, bonded to a composite of Hypalon
stroke length. and fabric layers and reinforced with a metal insert for
• Agency Approved for demanding OUTDOOR and indoor optimum flexibility and durability.
applications.
System Compatibility
• Water Resistant excellent for OUTDOOR and indoor
materials include glass-filled polypropylene, (GFPPL), PVC,
applications.
styrene, acrylonitrile (SAN), Polyvinylidene Fluoride (PVDF),
• Internally Dampened To Reduce Noise, very acceptable
Teflon, Hypalon,Viton, ceramic, alloys and 316SS.
for household installations.
• Guided Ball Check Valve Systems, to reduce back flow and Immediate installation and start-up - included as
enhance outstanding priming characteristics. standard accessories with all models are an injection/back
• Premium Standard Wetted Component Materials. pressure valve assembly and a foot valve/strainer assembly*,
• Few Moving Parts and Wall Mountable. including discharge and suction tubing (*not available with high
• Safe & Easy Priming with durable leak-free bleed valve viscosity connections for >3000 CPS).
assembly (standard).
Safe and easy priming and valve
Complete Economical Selection maintenance - included as a standard
Nineteen distinct models are available, having pressure capabil- accessory is a bleed valve assembly, including
ities to 300 PSIG @ 3 GPD, and flow capacities to 500 GPD return tubing (available only on those models
@ 20 PSIG, with a turndown ratio of 100:1. Metering with tubing connections and <240 GPD).
performance is reproducible to within +/- 3% of maximum
Quick and economical
capacity.
liquid end
Operating Benefits maintenance -
Reliable metering performance - guided check valves with available for every
state-of-the-art seat and ball designs, provide precise seating model is a unique
and excellent priming and suction lift characteristics.Timing KOPkit®, a convenient,
circuit is highly reliable and, virtually unaffected by economically priced,
temperature, EMI and other electrical disturbances. package containing
new cartridge check
Rated ‘hot’ for continuous duty - Series E pumps continue valves and other
to meet their specifications for pressure and capacity even important spare parts.
during extended use because our high quality solenoid is
separately encapsulated in a fin-cooled, thermo-conductive 1 year guarantee
enclosure that effectively dissipates heat. from date
High viscosity capability - a straight flow path and ample of manufacture.
clearance between the diaphragm and the head enable
standard PULSAtron pumps to handle viscous chemicals up to
a viscosity of 1000 CPS. For higher viscosity applications,
larger, spring-loaded connections are available.
KOPkit®
Item #32880 - Type K4VTC1 (fits stocked 24 GPD E-Series Pumps)
176
Series E Specifications
Capacity
Nominal
GPD 3 5 6 11 12 14 20 21 24* 40 42 44 60 75 94 120 190 240 500
GPH 0.13 0.20 0.25 0.45 0.50 0.58 0.83 0.87 1.0 1.66 1.75 1.83 2.5 3.17 3.91 5.0 8.0 10.0 20.0
LPH 0.49 0.79 0.95 1.73 1.89 2.20 3.15 3.31 3.78 6.31 6.62 6.94 9.5 11.83 14.82 18.93 29.96 37.85 78.85
300/21 LEK2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
250/17 - LE12 - LE33 - - LEF4 - - LEH4 - - - - - - - - -
Max PSIG/Bar
Pressure,
150/10 - - LE02 - LE13 - - LE34 - - LEG4 - LEK5 LEH5 - - - - -

100/7 - - - - LE03 LEK5 - - LE14 - - LE44 - - LEG5 LEH6 - - -
50/3.3 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - LEK7 - -
35/2.4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - LEH7 -
20/1.3 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - LEH8
Series E - 19 model selections. Digit 1 and 2 (LE) signify product class, digit 3 and 4 signify pressure/flow.

E GFPPL Teflon-faced Teflon Ceramic, GFPPL Same as fitting Same as fitting and Clear PVC
316SS
*Item # 01884 - Pump Model LE14SAVTC-1

Electrical......................................115 VAC / 60 Hz
Output ........................................24 GPD at 100 PSI
*Item # 01885 - Pump Model LE14SBVTC-1

Output ........................................24 GPD at 100 PSI
Dimensions
Series E Dimensions - Inches Other Series E Pumps sizes and materials
Note: inches x 2.54=cm *LEH8 designed w/o bleed valve selections available through special order
Model A B B1 C C1 D E Shipping
No. (LE) Weight (Lbs.)
02 5.0 9.6 - 9.5 - 6.4 8.2 7
03 5.0 9.8 - 9.5 - 6.4 8.4 7
12 5.0 9.6 - 9.5 - 6.4 8.2 7
13 5.0 9.8 - 9.5 - 6.4 8.4 7
14 5.0 9.8 - 9.5 - 6.4 8.4 7
33/34/44 5.4 10.6 - 11.2 - 7.5 9.2 12
F4/G4 5.4 10.6 - 11.7 - 7.5 9.2 15
G5 5.4 10.9 - 11.7 - 7.5 9.2 15
H4 6.2 10.9 - 11.2 - 8.2 9.5 18
H5/H6 6.2 11.3 - 11.2 - 8.2 9.9 18
H7 6.2 11.7 - 11.2 - 8.2 10.3 18
H8* 6.2 - 10.9 - 10.6 8.2 - 23
K2 5.4 10.3 8.8 10.9 9.9 7.4 8.9 10
K3 5.4 10.6 - 10.7 - 7.5 9.2 10
K5 5.4 10.9 - 11.7 - 7.5 9.5 15
K7 6.1 11.7 - 11.2 - 8.2 10.3 18
177
Series E PLUS Electronic Metering Pumps
Key Features Leak-free, seatless, liquid end. - Our diaphragms are of

• Automatic Control, available with 4-20 mADC direct or superior construction - Teflon-faced, bonded to a composite of
external pacing, with stop function. Hypalon and fabric layers, and reinforced with a metal insert for
• Manual Control by on-line adjustable stroke rate and stroke optimum flexibility and durability.
length. System Compatibility
• Agency Approved for demanding OUTDOOR and indoor
applications
materials include glass-filled polypropylene (GFPPL), PVC, styrene-
• Auto-Off-Manual switch.
acrylonitrile (SAN), Polyvinylidene Fluoride (PVDF),Teflon,
Hypalon,Viton, ceramic, alloys and 316SS.
• Circuit Protection against voltage and current upsets.
• Panel Mounted Fuse. Immediate installation and start-up - included as standard
• Solenoid Protection by thermal overload with auto-reset. accessories with all models are an injection/back pressure valve
• Water Resistant, for outdoor and indoor applications. assembly and a foot valve/strainer assembly*, including discharge
• Indicator lights, panel mounted. and suction tubing and tube straightener (*not available with high
• Guided Ball Check Valve Systems, to reduce back flow and viscosity connections for >3000 CPS).
enhance outstanding priming characteristics..
• Safe & Easy Priming with durable leak-free bleed valve Safe and easy priming and valve
assembly (standard). maintenance - included as a standard
accessory is a bleed valve assembly, including
Complete Economical Selection return tubing (available only on those models
Nineteen distinct models are available, having pressure capabilities with tubing connections and 240 GPD).
to 300 PSIG @ 3 GPD, and flow capacities to 504 GPD @ 20
PSIG, with a turndown ratio of 100:1. Metering performance is Quick and economical liquid end
reproducible to within +/- 2% of maximum capacity. maintenance - available for
every model is a unique
Operating Benefits KOPkit®, a convenient,
Reliable metering performance - Our guided check valves, economically priced
with their state-of-the-art seat and ball designs, provide precise package containing new
seating, and excellent priming and suction lift characteristics. Our cartridge check valves
timing circuit is highly reliable and, by design, virtually unaffected and other important
by temperature, EMI and other electrical disturbances. spare parts.
Rated ‘hot’ for continuous duty - Series E PLUS pumps
continue to meet their specifications for pressure and capacity 1 year guarantee
even during extended use.That’s because our high quality solenoid from date
is separately encapsulated in a fin-cooled, thermo-conductive, of manufacture.
enclosure that effectively dissipates heat.
High viscosity capability - a straight flow path and ample
clearance between the diaphragm and the head enable standard
PULSAtron pumps to handle viscous chemicals up to a viscosity
of 3000 CPS. For higher viscosity applications, larger, spring-loaded
connections are available.
KOPkit®
Item #32880 - Type K4VTC1 (fits stocked 6, 12 and 24 GPD E-Series Pumps)
Item #32883 - Type K2VTC1 (fits stocked 44 and 94 GPD E-Series Pumps)
178
Series E PLUS Specifications
Capacity
Nominal
GPD 3 5 6* 11 12* 14 20 21 24* 40 42 44* 60 75 94* 120 190 240 500
GPH 0.13 0.20 0.25 0.45 0.50 0.58 0.83 0.87 1.0 1.66 1.75 1.83 2.5 3.17 3.91 5.0 8.0 10.0 20.0
LPH 0.49 0.79 0.95 1.73 1.89 2.20 3.15 3.31 3.78 6.31 6.62 6.94 9.5 11.83 14.82 18.93 29.96 37.85 78.85
300/21 LEK2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
250/17 - LE12 - LE33 - - LEF4 - - LEH4 - - - - - - - - -
Max PSIG/Bar
Pressure,
150/10 - - LE02 - LE13 - - LE34 - - LEG4 - LEK5 LEH5 - - - - -

100/7 - - - - LE03 LEK5 - - LE14 - - LE44 - - LEG5 LEH6 - - -
50/3.3 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - LEK7 - -
35/2.4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - LEH7 -
20/1.3 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - LEH8
Series E PLUS - 19 model selections. Digit 1 and 2 (LE) signify product class, digit 3 and 4 signify pressure/flow.

E GFPPL Teflon-faced Teflon Ceramic, GFPPL Same as fitting Same as fitting and Clear PVC
316SS
Dimensions
Series E PLUS Dimensions - Inches
Note: inches x 2.54=cm *LEH8 designed w/o bleed valve Other Series E PLUS Pumps sizes and materials
Model A B B1 C C1 D E Shipping selections available through special order
No. Weight (Lbs.)
LPA2 5.0 9.6 - 9.5 - 6.4 8.2 13
LPA3 5.0 9.8 - 9.5 - 6.4 8.4 13
LPB2 5.0 9.6 - 9.5 - 6.4 8.2 13
LPB3 5.0 9.8 - 9.5 - 6.4 8.4 13
LPB4 5.0 9.8 - 9.5 - 6.4 8.4 13
LPD3 5.4 10.6 - 11.2 - 7.5 9.2 15
LPD4 5.4 10.6 - 11.7 - 7.5 9.2 15
LPE4 5.4 10.9 - 11.7 - 7.5 9.2 15
LPF4 6.2 10.9 - 11.2 - 8.2 9.5 18
LPG4 6.2 11.3 - 11.2 - 8.2 9.9 18
LPG5 6.2 11.7 - 11.2 - 8.2 10.3 18
LPH4 6.2 - 10.9 - 10.6 8.2 - 21
LPH5 5.4 10.3 8.8 10.9 9.9 7.4 8.9 21
LPH6 5.4 10.6 - 10.7 - 7.5 9.2 21
LPH7 5.4 10.9 - 11.7 - 7.5 9.5 21
LPH8* 6.1 11.7 - 11.2 - 8.2 10.3 25
LPK2 5.4 10.3 8.8 10.9 9.9 7.4 8.9 21
LPK3 5.4 10.6 - 10.7 - 7.5 9.2 21
LPK5 5.4 10.9 - 11.7 - 7.5 9.5 21
LPK7 6.1 11.7 - 11.2 - 8.2 10.3 25
179
Chem-Tech Series 100
Metering Pumps
Industry Leading Performance
The Series 100 positive displacement, diaphragm metering
pumps are respected by professionals around the world for
dependability, easy maintenance, and versatility in a wide
range of water treatment applications.
Key Features
• Low Maintenance: lifetime lubricated, sealed, self
maintaining gear train
• Reliability: four ball valve design for trouble-free
operation
• Durability: strong, chemical resistant, flame retardant
housing
• Long life: metal reinforced, short stroke diaphragm
• Simple Installation: injections back pressure valve
assembly enables injection at an angle and inhibits
siphoning
• Feed Rate Control: output is fully adjustable over the entire operating range
• Bleed Valve Assembly: aids in priming and relieves pressure from the discharge line
• Complete list of accessory fittings and assemblies available to enhance performance and simplify operation
Note: Maximum viscosity: 300 Cp., Materials of Construction

consult factory or Chemical DESCRIPTION STANDARD PUMPS MATERIALS FOR SPECIAL
Resistance Guide for specific APPLICATIONS
solutions, special components and Pump head SAN PVC, Polypropylene,
accessories. or 316 SST
Dimensions: 6-3/4” H x 8-7/8” W x Diaphragm Hypalon Viton, Teflon Coated
7-1/4” D (Series 100) Valve Seats Hypalon Viton, Teflon
Temperature Limitations: 125°F/ Gaskets Teflon Teflon
51°C max. Discharge Tubing Polyethylene 1/2” NPT Connections
Electrical Requirements: 1/60 HP, Suction Tubing Flexible PVC 1/2” NPT Connections
115V/60cy; 230V/60cy and 230V/50cy
Ball Checks Ceramic Teflon, 316 SST
available upon request
Fittings PVC Polypropylene, 316 SST
Shipping weight: 8 lbs./3.63 kg.
(Series 100) Specifications
Specifications subject to change without
notice. Model Max Pressure Output Capacity Strokes/ Amps 115v,
Number (psi/kgm2) at Max PSI (gpd/lpd per head) Minute Full Load
SERIES 100
10-01180 100/7 7/26.50 13 .42
10-01886 100/7 15/56.78 25 .59
10-01710 100/7 24/90.84 51 .75
180
Chemical Solution Tanks
110 Series Solution Tanks
Petwa has a line of low-cost, high-quality chemical feed and storage
tanks are manufactured from rugged high density polyethylene for
years of dependable service, even in the toughest environments.
The 110 Series Solution Tanks are designed with 110 mm openings
for easy access and convenient filling.The wide diameter openings
also allow adequate clearance to reach inside for assembly of fittings.
Convenient 15-gallon size is perfect for use in tight spaces.The larger
35-gallon size accommodates pumps, mixers and other accessories
for light commercial and industrial use.
Key Features
Integrated Mounting Platform: Molded right to the top allowing
you to attach a chemical feed pump quickly, easily and
permanently.The 35-gallon tank also allows for installation of
mixers and other accessories.
Child-Resistant Closure: Comes with patented Squeeze Lok™

closures.This unique cap locking system provides visible and touch-
sensitive indication when the tank lock tab is engaged. Easy-to-Read Gallon/Liter Scale: Large, easy-to-read
Special Cap Liner: Acts as a tight seal to prevent accidental leakage. volume scale molded in. No more guessing.
Model Units per

Number Description carton/weight
10-G21424PN7 15 gallon with closure 1/6
10-G21832PN7 35 gallon with closure 1/15
A=Almond, B=Blue, P=Polynatural
Almond not available in the 35-gallon size.
181
Retention Tanks
Flex-Lite FLU
Flexcon has engineered an all NEW line of lightweight composite utility tanks designed to
stand up to years of tough service in the field. Introducing the all new FLU. Made from a unique
3 piece internal construction that allows for consistent engineered dome profiles and integrally
bonded connections that lead to longer tank life. Its heavy duty base is molded out of ABS for
maximum strength and durability.And, it has a removable schedule 80 PVC bottom connection
that can be “accessorized” for increased installation flexibility.
Flex-Lite FLS
The new Flex-Lite FLS composite tank makes light work of water storage, especially installa-
tions, because it is 50% lighter than conventional steel tanks.This radical weight saving means
it’s 50% easier to handle and install. Plus, its non-corrosive composite construction sets the
standard for performance and durability.The Flexcon FLS is ideal for a variety of uses, including
commercial and residential storage, contact, hydropneumatic, degassing, and many other appli-
cations.And, you get 50% more drawdown than from steel tanks.As with all Flexcon products
the construction on the Flex-Lite FLS storage tank is of the highest quality. The more
consistent dome profiles and integral bonded connections on the Flex-Lite FLS are just two
examples of Flexcon’s attention to superior design and fabrication.
Models
#10-33150 FLU-30, 30 Gallon, 16.5” Dia x 42.5” H, 1-1/4” Connection Flex-Lite FLU Tank
#10-33151 FLU-40, 40 Gallon, 16.5” Dia x 53.5” H, 1-1/4” Connection
#10-33152 FLU-40S, 40 Gallon, 21.4” Dia x 36.9” H, 1-1/4” Connection
#10-33155 FLS40-D, 40 Gallon, 16.5” Dia x 53.4” H, 1-1/4” Connection
Accessories
#10-33160 Air Volume Control Kit, w/o pipe
#10-33161 Air Volume Control Assembly, FLU30
#10-33162 Air Volume Control Assembly, FLU40/FLU40D
#10-33163 Air Volume Control Assembly, FLU40S
#10-33164 Air Volume Control Assembly, FLU80/FLS80D
#10-33165 Air Volume Control Assembly, FLU120/FLS120D
#10-33167 Adapter, Stand Pipe Only,Twin Port Drain
#10-33168 Diffuser, Assembly, Lower
Flex-Lite FLS Tank
Air Volume Control Assembly
182
Accessories
Flow Switches
Johnson Controls F61 Series Flow Switches
#85251 3/4” Flow Switch, F61KD-4
#85252 1” - 8” Flow Switch, F61KD-11
F61KD-4
F61KD-11
Application
The F61 SPDT flow switches are for use in liquid flow lines carrying water, ethylene glycol, or any fluid not harmful to
brass or phosphor bronze and not classified as a hazardous fluid.They can be wired to close one circuit and open a
second circuit when liquid flow either exceeds or drops below the adjusted flow rate.
Contacting Flow Meters

#27340 3/4” Contacting Flowmeter Range 1 - 20 USGPM Output 0.25 Gallons per Contact
#273410 1” Contacting Flowmeter Range 2 - 50 USGPM Output 0.40 Gallons per Contact
#27342 1-1/2” Contacting Flowmeter Range 4 - 100 USGPM Output 1.00 Gallons per Contact
#27352 2” Contacting Flowmeter Range 6 - 130 USGPM Output 2.00 Gallons per Contact
Multi-Jet – Reed Switch
Uses Reed Switch to provide a dry contact closure to metering pumps and
controls. Does not require external power source.
Low Maintenance
High quality components insures performance for many years.
The impeller and register are contained in a cartridge which can be
serviced without taking the meter from the line. Maintenance is easier
with less down time.
Gears lubricated for longevity
Water lubricated gears and internals provide long life and dependable
service.
Sand and debris pass easily
Measuring chamber designed for superior ability to pass sand and debris.
Max Temperature = 40°C (105°C)
Float Switches
#8189 Mercury Float Switch,Wide Angle, 20 AMP, Normally closed,
115VAC Plug.
#302536 Mechanical Float Switch, 90 Degree Angle, 1/2 HP, Normally
Closed, 115 VAC Plug.
#302535 Mechanical Float Switch, 90 Degree Angle, 1/2 HP, Double Throw,
No Terminations
All floats: - High Impact Polystyrene construction
- 16 Gauge - chlorinated polyethylene cords, 20 ft.
183
Chlorination Systems
Chlorine is highly effective in destroying microorganisms Application

in water. It is also a powerful oxidizer used to precipitate Following are the conditions where we recommend the
various contaminants in water. installation of a full-line chlorination system:
With the introduction of the chemical free iron filter and 1.Where hydrogen sulfide exceeds 3.0 ppm
ultraviolet, the number of chlorination applications has 2.Where combined levels of iron, manganese and sulfur
been reduced. However, there are still cases where a full- exceed the limits for the chem-free or the iron & sulfur
line chlorination system is the best solution for some filter
water problems. 3.Where disinfection is required to make the water bac-
teriologically safe
Information is available concerning the alternate use of 4. For livestock application requiring chlorine residuals
hydrogen peroxide for specialty applications. 5. For community wells
6.To comply with user’s personal reference (type of rec-
ommendation by governments).
Chlorination System Installation
User Involvement
A problem water system requires testing and monitoring.The user must be aware of the chemical mixing procedure and
how to test for residual chlorine at the test tap between the multi-media and carbon filters, etc.The chlorine tank must
not run dry and lose the prime of the feed pump.
Chemical Feed Pump
• The chlorinator is wired to the pump or flow

Injection Fitting
switch
• The retention tank is sized for a minimum of 20
minutes retention
Chemical Feed
• Optional flow switch is to be used when outside Pump
unchlorinated water service is required
• Backwash and regeneration times must be
staggered to ensure adequate water supply for
proper regeneration
Foot Valve
184
Chlorination System Installation
Chemical Feeder/Solution Tank Activated Carbon Filter

The injection point should be installed after the pressure Will remove any residual chlorine and trace organics in
tank and before the holding tank. the water, improving taste and odor. Pressure loss or
chlorine slippage usually indicates more frequent
This pump is wired to the pressure switch of the water backwashes are required.
pump (s).Thus, it is important that the chemical pump be
the same voltage as the water pump. Specify 115V or Water Softener
230V when ordering. Installed after filtration equipment.The water softener
should be applied when the water tests more than 1 gpg
The injector and anti-syphon valves should be cleaned total hardness. Sizing of the correct model of softener
regularly according to the maintenance instructions should be done according to the normal three day sizing
provided with the pump. formula.
Chemical Feed Solution Test Cocks

Is most often a mixture of household bleach (5.25% Should be installed after each piece of equipment in
chlorine). Do not use a powdered pool type of bleach. If order to analyze operating performance.
you must dilute the chlorine, be sure to use clean, treated
water for mixing; otherwise, the mixture will be too weak Plumbing
to work and a sludge will build up on the bottom of your Should be in good order and all taps indicated should be
solution tank. installed. All plumbing, including pressure tank fittings
should be a minimum of 3/4” for good flow rates and
Shut-Off Valves healthy backwash flows. A minimum of 20 psi should be
Are required on both sides of the injection point in order maintained throughout the system.
to be able to isolate the injector for cleaning and testing
purposes. Bypass valves are recommended on every filter and
softener. PVC plumbing is recommended over galvanized
Flow Switch steel.
Optional when all water is not being treated - the flow
switch is installed after the untreated water lines. Do not use polybutylene pipe with total chlorine
levels over 2 ppm.
Retention Tank
Water should always be fed in at the bottom and the pH
outlet should be at the top. A bleed off valve should be If the pH is below 6.5, it must be increased to allow for
installed at the lowest point of the tank. efficient oxidation by the chlorine.This can be accom-
plished with the addition of soda ash by a separate feed
Retention of at least 20 minutes is required as calculated system.
by the tank size and the recommended 4-5 USGPM flow
rate. Chlorine must have this time for an effective Regeneration Time
bacteria kill and to oxidize contaminants. At 5 USGPM, a All filters and the softener should regenerate/backwash
100 gallon retention tank would be required. every three days.The time of regeneration/backwash
must be staggered to avoid having more than one unit
Multi-Media Filter backwashing at one time.
Installed after the retention tank to collect suspended
matter such as clay, silt or ferric iron or oxidized
manganese or sulfur. Pressure loss usually indicates more
frequent backwash is required.
185
Chlorinators
Autotrol Brand Well PRO™ Chlorinator

The Autotrol Well PRO chlorinator is the first compact, low profile dry pellet chlorinator designed especially for
residential water needs. It is designed to eliminate unpleasant and potentially costly water problems such as foul-
smelling, corrosive hydrogen sulfide, sink staining iron and manganese as well as slime-causing, pump clogging iron
bacteria.The result is a cleaner, more efficient water system that requires less energy and maintenance while producing
refreshing, odor-free water.
• Treats water problems at the source, producing palatable. odour-free water.
• Mounts directly over the well for minimum intrusion.
• Utilizes fast loading, prepackaged Well PRO pellets.
• Reduces iron content, enabling easy removal by filtration.
• Automatic shut-off device prevents over chlorination.
• Plug-in power module requires no routine maintenance.
• Easy-to-handle 3-pound containers serve as the chlorine hopper – no
transfer of chlorine outside the unit.
• Constructed with rugged, corrosion-resistant matte-black thermoplastic.
• Adjustable dosage rates make the Well PRO adaptable to a variety of water
problems.
• Compact low-profile unit that blends comfortably into any home landscape.
• Kills iron bacteria, dissolves existing buildup and prevents it from reforming.
• System is based on water usage and the Well PRO only works when the
pump is running.
Certified to
ANSI/NSF
Standard 60.
Autotrol Brand Land-O-Matic™ Chlorinator

An essential part of a total herd health management program, the Autotrol Land-O-Matic chlorinator delivers sanitized
water solutions for agricultural and small municipal applications. Utilizing dry chlorination to treat water contaminants at
the source, the Land-O-Matic Chlorinator is designed to effectively eliminate waterborne diseases such as E. coli,
parasites, viruses, organic scum, algae, iron slime and other biological contaminants.The Autotrol Land-O-Matic
chlorinator helps dairy farms and cattle ranches increase profits by providing safer, more palatable drinking water,
resulting in healthier animals.
• Utilizes dry chlorination to treat water problems at the source.
• Provides safe, sanitized water for agricultural and small municipal applications.
• Helps prevent the spread of disease in livestock drinking water.
• Easy to install and maintain.
• Prevents iron fouling.
• 5 or 15-pound hopper provides long intervals between chlorine refills.
• Automatic reversing clutch prevents pellets from jamming and protects the motor.
• Uses easy-to-handle EPA-registered pellets.
• Land-O-Matic pellets certified by NSF to ANSI/NSF Standard 60.
Certified to
ANSI/NSF
Standard 60.
186
Sizing the System
Sizing the Filters

When sizing the filtration components in a full line chlori- Goal:
nation system, the basic rule for filtration applies - match • To achieve a residual chlorine level of 1.0 - 1.5 ppm
the pump flow rates to the backwash rates and service (free chlorine test)
flow rates. Remember “Bigger is not better and smaller is • If used to precipitate hydrogen sulfide, a residual of 3
not right either.” ppm should be obtained
Sizing the Chemical Feeder Pump Procedure:

Need to know: • Add 3 drops chlorine to the gallon of raw water
Chlorine demand for water treatment • Allow to stand for 5 minutes
• Test water with the chlorine test kit
To do a chlorine demand test (should be performed on- • If no chlorine residual is indicated, add more drops in
site): sets of 3 until a chlorine residual of 1.0 - 1.5 ppm is
• 1 gallon of fresh raw water obtained
• Sample of chlorine which will be used in the system • Measure the pumping rate of the pump system
• Chlorine test kit • Multiply the pumping rate by the number of drops of
chlorine required.This will equal the number of drops
of chlorine required per minute
Example: 26 drops required

x 6 gpm pumping rate
= 156 drops per minute
x 60 minutes per hour
= 9,360 drops per hour
÷ 75,000 drops per gallon
= 0.125 gallons of chlorine per hour
Sizing the Chlorinator
Select a chlorinator which will run at approximately 30-80% injection.
Most chlorinators will inject more than required.Therefore, dilute the chlorine with “clean” treated soft water to obtain
the quantity required versus the pump’s efficient setting.
Example: 0.125 gallons of chlorine required per hour

The pump selected will inject 1.0 gallons per hour
1.0 maximum output of chemical feed pump
÷ 50% optimum pump setting
= .5 gallons per hour
÷ 0.125 gallons per hour required
= 4 This is your dilution ratio - 4:1
187
Chemical Resistance Guide
The following tables show degree of resistance of certain materials to (a list of) various chemicals.
PVC
GFPPL
POLY
SAN
TEFLON
316SS
EPDM
CERAMIC
HYPALON
VITON
PVC
GFPPL
POLY
SAN
TEFLON
316SS
EPDM
CERAMIC
HYPALON
VITON
PIPE, FITTING, PIPE, FITTING,
VALVES, etc. VALVES, etc.
Acetaldehyde ..........................E C X E A A A A E A Copper Chloride ......................A A B A A B B A B B

Acetic Acid, 20% ......................B A A A A A A A A E Copper Cyanide ......................A A X A A A B A X B
Acetic Acid, 80% ......................E C B E A A B A B E Copper Nitrate..........................A A X A A A B A B B
Acetic Acid, Glacial ..................E C B E A A B A E E Copper Sulfate ........................A A A A A B B A B B
Acetic Anhydride ......................E A X E A D B A A E Cresylic Acid ............................B X X X A A E A X A
Acetone....................................E B D E A A A A D E Ethyl Acetate ............................E C X E A B D A E E
Aluminum Chloride ..................A A A A A D A A A A Ethyl Chloride ..........................E E X E A A B A D A
Aluminum Fluoride ..................A A X A A C A X A A Ethylene Glycol ........................A A X A A B B A B B
Aluminum Sulfate ....................A A A A A D A A A A Fatty Acids ..............................A A E D A A X A X B
Ammonia, 10% ........................A A B A A A B A A A Ferric Chloride ........................A A A A A E A A B B
Ammonium Chloride ................A A A A A D A A A A Ferric Nitrate ............................A A E A A B A A B B
Ammonium Nitrate ..................A A X A A A A A A A Ferric Sulfate............................A A E A A A A A B B
Ammonium Persulfate..............A A X A A C A A A A Ferrous Chloride ......................A A A A A E B A B B
Ammonium Phosphate ............A A X A A A A A A A Ferrous Sulfate ........................A A B A A D B A B B
Ammonium Sulfate ..................A A A A A B A A B B Fluoboric Acid ..........................A A E B A B B E B X
Amylacetate ............................E E E E A A A A E E Fluosilicic Acid..........................A A A B A B X E X B
Amylalcohol..............................B X X E A A B A B B Formaldehyde, 40% ................B A B A A A A A B E
Amylchloride ............................E X X E A C A A E A Formic Acid ..............................C A B E A B B A B E
Aniline ......................................E C D E A A A A B A Freon 12 (Wet) ........................C A X X A E D A E A
Agua Regia ..............................E X D E A E D A B A Fuel Oils ..................................A C X X A A E A B B
Arsenic Acid ............................A A X A A X A A X A Furfural ....................................E E X X A B D A X E
Barium Chloride ......................A A X A A C A A B B Gasoline ..................................C E X E A A E A E A
Barium Sulfate ........................A A X A A B A A A A Glycerine (Glycerol) ................A A X A A A A A B B
Beer ........................................A A B A A A A A A A Heptane ..................................A C X X A A X A B B
Benzaldehyde ..........................E C X E A A A A E E Hexane ....................................C C X X A A E A B B
Benzene (Benzol) ....................E C E E A A E A E D Hydrobromic Acid, 20% ..........A A B X A E B C A A
Benzoic Acid ............................A A A C A B X A E A Hydrochloric Acid, 0-25% ........A A B A A E C C A B
Borax (Sodium Borate) ............A A D X A A A A B B Hydrochloric Acid, 25-37% ......A A B B A E C C A A
Boric Acid ................................A A A A A A A A B B Hydrocyanic Acid ....................A A B B A A B C X A
Bromine Water ........................C E X X A E D A E A Hydrofluoric Acid, 10% ............C A A B A C B E A A
Butyl Acetate ............................E E X X A B C A E E Hydrofluoric Acid, 30% ............C B D E A C C E A A
Butyric Acid ..............................D A X D A B B A E D Hydrofluoric Acid, 60% ............D B E E A C D E D A
Calcium Bisulfite ......................A A A X A B E A A A Hydrofluosilicic Acid, 20%........A A A D A B A E X B
Calcium Chloride......................A A A A A C A A A A Hydrogen Peroxide, 30% ........A A B B A B D X A A
Calcium Hypochlorite ..............A A A A A D B A A D Hydrogen Peroxide, 50% ........C X B X A B E X A A
Calcium Sulfate........................A A X A A B B A A A Hydrogen Peroxide, 90% ........E X D E A B E X D A
Carbon tetrachloride ................C C E X A B X A E A Hydrogen Sulfide, AQ SOL......C A X B A B A X B B
Carbonic Acid ..........................A A X A A B X A B B Iodine (in alcohol), 10% ..........A C X X A A E A E A
Chloroacetic Acid ....................A D X E A E E A A A Ketones....................................E E X E A A X A E E
Chlorine Water ........................A E B X A E B A B A Lacquer Thinners ....................D C X E A A E A X X
Chlorobenzene ........................E C X E A A E A E A Lactic Acid................................B A A E A B A A B B
Chloroform ..............................E E E E A D E A X E Lead Acetate ............................A A X A A A A A E A
Chromic Acid, 10% or 30%......A A A A A B E A A A Lubricating Oil..........................C C D A A A E A D A
Chromic Acid, 50% ..................E A B D A C E A A A Magnesium Chloride ................A A A A A B A A A A
Citric Acid ................................A A A A A B A A A A Magnesium Nitrate ..................A A X A A A B A A A
188
PVC
GFPPL
POLY
SAN
TEFLON
316SS
EPDM
CERAMIC
HYPALON
VITON
PVC
GFPPL
POLY
SAN
TEFLON
316SS
EPDM
CERAMIC
HYPALON
VITON
PIPE, FITTING, PIPE, FITTING,
VALVES, etc. VALVES, etc.
Magnesium Sulfate ..............A A A A A A A A A A Sodium Bisulfate ..................A A A A A A A A B B

Maleic Acid............................A A X E A B E A A A Sodium Bisulfite ....................A A A A A B A A B B
Methyl Alcohol ......................C A E E A A B A B D Sodium Carbonate................A A A A A B B A B B
Methyl Chloride ....................E E X E A A D A E A Sodium Chlorate ..................A A A A A B B A B B
Methyl Ethyl Ketone..............E C X E A A B A E E Sodium Chloride ..................A A A A A B B A B B
Methyl Isobutyl Ketone ........E C X E A A D A E E Sodium Cyanide....................A A X A A A B A B B
Methylene Chloride ..............E E X E A A E A E D Sodium Hydroxide, 20% ......A A A B A A B B B E
Naptha ..................................B C X E A A E A E A Sodium Hydroxide, 50% ......A A B B A A C B B E
Napthalene............................E C X E A A E A E D Sodium Hypochlorite ............A A A A A D B A A D
Nickel Chloride......................A A A A A B A A B B Sodium Nitrate ......................A A A A A A A A B B
Nickel Sulfate........................A A A A A B A A B B Sodium Silicate ....................A A A A A B A A A A
Nitric Acid, 10% ....................A A A C A C D A A A Sodium Sulfate......................A A A A A A A A B B
Nitric Acid, 20% ....................A A B E A B E A A A Sodium Sulfide......................A A A A A B B A B B
Nitric Acid, 50% ....................A C C E A C E A D A Stannic Chloride....................A A A A A E D A D B
Nitric Acid, Anhydrous ..........E E E E A B X A E B Stearic Acid ..........................A C E E A A D A D A
Nitro Benzene ......................E C X E A B E A E A Stoddards Solvent ................E X X X A A E X X A
Oils and Fats ........................A A X X A A E A X A Sulfuric Acid, 0-10%..............A A A E A E D A D A
Oleic Acid..............................A C E E A B D A D D Sulfuric Acid, 10-75%............A A C E A E E A D A
Oleum, 25% ..........................E X E E A X X A E A Sulfuric Acid, 75-95%............C C C E A E E A D A
Oxalic Acid ............................A A B D A C B A A A Sulfuric Acid, 95-100%..........D C C E A B E A D A
Phenol ..................................C B C A A B D A E A Tannic Acid............................A A B X A B B A B B
Phosphoric Acid, 0-50%........A A A B A B D A A B Tanning Liquors ....................A A A X A A E A X A
Phosphoric Acid, 50-100%....B B B D A B E A A B Tartaric Acid ..........................A A X E A B D A B B
Potassium Bicarbonate ........A A B A A B A A B B Tetrahydrofurane ..................E C X E A A D A X X
Potassium Bromide ..............A A B A A B A A B B Toluene (Toluol) ....................E C E E A A E A E E
Potassium Carbonate ..........A A B A A B A A B B Trichloroethylene ..................E C E X A B E A E A
Potassium Chlorate ..............A A B A A A B A B B Tricresylphosphate................E X X X A A B A E A
Potassium Chloride ..............A A A A A D A A B B Turpentine ............................B C X X A A E A E A
Potassium Cyanide ..............A A X A A A B A B B Urea ......................................A A X X A B X A A E
Potassium Dichromate..........A A B A A A B A B B Vinegar..................................A A A A A A A A B B
Potassium Hydroxide............A A A E A B D E B B White Liquor (Acid) ..............A X X E A A X A X A
Potassium Nitrate..................A A A A A B B A B B Xylene (Xylol)........................E E E E A A E A E A
Potassium Permanganate ....A A A A A B B A B B Zinc Chloride ........................A A A A A B A A B B
Potassium Sulfate ................A A A A A B A A A E Zinc Sulfate ..........................A A A A A A A A A A
Sodium Bicarbonate..............A A A A A B A A B B
A - Excellent CODE:
B - Good PVC = Polyvinyl Chloride
C - Good to 80°F SAN = Styrene Acrylonitrile
D - Moderate effect (Use under limited conditions) EPDM = Ethylene Propylene
E - Not Recommended Dimonomer
F - Autocatalytic GFPPL = Glass-Filled Polypropylene
X - Unknown
189
COATINGS: IMMERSION SERVICE
(Room Temperature)
R - Recommended Source: NACE TPC-2, Coatings and Linings
L - Limited recommendation for Immersion Service, Courtesy of National
N - Not recommended Association of Corrosion Engineers.
ASPHALT (unmodified)
COLETAR (hot applied)
COLETAR (cold applied)
COLETAR EPOXY
COLETAR URETHANES
EPOXY phenolic baked
EPOXY amine cured
EPOXY ester
FURFURYL ALCOHOL
PHENOLIC baked
(unsaturated)
POLYESTERS
chloroacetates
POLYVINYL
VINYL ester
URETHANES (Air Dried)
URETHANES (Baked)
VINYLIDENE CHLORIDE
CHLORINATED RUBBER
ACIDS
Sulfuric, 10% R L N R R R R L R R R R R L L R R
Sulfuric, 80% N N N N N N L N R N R N L L R
Hydrochloric, 10% R L N L L R R L R R R R R L L R R
Hydrochloric, 35% R N N N N N R R R L R L L R R
Nitric, 10% N L N L N N N N R R R L L R R
Nitric, 50% N N N N N N N N N N N N L N
Acetic, 100% N N N N N N N L L N N L N N N N
WATER
Distilled R R R R L R R R R R R R R L L R
Salt Water R R R R L R R R R R R R R L L R R
ALKALIES
Sodium hydroxide, 10% R R L R R R R N R N R R R L L L R
Sodium hydroxide, 70% N N L R R N L N N L R L L N R
Ammonium hydroxide, 10% R R L R R R L L R N R R R L R N R
Sodium carbonate, 5% R R R R R R R R R R
GASES
Chlorine R N N L N L L L N N R L R L R L R
Ammonia L L N N L L R R N N L R L R N N
Hydrogen sulfide R R R R R R R L R R R R R
ORGANICS
Alcohols R L L N N R R L R R R R R N R R L
Aliphatic hydrocarbons N L L L L R R R R R R R R R R R L
Aromatic hydrocarbons N N N N L R R R R R R N L R R L N
Ketones N N N N N L L N L R N N N N R N N
Ethers N N N L L N L R N N R R N N
Esters N N N N N L L N R R L N L N R N N
Chlorinated hydrocarbons N N N N L L L N L R N L L L R L N
MAX. F°
Dry conditions 150 200 200 250 250 250 300 250-300 160 350 160
Wet conditions 120 120 150 150 150 150 150 190 160-250 250 150 210 140
NOTE: This data is for coatings only. Thin coatings generally are not suitable for substrates such as carbon steel which are corroded significantly (e.g.>20 mils/yr)
in the test environment.
190
Chemicals
191
Pro Rust Out
Pro Rust Out chemically removes iron and rust buildup • Multipurpose cleaner that out-performs the
that coats the resin bed and fouls the softener.This iron competition when it comes to removing tough rust
buildup is not totally removed during normal regenera- stains from toilets, sinks, tubs, white clothes, water
tion of a water softener. Using Pro Rust Out in a water softeners and exterior surfaces.
softener will eliminate rust and foreign matter from the • Pro-Rust Out’s advanced formula contains more than
resin bed. This increases the life of the softener and 5 chemicals that are designed to clean and prolong the
reduces rust staining on household fixtures and other life of water softeners.
surfaces. Use regularly as preventative maintenance to
ensure the softening and recharging efficiency of the Technical Information
softener’s resin bed. Pro Rust Out is a white powdered mixture with a sulfur
odor. It is a reducing agent that chemically changes rust
Applications into a clear, soluble state that easily rinses away. [This
Water Softeners - Pro Rust Out dissolves the iron in change is: Fe3 to Fe2 (Ferric to Ferrous).]
the mineral bed and is rinsed from the softener much the
same as salt brine. First Application: Dissolve 1 cup in 1/2 Formulation
gallon cold water. Pour directly into brine well (softeners Sodium Hydrosulfite CAS#7775-14-6
with no brine well, pour directly into salt tank when salt Sodium Metabisulfate CAS#7681-57-4
level is low.) Manually regenerate softener. Repeat for Other Additives N/A
heavily fouled unit.
Preventative Maintenance - Add 1/4 cup for every 40 Storage and Handling
lbs. of salt added to brine tank. Layer to ensure a Store separately from combustible, organic or other
continuous dose with each regeneration. readily oxidizable reactive materials. Keep covered and
store in dry location. Read relevant Material Safety Data
General Purpose Cleaning - Dishwasher, dishes, Sheet before handling this product.
glassware, white clothes or fabrics, and water softeners -
follow directions on the back of the package. Shipping Information
DOT classification: Non-hazardous.
Features and Benefits
Packaging meets all DOT requirements.
• Changes rust and iron into a clear solution that easily
rinses away and does not contain harsh or abrasive
chemicals that can damage fiberglass, porcelain or
acrylic finishes.
Item No. Unit Size Pack

06-45126 24 oz. Single Bottle
06-45127 5 lb. 6/case
192
Pro Res Care
Pro Res Care will chemically clean the fouled resin bed Features and Benefits
of a water softener and restore the exchange capacity of • Prevents iron and mineral build-up on integral parts of
the resin. Most types of water softening resins can the softener.
become fouled with iron and other contaminants that • Removes iron and aluminum fouling that causes lost
will affect the performance of the ion exchange system. capacity and a decrease in performance.
Iron fouling can cause channeling, pressure drop, loss of • A non-ionic surfactant is added to aid in the cleaning
capacity, hardness and iron leakage. Regular use of Pro of oil fouled resin.
Res Care will minimize fouling and extend the resin life
in the water softener. Technical Information
A liquid Phosphoric Acid mixture.
Applications Pro Res Care is not to be used with Gel Zeolite
First Application/Fouled Unit - Pour 4 oz. (1/2 cup) materials.
of Pro Res Care per cu. ft. directly into brine well (for
softeners with no brine well, pour directly into salt tank Formulation
when salt is low). Manually regenerate softener. Repeat Phosphoric Acid CAS# 7664-38-2
regeneration if taste, odor or discoloration is detected in Polyether Polyol CAS# 53637-25-5
discharge, then run cold soft water tap nearest the
softener until the odor or taste is gone. Storage and Handling
Store in unopened containers under cool, dry
Regular Use - Add 1/2 oz. (1 Tbsp.) per cu. ft. to brine
conditions.
well before each regeneration.
Do not store with or close to strong bases. Read
Automatic Feeder Systems - Follow recommended relevant Material Safety Data Sheet before handling
dosage and feed rates specified by manufacturer or product.
supplier.
Shipping Information
DOT classification: ORM-D.
Packaging meets all DOT requirements.
Item No. Unit Size Case Qty

06-45147 Gallon 4/case
06-45148 1 Quart 12/case
193
Pro Ban T
Formerly Pro Citric Acid
Pro Ban T removes iron and other contaminants from • Pro Ban T can be used safely on virtually all surfaces.
fouled water softeners and increases the capacity and It will not harm fiberglass, porcelain, glass, stainless
efficiency of the units. Pro Ban T should be used as pre- steel or chrome.
ventative maintenance on all water softeners in areas • Removes hard water deposits from tubs, sinks,
with moderate iron content. This safe, environmentally- showers, faucets, ceramic tile, dishes, glassware,
friendly cleaning agent removes hard water spots, lime, plasticware, ice machines, ultraviolet filters, humidifiers
rust and scale deposits on general household items. and distillers.
Applications Technical Information

First time use in water softeners - Dissolve 2 cups Odorless, free-flowing, white, crystalline powder.
of the powder in 1 qt. of warm water and pour into the
brine well. (For softeners with no brine well, pour into Formulation
the salt storage tank when salt level is low.) Manually Citric Acid CAS# 77-92-9
regenerate the softener.
Storage and Handling
Preventative Maintenance - Add 1/2 cup to every 40
Store in a tightly sealed, original container in a cool, dry
lbs. of salt added to brine tank, and layer it to ensure a
area away from alkaline materials and heat. Do not mix
continuous dose of Pro Ban T during each regeneration.
with any other cleaner or chemical. Read relevant
Dishwashers and General Purpose Cleaning - Material Safety Data Sheet before handling the product.
Follow directions on the back of the package.
Shipping Information
Features and Benefits DOT classification: Non-hazardous.
• Pro Ban T has the advantage of being non-toxic, non- Packaging meets all DOT requirements.
corrosive, biodegradable, and is used to neutralize
bases (pH adjustment.)
• Contains Citric Acid which is a safe and environmen-
tally friendly cleaning agent that has very little odor
and no obnoxious fumes.

06-45138 1.5 lb. 12/case
MSDS Sheets are available

upon request.
Please consult price list on case
quantities and shipping information.
194
Pro Pot Perm
Pro Pot Perm is a strong oxidizing agent. It converts • Stains can be removed from the skin with a simple
dissolved iron and/or manganese to insoluble oxides, mixture of 30 parts of 3% USP hydrogen peroxide and
which can be easily removed by filtration. Pro-Pot Perm 40 parts 5% food-grade white vinegar with 30 parts of
regenerates and oxidizes greensand iron filter media. water.
While there are many methods of introducing perman-
ganate to the filter, one method is to make a solution and Technical Information
apply automatically or manually at regular intervals. Our Pro Pot Perm comes as dark purple crystals or granules
domestic greensand filters feature automatic feed via with a metallic luster. The solubility of Pro Pot Perm is
solution tank. temperature-dependent and adjustments should be
made for varying ambient temperature ranges.
Applications
For each cubic foot of filter media, 2-4 oz. dry perman- Formulation
ganate is suggested. Eight ounces of permanganate will Potassium Permanganate (KMnO4) CAS# 7722-64-7
dissolve in one gallon of water at room temperature
(68oF). Normal procedure for regenerating an iron filter Storage and Handling
is usually specified by the filter manufacturer or supplier Store in a cool dry area in closed containers. Protect
and depends on water conditions. containers against physical damage. Segregate from acids,
peroxides and all combustible, organic or easily
Features and Benefits oxidizable materials. Read relevant Material Safety Data
• Pro Pot Perm is composed of National Sanitation Sheet before handling this product.
Foundation (NSF) certified material to meet Standard
60: Drinking water treatment chemicals. Shipping Information
• Available in two grades: Free Flowing and USP. DOT classification: Oxidizer, UN 1490, PG II.
Free Flowing Grade - A 97% Technical Grade with Packaging meets all DOT requirements.
a “Free Flowing” additive.
USP Grade - A 99% Pharmaceutical “Coarse” grade
(U.S. Pharmacopoeia, 20th Edition.)

06-45143 5 lb. 6/case
06-45145 10 lb. 4/case
NOTE: A PRECURSOR LICENSE IS REQUIRED BY

THE MINISTRY OF HEALTH TO STOCK POTASSIUM
PERMANGANATE IN LARGE QUANTITIES. CONTACT
CUSTOMER SERVICE FOR MORE INFORMATION.

upon request.
195
Pro Neutra 7
Formerly Pro Soda Ash
Pro Neutra 7 is a highly alkaline compound which • Tannins are harmless organics from water passing
neutralizes the acid found in some water systems. This through peaty soil and decaying vegetation. Pro
helps to eliminate corrosion from piping, pressure tanks, Neutra 7 will rid the mineral bed of tannins by
water heaters and fixtures, giving your system longer life. “swelling” the beads which help the tannins fall off the
A Pro Neutra 7 solution injected into your water beads.
system will neutralize acid water and eliminate corrosion • Also, Pro Neutra 7 increases the pH which will keep
problems. Pro Neutra 7 can also be used to remove the tannins in a more soluble state and help the
tannins from a tannin-type water softener and may be exchange process.
used in a potable water system.
Technical Information
Applications Pro Neutra 7 is a white granular powder.
Neutralizing Acid Water - The feed rate of Pro
Neutra 7 depends on the acidity of water. Proper Formulation
dosage is reached when the pH of the treated water is Sodium Carbonate CAS#497-19-8
between 7.0 and 8.0. Follow procedure for injecting Pro
Neutra 7 into your water system by the chemical feed Storage and Handling
pump manufacturer or supplier. Store in a cool, dry area, away from acids and lime.When
dissolving in water, add water slowly and cautiously while
Cleaning Tannin Water Softeners- Mix 1 cup of Pro
stirring. Solutions can get hot. Read relevant Material
Neutra 7 with 1 qt. of water and pour into salt storage
Safety Data Sheet before handling this product.
tank on weekly basis.
Features and Benefits Shipping Information
• The most satisfactory method of correcting an acidity DOT classification: Non-hazardous.
problem is to automatically feed a soda ash solution into Packaging meets all DOT requirements.
the water.This solution may be fed into the water supply
with a chemical feed pump. It chemically combines with
the acid water to completely neutralize it.

06-45136 4 lb. 6/case

upon request.
196
Dry Pellet Chlorination
Advantages of Dry Pellet Chlorination

• Safe, EPA-approved chlorine chemical.
• Easy-to-handle, economical, reliable and highly concentrated – treats water problems at the source.
• Longer lasting than liquid chlorine – chlorinates evenly through the well and is impervious to freezing temperatures,
with reduced fumes, no hazardous spillage and no chemical loss due to evaporation.
• Eliminates the need for costly, space consuming retention tank in most cases.
• Reduces iron bacteria and clogged well pumps, iron-stained sinks and appliances, bad water taste and rotten egg smell,
hydrogen sulfide, slime buildup in the well, black water and algae.
Autotrol Brand Well Sanitizer™ Pellets

Autotrol Well Sanitizer pellets are safe, convenient and highly concentrated, providing an effective alternative to the
hazards of liquid chlorination. Semi-soft and fast dissolving,Well Sanitizer pellets are small enough to pass through small
restrictions in the well, yet they deliver powerful chemical action that sanitizes the entire water capacity within the well.
• Perfect for shock treating wells after service.
• 70% concentration for powerful chemical action.
• Lasts longer than liquid chlorine.
• Effectively chlorinates the entire well water column.
• Helps eliminate residue buildup on pumps, on well casings below the water line and
in pipelines throughout the water delivery system.
• Small pellets for easy handling eliminates splashing and staining of clothing or skin
irritation.
• EPA-registered specifically for treating potable water (reg. No 50510-1).
Certified to
ANSI/NSF
Standard 60.
197
Res-Up Feeder
This programmed feeder meters the appropriate volume of Pro Rescare
Cleaner each time the resin bed is regenerated.
The Res-Up Feeder can be programmed for the size of resin bed and the
quantity of iron or other impurities in the untreated water.
Res-Up Feeders are easy to install and operate.
Item # 06-45147 Pro Rescare, gallon (4 per case)

Item # 06-45148 Pro Rescare, quart (12 per case)
Item # 04-S6304 Res-Up Feeder with Yellow Wick

Item # 04-S6305 Res-Up Feeder with Clear Wick (Call for availability)
Application Guide
Approx. Resin Delivery Regeneration Cycle (12 Day Clock)

Bed Size Feed 1 Cycle 2 Cycles 3 Cycles 4 Cycles 6 Cycles
Light Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow
1/2 cu. ft. Medium Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow
Heavy Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow
Light Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow
3/4 cu. ft. Medium Clear Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow
Heavy Clear Clear Yellow Yellow Yellow
Light Clear Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow
1 cu. ft. Medium Clear Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow
Heavy Clear Clear Yellow Yellow Yellow
198
Commercial
Products
199
Commercial Products
Now is the time to look into the commercial equipment market. One of
the largest growth areas in the water treatment industry is the commercial
equipment.
This doesn’t need to be complicated, with the addition of the Logix

controllers to the Magnum valve, you really are just installing a bigger
residential unit.
Commercial businesses are realizing the benefits of treated water and the
savings to both water and equipment maintenance by having the equipment
in line.
There are many opportunities for commercial equipment such as:

• Hotels / Motels
• Restaurants
• Car/Truck Washes
• Schools
• Laundromats
• Hospitals
• Professional Offices
• Livestock Operations
• Manufacturing Plants, just to name a few.
Petwa will make the transition into the commercial market an easy one.
• The application of commercial softeners, filters, dealkalizers, UV’s and

Reverse Osmosis units is not that different from household applications.
• Our product line uses the same timers that our household application
use, so not much difference.
• Petwa has an excellent sales team and technical support to assist you with
sizing equipment, choosing the correct system, reviewing water analysis
and providing technical support and training when you need it.
200
Information Required for Equipment Sizing
The following information is commonly requested by our office to assist in the sizing of commercial and
municipal water conditioning equipment.While the list is necessarily extensive, many questions can be answered
with a “yes” or “no”. It should also be noted that each application may have conditions that are unique and this
information must also be provided (use #23 below).
Dealer _____________________________________________ Date __________________________________________________
Dealer Contact ______________________________________ Job Ref _______________________________________________
1. What is water used for? ______________________________________________________________________________________
2. On-site and/or laboratory water analysis obtained (including water sample sent to us)? J Yes J No
3. Water Source ______________________________________________________________________________________________
4. Number of wells involved ____________________________ Actual pumping rate of each well ____________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
5. How are wells controlled? ____________________________________________________________________________________
6. Current pressure system (i.e. pressure tank, size and pressure settings) ________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
7. Is reservoir involved? J Yes J No If reservoir controls pumps, how? ________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
8. What is capacity of reservoir and drawdown between replenishment? __________________________________________________
9. Is repressurization used? J Yes J No If yes, what is capacity of repressurization and how is it controlled? __________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
10. Is a booster pump used? J Yes J No If yes, how is it controlled? __________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
11. Is all water to be treated? J Yes J No If not treating all water, what is the normal flow rate of treated water? ________________
what is the peak flow rate of treated water? __________________
12. Estimated water usage (include time interval) _____________________________________________________________________
13. How many hours per day is water used? _________________________________________________________________________
14. Pipe sizes: Well to point-of-treatment ____________________ feet. Point-of-treatment to point-of-use ____________________ feet.
15. Distance from well head to point of treatment _____________________________________________________________________
16. Well field plot plan, including distances and elevations of reservoirs and standpipes provided? J Yes J No
17. Fixture count (where applicable) _______________________________________________________________________________
18. Are media tanks required to be manufactured to ASME code? J Yes J No If yes, must tanks be code stamped? J Yes J No
19. Space available for equipment, including door sizes ________________________________________________________________
20. Is well system used for fire protection? J Yes J No
21. Describe current water conditioning equipment ____________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
22. Is back side of the water analysis form completed? J Yes J No
23. Additional information unique to this application ___________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
201
Commercial Equipment Flow Rates & Consumption
Apartments - Based on 3 people per unit @ 60 gallons per day with laundry facilities
Number of units 4 5 6 8 10 15 20 30 40 50 100
Total Daily Consumption (gals) 720 900 1,000 1,400 1,800 2,700 3,600 5,400 7,200 9,000 18,000
Peak Flow (gpm) 24 28 33 44 55 83 90 99 110 120 175
Daily Hot Water Consumption (gals) 430 540 600 860 1,080 1,620 2,160 3,240 4,320 5,400 10,800
Hot Water Peak Flow (gpm) 14 16 20 27 33 50 55 60 66 72 105
Schools - Based on 25 gallons per day per student and washrooms having flush valves and shower facilities
Number of students 100 200 300 400 500 800 1,000
Total Daily Consumption (gals) 2,500 5,000 7,500 10,000 12,500 20,000 25,000
Peak Flow (gpm) 57 86 114 142 170 238 285
Daily Hot Water Consumption (gals) 600 1,200 1,800 2,500 3,000 4,800 6,000
Hot Water Peak Flow (gpm) 14 22 28 38 47 57 66
Motels - Based on 40 gallons per person per day @ 2.5 people per unit and washrooms with flush tanks
Number of units 10 20 30 40 50 75 100 125 150
Total Daily Consumption (gals) 1,000 2,000 3,000 4,000 5,000 7,500 10,000 12,500 15,000
Peak Flow (gpm) 30 50 63 75 86 120 150 175 200
Daily Hot Water Consumption (gals) 400 800 1,200 1,600 2,000 3,000 4,000 5,000 6,000
Hot Water Peak Flow (gpm) 20 29 41 49 55 71 84 88 110
202
Commercial Equipment Daily Consumption
APARTMENTS LAUNDROMATS
Based on 3 persons/apartment Hot and cold .........................2.5 x lb capacity is equivalent
Hot and cold ...................................................180 gal/unit/day to gallons per cycle
Hot only .............................................................60 gal/unit/day LAWNS ....................................................25 gal/sq ft/season
ASSEMBLY HALLS .............................................2 gal/seat LIVESTOCK & POULTRY
BARBER SHOPS .......................................55 gal/day/chair Cow, beef .......................................................12 gal/animal/day
Cow, dairy .....................................................20 gal/animal/day
BEAUTY SALONS .............................270 gal/day/station Goat ...................................................................2 gal/animal/day
BOILERS Hog .................................................................12 gal/animal/day
To determine daily makeup in gallons: Horse .............................................................12 gal/animal/day
1. Multiply boiler HP.hr rating by 4.25 Mule ................................................................12 gal/animal/day
2.Then multiply by hours per day of operation Sheep ................................................................2 gal/animal/day
3.Then multiply by the % operating rate Chickens ...................................................10 gal/each 100/day
4.Then subtract the % condensate returns Turkeys .......................................................18 gal/each 100/day
NOTE - When ratings are given in pounds of stream per MEAT PACKING FACILITIES
hour, divide by 500 to obtain gpm requirements.When Birds ......................................................................1 gal/bird day
ratings are given in BTUs, divide by 2,544. For every 2,544 Hogs .......................................................................6 gal/hog/day
BTUs, there is an equivalent of 1 HP.hr. Cows ..................................................................12 gal/cow/day
BOWLING ALLEYS .......................................175 gal/lane MOTELS
CAMPS Hot and cold ...................................................100 gal/unit/day
Day (no meals) ............................................15 gal/day/person Hot only .............................................................40 gal/unit/day
Resorts .........................................................50 gal/day/person MOVIE THEATERS ......................................2 gal/day/seat
Tourist ...........................................................35 gal/day/person
NURSING HOMES
COOLING TOWERS Hot and cold ...................................................100 gal/bed/day
To determine daily makeup in gallons: Hot only .............................................................50 gal/bed/day
1. Multiply the tonnage by 4 (this includes 2 gal per
day/hr/ton bleed off) OFFICE BUILDINGS
2.Then multiply by the number of hours per day of Hot and cold ...............................................20 gal/person/day
operation Hot only ..........................................................3 gal/person/day
DENTISTS ........................................4,000 gal/month/chair RESTAURANTS
Hot and cold ....................................................15 gal/meal/day
DEPARTMENT STORES Hot only ..............................................................7 gal/meal/day
........................................0.215 gal/day per sq.ft. of sales area Add on for bar or cocktail lounge ............2 gal/patron/day
DORMITORIES SCHOOLS
Hot and cold ...............................................40 gal/person/day Hot and cold ..............................................13 gal/student/day
Hot only .......................................................20 gal/person/day Hot only .........................................................5 gal/student/day
GOLF CLUBS/GYMS Showers hot and cold ..............................25 gal/student/day
With Showers ..........................# of showers x 1300 gal/day Showers hot only ........................................6 gal/student/day
With Lavatories........................# of lavatories x 150 gal/day Showers & cafeteria hot and cold ..........35 gal/student/day
Serving Meals ......................................# of meals x 4 gal/day Showers & cafeteria hot only .................15 gal/student/day
HOMES ......................................................60 gal/person/day SERVICE STATIONS .................700 gal/day/service bay
HOTELS SHOPPING CENTERS ...............300 gal/day/1000 sq ft
Hot and cold .....................................350 gal/day/guest room STOCKYARDS ..........................................200 gal/day/acre
Hot only .............................................225 gal/day/guest room
TAVERNS .......................................................20 gal/day/seat
HOSPITALS
Hot and cold ...................................................250 gal/bed/day TRAILER PARKS ..................................150 gal/day/trailer
Hot only ...........................................................170 gal/bed/day
These figures are approximate and might vary. All gallon figures are U.S. gallons.
203
Performa Valve Commercial Softener
The Logix Series offers the ultimate in control for the Performa Cv valve. Simple 3-
step programming and installation makes this electronic controller the industry
leader.
• All electronic platform
• 24-hour super-capacitor backup - no battery necessary
• Remote mount kit allows programming module to be installed up to 40 feet away
• Universal controller - works on all Autotrol brand valves
• Automatic capacity calculations - no math or salt tables necessary
• 12-volt operation
• Simple, economic electronic time clock • Simple, economic electronic demand (volumetric)
(chronometric) • Calendar override 1/2 to 99-day
• 1/2- to 99-day regeneration setting • 28 day variable reserve
• Filter or conditioner setting in one control • Filter or conditioner setting in one controller
• Fully programmable cycle times • Automatic capacity calculations
• Salt setting in one pound increments (lbs/cu ft) • Fully programmable cycle times
• Operates 255, 263, 268, 278 and Magnum IT with • Salt setting in one pound increments (lbs/cu ft)
one controller • Optional no-salt detector
one controller
Performance and Specifications
Resin Capacity (grains) / lbs (kg) Single Unit Flows(1) USGPM (Cu.M / hr) Maximum Mineral Brine Single Unit Dimensions Shipping
Base Volume of salt per regeneration Continuous @ 15 psi @ 25 psi Flow to Drain Tank Size Tank Size Height Depth Width Weight
Model per Tank @ 15lb-salt / CF-resin Flow drop drop USGPM Dia. x Height Dia. x Height Single (Single)
cu.ft. ( Cu.M ) @ 10lb-salt / CF-resin Rate(2) (103 kPa) (172 kPa) (Cu.M/hr) in (mm) in (mm) in (mm) in (mm) in (mm) lb (kg)
Performa Valve Models
IXS 0212-1.0" 2 (0.06) 60,000 @ 30 lb (14) 10 22 29 4 12x52 21x36 56 23 40 181
54,000 @ 20 lb (9) (2.3) (5.0) (6.6) (0.9) (318x1321) (533x914) (1412) (579) (1010) (82)
IXS 0314-1.0" 3 (0.08) 90,000 @ 45 lb (29) 15 21 28 5 14x65 21x36 72 23 42 291
81,000 @ 30 lb (14) (3.4) (4.8) (6.4) (1.1) (356x1651) (533x914) (1831) (579) (1060) (132)
IXS 0416-1.0" 4 (0.11) 120,000 @ 60 lb (27) 20 21 28 7 16x65 21x36 72 23 43 372
108,000 @ 40 lb (18) (4.5) (4.8) (6.4) (1.6) (406x1651) (533x914) (1818) (579) (1087) (169)
IXS 0521-1.0" 5 (0.14) 150,000 @ 75 lb (34) 23 23 30 12 21x54 24x48 61 24 49 495
135,000 @ 50 lb (23) (5.2) (5.2) (6.8) (2.7) (533x1372) (610x1219) (1562) (610) (1245) (225)
204
Twin Alternating & Parallel Systems
With the introduction of the Logix controllers, your installation just got easier.
One set of controllers can be used as twin alternating or parallel with simple
programming. These units monitor water usage and regenerate each valve when
necessary.The valves are tied together using a PVC manifold system.
The ‘Logix’ to these units include:
• Adjustable backwash and fast rinse
• Adjustable salt settings and capacities
• Diagnostics for - Total water used since installation
- Average daily water usage
- Days since last regeneration
- Peak flow rate and time of day for peak
- Service intervals for better customer service

Twin Alternating and Parallel Models
IXS 0109-1.0TA 1 (0.03) 32,000 @ 15 lb (7) 5 11 14 3 9x40 21x36 56 23 40 181
24,000 @ 10 lb (5) (1.1) (3.5) (3.2) (0.7) (229x1016) (533x914) (1412) (579) (1010) (82)
IXS 0212-2.0TA 2 (0.06) 60,000 @ 30 lb (14) 10 22 29 4 12x52 21x36 56 23 40 181
54,000 @ 20 lb (9) (2.3) (5.0) (6.6) (0.9) (318x1321) (533x914) (1412) (579) (1010) (82)
IXS 0314-3.0TA 3 (0.08) 90,000 @ 45 lb (29) 15 21 28 5 14x65 21x36 72 23 42 291
81,000 @ 30 lb (14) (3.4) (4.8) (6.4) (1.1) (356x1651) (533x914) (1831) (579) (1060) (132)
IXS 0416-4.0TA 4 (0.11) 120,000 @ 60 lb (27) 20 21 28 7 16x65 21x36 72 23 43 372
108,000 @ 40 lb (18) (4.5) (4.8) (6.4) (1.6) (406x1651) (533x914) (1818) (579) (1087) (169)
IXS 0521-5.0TA 5 (0.14) 150,000 @ 75 lb (34) 23 23 30 12 21x54 24x48 61 24 49 495
135,000 @ 50 lb (23) (5.2) (5.2) (6.8) (2.7) (533x1372) (610x1219) (1562) (610) (1245) (225)
205
IXS Series Commercial Softener
Commercial softener applications demand equipment of the highest
quality and performance to provide reliable, consistent operation after
the installation and for years to come.
The IXS Series of commercial softeners incorporates effective proven
technologies such as fiberglass composite mineral tanks, lightweight
Noryl® construction automatic valves, high quality ion exchange softener
resin and dependable components throughout. A wide array of system
configurations give the IXS Series the flexibility to meet the demands of
many applications.
Features:
• Dependable GE Autotrol Performa and Magnum Cv™ Series Valves
• Internal turbine for ease of installation on Magnum
• Available with Demand Control, Calendar Clock, Electronic Time
Clock or External Inputs
• Versatile Duplex/Triplex Parallel and Alternating Operational
Configurations
• Trustworthy Fiberglass Mineral Tanks
• Reliable PVC Distribution and Brine Systems
Applications
• Car washes
• Condominiums / Apartment Complexes
• Hotels
• Manufacturing Processes
• and many more
Twin Alternating and Parallel

Systems are also available to
meet demands where continuous
soft water is required or higher
flow rates are needed.
206
Magnum Cv Valve Commercial Softener
The Logix Series offers the ultimate in control for the Magnum Cv valve. Simple 3-
step programming and installation makes this electronic controller the industry
leader.
• All electronic platform
• 24-hour super-capacitor backup - no battery necessary
• Remote mount kit allows programming module to be installed up to 40 feet away
• Universal controller - works on all Autotrol brand valves
• Automatic capacity calculations - no math or salt tables necessary
• 12-volt operation
• Simple, economic electronic time clock • Simple, economic electronic demand (volumetric)
(chronometric) • Calendar override 1/2 to 99-day
• 1/2 to 99-day regeneration setting • 28 day variable reserve
• Filter or conditioner setting in one control • Filter or conditioner setting in one controller
• Fully programmable cycle times • Automatic capacity calculations
• Salt setting in one pound increments (lbs/cu ft) • Fully programmable cycle times
• Operates 255, 263, 268, 278 and Magnum IT with • Salt setting in one pound increments (lbs/cu ft)
one controller • Optional no-salt detector
one controller
Magnum Valve Models
IXS 0314-2.0" 3 (0.08) 90,000 @ 45 lb (20) 15 33 47 5 14x65 21x36 76 23 42 309
81,000 @ 30 lb (14) (3.4) (7.5) (10.7) (1.1) (356x1651) (533x914) (1920) (579) (1060) (140)
IXS 0416-2.0" 4 (0.11) 120,000 @ 60 lb (27) 20 42 59 7 16x65 21x36 75 23 43 390
108,000 @ 40 lb (18) (4.5) (9.5) (13.4) (1.6) (406x1651) (533x914) (1908) (579) (1087) (177)
IXS 0521-2.0" 5 (0.14) 150,000 @ 75 lb (34) 25 59 80 12 21x54 24x48 65 24 49 513
135,000 @ 50 lb (23) (5.7) (13.4) (18.2) (2.7) (533x1372) (610x1219) (1661) (610) (1245) (234)
IXS 0621-2.0" 6 (0.17) 180,000 @ 90 lb (41) 30 56 76 12 21x54 24x48 65 24 49 565
162,000 @ 60 lb (27) (6.8) (12.7) (17.3) (2.7) (533x1372) (610x1219) (1661) (610) (1245) (256)
IXS 0721-2.0" 7 (0.20) 210,000 @ 105 lb (48) 35 55 73 12 21x69 24x48 81 24 49 639
189,000 @ 70 lb (32) (7.9) (12.5) (16.6) (2.7) (533x1753) (610x1219) (2047) (610) (1245) (290)
IXS 0821-2.0" 8 (0.23) 240,000 @ 120 lb (54) 40 53 69 12 21x69 24x48 81 24 49 690
216,000 @ 80 lb (36) (9.1) (12.0) (15.7) (2.7) (533x1753) (610x1219) (2047) (610) (1245) (313)
IXS 1024-2.0" 10 (0.28) 300,000 @ 150 lb (68) 50 56 72 15 24x72 30x48 83 30 58 878
270,000 @ 100 lb (45) (11.4) (12.7) (16.4) (3.4) (610x1219) (762x1219) (2118) (762) (1473) (398)
IXS 1124-2.0" 11 (0.31) 330,000 @ 165 lb (75) 55 55 70 15 24x72 30x48 83 30 58 930
297,000 @ 110 lb (50) (12.5) (12.5) (15.9) (3.4) (610x1219) (762x1219) (2118) (762) (1473) (422)
IXS 1530-2.0" 15 (0.42) 450,000 @ 225 lb (102) 63 63 83 25 30x72 36x48 89 36 70 1300
405,000 @ 150 lb (68) (14.3) (14.3) (18.9) (5.7) (762x1829) (914x1219) (2250) (914) (1778) (590)
IXS 1730-2.0" 17 (0.48) 510,000 @ 255 lb (116) 62 62 82 25 30x72 36x48 89 36 70 1404
459,000 @ 170 lb (77) (14.1) (14.1) (18.6) (5.7) (762x1829) (914x1219) (2250) (914) (1778) (637)
IXS 1936-2.0" 19 (0.54) 570,000 @ 285 lb (129) 64 64 86 35 36x72 36x48 90 37 76 1722
513,000 @ 190 lb (86) (14.5) (14.5) (19.5) (7.9) (914x1829) (914x1219) (2289) (927) (1930) (781)
IXS 2036-2.0" 20 (0.57) 600,000 @ 300 lb (136) 63 63 85 35 36x72 36x48 90 37 76 1774
540,000 @ 200 lb (91) (14.3) (14.3) (19.3) (7.9) (914x1829) (914x1219) (2289) (927) (1930) (804)
IXS 2136-2.0" 21 (0.59) 630,000 @ 315 lb (143) 62 62 84 35 36x72 42x48 90 42 82 1842
567,000 @ 210 lb (95) (14.1) (14.1) (19.1) (7.9) (914x1829) (1067x1219) (2289) (1067) (2083) (836)
Notes:
Operating Pressure: 25 - 100 psi (172 - 689 kPa) (1) The above FLOW vs PRESSURE DROP performance assumes a water temperature of
Operating Temperature: 34 - 100°F (1 - 36°C) 60°F (15.6°C) and a valve equipped with hard water bypass. Data is based on testing
Electrical: 120V / 1Ph / 60Hz with a supplied 120V / 12V Approved Class 2 Transformer done by GE Infrastructure Water & Process Technologies. Actual performance may vary
Connections: Standard - Brass 2” MNPT Inlet/Outlet and 1.5” Drain MNPT; due to operational conditions and system design.
Optional - CPVC 2” Inlet / Outlet & 1.5” Drain CPVC; (2) The continuous flow column refers to a flow of 5 usgpm/cf of resin or the flow at which a
Brass 1.5” Inlet / Outlet & 1.5” Drain MNPT 15 psi pressure drop occurs across the system, whichever comes first.
All IXS Magnum systems come standard with the 2.0" connection control valve.
Magnum Cv 1.5" is also available upon request.
207
CF Series Commercial Filter
Hotels, car washes, laundromats, apartment buildings, industry and food
producers require high quality water to meet the demands of their
customers. Water containing turbidity, iron, manganese and sulfur has a
negative impact on the ability of a business or institution to supply quality
products and services.
Commercial filter applications demand equipment of the highest quality
and performance to provide reliable, consistent operation after the instal-
lation and for years to come.
The CF Series of commercial filters have four types of standard filters to treat most water problems.
CFSD nextSand™ Filters - Petwa® sand filters are an economical filter for removing silt, turbidity, suspended
matter and rust particles within the range of 25 - 30 microns. Sand filter media beds are supported by a layered
gravel base covering the distributor for ideal service and backwash flow distribution.
CFMM Multi-Media Filters - Petwa® multi-media filters are an advanced type of filter to deal with removing silt,
turbidity, suspended matter and rust particles within the range of 15 - 20 microns. Multi-media filter media beds
are supported by a layered gravel base covering the distributor for ideal service and backwash flow distribution.
The active filtering media consists of layered garnet sands, filter sand and anthracite to provide effective filtration,
while allowing higher service flow rates with a smaller pressure drop than a conventional sand filter.The layered
medias also provide a greater holding capacity due to better depth filtration.
CFAC Activated Carbon Filters - Petwa® activated carbon filters are used for the adsorption of undesirable
tastes and odours in water caused by dissolved or suspended organic matter. Activated carbon can also be used
for the removal of chlorine.Applications include pretreatment for reverse osmosis systems and food and beverage
equipment. The activated carbon media is supported by a layered gravel base covering the distributor for ideal
service and backwash flow distribution.
CFMG Manganese Greensand Filters - Petwa® manganese greensand filters are used for the oxidation and
filtration of dissolved iron, manganese and hydrogen sulfide gas from water.This is accomplished by the use of a
continuous regeneration process, where a solution of potassium permanganate is fed upstream with a chemical
feed pump.The filter bed is also supplemented by a layer of anthracite which provides an initial coarser filtration
prior to the manganese greensand media, finally supported by a layered gravel base covering the distributor for
ideal service and backwash flow distribution.
Equipment Options: Features:

• 762F meter initiated control with turbine. • Dependable Autotrol Magnum IT Series Valves.
• 742F clock control with 0 - 99 day programming. • Fiberglass mineral tanks.
• Brass MNPT adapters or CPVC socket weld adapters. • PVC hub and lateral distributors with riser tube.
• Treated water regeneration using the Magnum™ • Layered gravel support bed.
valve auxiliary hydraulic output and Aquamatic™ • High quality filtration media.
diaphragm valves.
• Electrical micro-switch kits and breakaway external
output cams.
• Multiple tank systems.
• Chemical Pumps and solution tanks for continuous
regeneration setups of CFMG manganese greensand
filters.
208
CF Series Commercial Filter
Specifications & Performance CFSD Series Sand Filters
Filter Mineral Tank Valve Filter Media Continuous Peak Service Max. Backwash Shipping
Model Description Diameter x Height Inlet/Outlet Volume Service Flow(1) Flow(1) Flow to Drain Weight
Number inches (mm) inches (mm) cu.ft (cu.m.) USGPM (lpm) USGPM (lpm) USGPM (lpm) lbs (kgs)
CFSD14-2.0” _ _ 14” Sand Filter 14 x 65 2 2.75 4 6 12 389
Magnum 742 Logix Valve (365 x 1651) (50) (0.078) (15) (23) (45) (177)
(1)
Service flows and peak flows for sand filters are based on approximately 4 USGPM per sq.ft. and 6 USGPM per sq.ft respectively.
Specifications & Performance CFMM Series Multi-Media Filters

CFMM14-2.0” _ _ 14” Multi-Media Filter 14 x 65 2 2.75 6 12 12 273
(2)
Service flows and peak flows for multi-media filters are based on approximately 6 USGPM per sq.ft. and 12 USGPM per sq.ft respectively.
Specifications & Performance CFAC Series Activated Carbon Filters

CFAC14-2.0” _ _ 14” Activated Carbon Filter 14 x 65 2 2.75 6 9 10 183
(3)
Service flows and peak flows for activated carbon filters are based on approximately 6 USGPM per sq.ft. and 8 USGPM per sq.ft respectively.
Specifications & Performance CFMG Series Manganese Greensand Filters

Filter Mineral Tank Valve Filter Media Flow Rates(4) = Max Service Max. Backwash Shipping
Model Description Diameter x Height Inlet/Outlet Volume ppm (Fe + 2Mn) USGPM (lpm) Flow to Drain Weight
Number inches (mm) inches (mm) cu.ft (cu.m.) 0-3 3-8 8 - 15 USGPM (lpm) lbs (kgs)
CFMG14-2.0” _ _ 14” Manganese Greensand Filter 14 x 65 2 2.75 5 3 2 10 351
Magnum 742 Logix Valve (365 x 1651) (50) (0.078) (19) (11) (8) (38) (159)
(4)
Service flows and peak flows for manganese greensand filters are based on approximately 3 USGPM per sq.ft. and 5 USGPM per sq.ft respectively.
209
Pro Series Commercial Reverse Osmosis
The Petwa® PRO Series Commercial Reverse
Osmosis Systems remove up to 99% of the
total dissolved solids (TDS) in raw
commercial feedwater, producing high quality
process water for applications such as:
• Boiler Feed
• Humidification Systems
• Drinking Water
• Industrial Processes
• Food and Beverage Processing
• Spot Free Rinse
Performance Specifications
Item Number 2610 2611 2612 2613 2614 2615
Model PRO-150 PRO-300 PRO-450 PRO-600 PRO-1200 PRO-1800
Capacity (GPD) (1) 150 300 450 600 1200 1800
Maximum Operating
190
Pressure (psi)
Typical TDS Rejection > 97% > 97% > 97% > 97% > 97% > 97%
Recovery up to 50% up to 50% up to 50% up to 50% up to 50% up to 50%
Membranes 1 1 2 1 2 3
Dimensions,
32 x 14 x 20 53 x 22 x 24
H x W x D (inches)
Inlet Connection 1/2” 1/2” 1/2” 1/2” 1/2” 1/2”
Motor (HP) 1/4 1/3 1/3 1/2 3/4 3/4
Electrical (Standard) 115V/1Ph/60Hz
Shipping Weight (lbs) 50 50 55 155 163 170
(1)
The capacity denotes the system production in U.S.Gallons per Day as defined by the membrane specifications and
the feedwater conditions of 2000 ppm (of NaCl), 25ºC (77ºF), 200 psi operating pressure and outlet to atmosphere.
Feed Water Requirements

Minimum Feed Pressure (psi) 30 Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) 0.00mg/L
Maximum Feed Pressure (psi) 85 Organics Tolerance (2) 0 mg/L
Temperature Range 40 - 100°F (4 - 37°C) Oil (Hydrocarbons) Tolerance 0 mg/L
Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) < 2000 ppm Turbidity (2) < 1 NTU
Hardness < 10 Grains / USGal as CaCO3 SDI (Silt Density Index) <5
Total Iron (Fe) < 0.1 mg/L Chlorine Tolerance (2) 0 mg/L
Manganese (Mn) < 0.05 mg/L pH Range 2.0 - 11.0
(2)
Sediment and Carbon pre-filters, standard on the PRO Series must be replaced regularly to protect membranes.
These feed requirements also include that the water be potable before treatment by a PRO Series RO system.
210
Pro Series Commercial Reverse Osmosis
PRO 150, 300 and 450 System Features
• Membranes:Thin Film Composite (TFC) for maximum rejection of impurities
• Membrane Housings: PRO 150, 300 and 450 housings are stainless steel
• Process Pump: Direct coupled rotary vane pump, designed for continuous high
pressure service
• Frame: Corrosion and scratch resistant powder coated steel
• Prefilters: 5 Micron Pre-Filter - for the removal of sediment
Radial Flow Activated Carbon Pre-Filter - for the removal of chlorine
• Inlet Isolation Valve: Provides a convenient shut-off for easy pre-filter
replacement
• Inlet Low Pressure Shutoff Switch: Automatic protection for the process pump
should insufficient feed water pressure be available.
• Outlet Tank Full Shutoff Switch: System will automatically start when tank
pressure falls below 30psi and stop when pressure reaches 50 psi.
• Simple Maintenance / Inspection: PRO Series components are strategically
located on the frame for easy access and inspection.
PRO 150, 300 and 450 Optional Features

a. Stainless Steel Process Pump - replaces standard brass process pump
b. Float Switch - mechanical tank full float switch for atmospheric type storage
tanks
c. Low Energy Membranes (PRO 300 only) PRO 450 shown above
PRO 600, 1200 and 1800 System Features

• Membranes:Thin Film Composite (TFC) for maximum rejection of impurities
• Membrane Housings: PRO 600, 1200 and 1800 housings are PVC
• Process Pump: Direct coupled rotary vane pump, designed for continuous high
pressure service
• Frame: Corrosion and scratch resistant powder coated steel
• Prefilters: 5 Micron Pre-Filter - for the removal of sediment
Radial Flow Activated Carbon Pre-Filter - for the removal of chlorine
• Flow Meters: Product, Reject and Recycle stream flow meters for monitoring of
operating conditions.
• Control Box: NEMA 12X rated control box with ON/OFF switch and mode
indicator lights
• Air Purge: System automatically purges air out of process pump and membranes
before startup
• Inlet Isolation Valve: Provides a convenient shut-off for easy pre-filter
replacement
• Inlet Low Pressure Shutoff Switch: Automatic protection for the process pump
should insufficient feed water pressure be available.
• Tank Full Pressure Switch: System will automatically start when tank pressure
falls below 30psi and stop when pressure reaches 50 psi.
• Simple Maintenance / Inspection: PRO Series components are strategically
located on the frame for easy access and inspection. PRO 1800 shown above
PRO 600, 1200 and 1800 Optional Features

a. Stainless Steel Membrane Housings - replaces standard PVC membrane housings
b. Stainless Steel Process Pump - replaces standard brass process pump
c. Float Switch - mechanical tank full float switch for atmospheric type storage
tanks
d. 230V / 1 Ph / 60Hz - Optional Electrical
e.Automatic Flush - allows unit to automatically flush membranes for 1 minute
every two hours of consecutive operation.
f. Low Energy Membranes (PRO 600, 1200 and 1800)
211
Commercial TWS Series RO Storage Kits
TWS Series RO Product Water Storage Kits are to be used along with a PRO Reverse Osmosis system in a “TYPE B”
method of storing product water.
Four different kits are available and each kit comes with all the listed components.
Item # Description
15-26200 TWS 0 - includes pump, pressure tank and fittings to be used with any suitable polyethylene tank.
15-2620 TWS 150 - includes pump, pressure tank, fittings and a 150 gallon polyethylene storage tank
(25” W x 34” L x 60” H).
(29” W x 48” L x 75” H).
(48” Dia. x 90” H).
Commercial Membranes and Housings

FILMTEC Membranes
General Specifications (complete specification sheets available upon request)
Item # Model Applied Permeate Stabilized Maximum Typical
Pressure, Flow rate, Salt Feed Flow Recovery
psig (bar) gpd (m3/d) Rejection, (%) Rate, gpm (m3/h) Rate (%)
2” Elements
15-92014 TW30-2013 225 (15.5) 100 (0.4) 99.0 3 (0.7) 5
15-92003 TW30-2026 225 (15.5) 220 (0.8) 99.0 3 (0.7) 10
2.5” Elements
15-92011 TW30-2514 225 (15.5) 175 (0.66) 99.0 6 (1.4) 5
15-92007 TW30-2521 225 (15.5) 300 (1.14) 99.0 6 (1.4) 8
15-92021 TW30-2540 225 (15.5) 650 (2.46) 99.0 6 (1.4) 15
15-92038 XLE-2540 100 (6.9) 770 (2.9) 99.0 6 (1.4) 15
4” Elements
15-92013 TW30-4014 225 (15.5) 475 (1.80) 99.0 17 (3.9) 5
15-92006 TW30-4021 225 (15.5) 900 (3.41) 99.0 17 (3.9) 8
15-92012 TW30-4040 225 (15.5) 2200 (8.33) 99.0 17 (3.9) 15
15-92036 XLE-4040 100 (6.9) 2400 (9.1) 99.0 14 (3.2) 15
15-92037 BW30-4040 225 (15.5) 2200 (8.33) 99.5 16 (3.6) 15
15-92039 BW30LE-4040 150 (10.3) 2000 (7.7) 99.0 16 (3.6) 15
Membrane Housings
Item # Vessel Size Material Port Connections, EndCap Maximum Pressure
inches psig (bar)
15-92030 2514 Stainless Steel End, 1/4” PVC with U-Pin 300 (20.7)
15-92028 2540 PVC End, 1/4” PVC with U-Pin 225 (15.5)
15-92019 4040 PVC End, 1/2” PVC with U-Pin 225 (15.5)
212
AquaMatic® Diaphragm Valves
The AquaMatic Y pattern diaphragm valve, with
large seat opening and high lift disc, permits
greater flows at lower pressure loss than any
comparable valve. Positive control action is
achieved, either hydraulically or pneumatically,
without the aid of springs. And, components are
serviceable while the valve is in line.These valves
are available in both metal and thermoplastic
materials, and are ideal for fluid treatments and
handling systems.
Features and Options

• Lowest pressure loss
Y pattern permits higher flows at lower pressure
loss than any comparable valve.
• Positive control
Separate flow control chambers permit positive closing without springs; and only nominal cost for spring assist
opening for low pressure and self-draining considerations.
• Cost effective
Both initially and in lifetime maintenance.
• Extended diaphragm life

Separate chamber protects diaphragm from flow stream; allows replacement without disrupting service.
Performed, stress-relieved diaphragm minimizes fatigue, maximizes valve responsiveness and diaphragm lifetime.
• Durable
Cast iron, brass, bronze, stainless steel, and engineering thermoplastic components. Average maintenance-free
life of three to five years and longer dependent upon cycling rate and environment.
• Design/application engineering service

• Optional seal and diaphragm materials for special applications
• Handles liquids or gases
• Adaptable to a variety of control devices
• Optional adjustable flow rate control
• Optional spring assist
• Optional position indication
The diaphragm valves are available in both metal and thermoplastic materials - each with a variety of design
configurations and features that meet hundreds of fluid property and control requirements:
Standard, metal body valves • High pressure valves • Standard, plastic body valves • Solenoid operated valves
• Float operated valves • High temperature valves (Isolated bonnet) • Fail-safe close valves
213
NOTES
214
Marketing
Materials
215
Sales Literature All materials are full colour unless otherwise specified.
Mineral Tanks CF Series Commercial Filters Economy Reverse Osmosis

29-40001 29-40005 29-40016
IXS Commercial Softeners PRO Series Commercial RO Residential Water Treatment

29-40018 29-40019 29-40024
PURA UV Systems Presentation Folder (9” x 12”) 1240 Series Reverse Osmosis
29-40025 29-40027 29-40028
216
All materials are full colour unless otherwise specified. Sales Literature
Remote Water Chiller RO Designer Faucets Air Pump & Retention Tank Kit
29-40032 29-40034 29-40035
Pura UVSS Series Pura Point-of-Use Cooler

29-40037 29-40039
Petwa Poster (24” x 36”)

29-40041
Banner (48” x 24”)

Hemmed & Grommeted
29-40017
217
NOTES
218
Reference
Section
219
Conversion Factors
Multiply by To Obtain Multiply by To Obtain
Acre-feet 43,560 Cubic feet Cubic feet 28,320 Cubic centimeters
325,851 Gallons (US) 1728 Cubic inches
1233.49 Cubic meters 0.02832 Cubic meters
1,233,490 Liters 0.03704 Cubic yards
7.48052 Gallons (US)
Acre-feet/hour 726 Cubic feet/Minute 28.32 Liters
5430.86 Gallons/Minute 59.84 Pints (liq. US)
29.92 Quarts (liq. US)
Atmospheres 76.0 Cms of Hg at 32°F 2.296 X 10-5 Acre feet
29.921 Inches of Hg at 32°F 0.803564 Bushels
33.94 Feet of water at 62°F
10,333 Kgs/Square meter Cubic feet of water 62.4266 Pounds at 39.2°F
14.6963 Pounds/Square inch 62.3554 Pounds at 62°F
1.058 Tons/Square foot
1013.15 Millibars Cubic feet/minute 472 Cubic centimeters/sec
235.1408 Ounces/Square inch 0.1247 Gallons (US)/second
0.472 Liters/second
Barrels of oil 42 Gallons of oil (US) 62.36 Pounds water/min at 62°F
7.4805 Gallons (US)/minute
Boiler horse power 33,479 BTU/hour 10,772 Gallons/24 hours
9.803 Kilowatts 0.033058 Acre feet/24 hours
34.5 Pounds of water
Evaporated/hr. at 212°F Cubic inches 16.387 Cubic centimeters
0.0005787 Cubic feet
BTU 252.016 Calories (gm) 1.639 X 10-5 Cubic meters
0.252 Calories (Kg) 2.143 X 10-5 Cubic yards
777.54 Foot pounds 0.004329 Gallons (US)
0.0003927 Horse power hours 0.01639 Liters
1054.2 Joules 0.03463 Pints (liq. US)
107.5 Kilogram meters 0.01732 Quarts (liq. US)
0.0002928 Kilowatt hours
Cubic meters 106 Cubic centimeters
Centimeters 0.3937 Inches 35.31 Cubic feet
0.032808 Feet 61,023 Cubic inches
0.01 Meters 1.308 Cubic yards
10 Millimeters 264.2 Gallons (US)
1000 Liters
Centimeters of Hg at 32°F 2113 Pints (liq. US)
0.01316 Atmospheres 1057 Quarts (liq. US)
0.4461 Feet of water at 62°F
136 Kgs/Square meter Cubic yards 764,600 Cubic centimeters
27.85 Pounds/Square foot 27 Cubic feet
0.1934 Pounds/Square inch 46,656 Cubic inches
0.7646 Cubic meters
Cubic centimeters 3.531 X 10-5 Cubic feet 202 Gallons (US)
0.06102 Cubic inches 764.6 Liters
10-6 Cubic meters 1616 Pints (liq. US)
1.308 X 10-6 Cubic yards 807.9 Quarts (liq. US)
0.0002642 Gallons (US)
0.001 Liters Degrees F [less 32] 0.5556 Degrees C
0.002113 Pints (liq. US)
0.001057 Quarts (liq. US) Degrees C 1.8 [plus 32] Degrees F
0.0391 Ounces (fluid) 1 [plus 273] Degrees C above
absolute 0
220
Conversion Factors
Feet 30.48 Centimeters Inches of water at 62°F 0.002455 Atmospheres
12 Inches 25.37 Kilograms/square meter
0.3048 Meters 0.5771 Ounces/square inch
1/3 Yards 5.1963 Pounds/square foot
0.06061 Rods 0.03609 Pounds/square inch
0.07347 Inches of Hg at 32°F
Feet of water at 62°F 0.029465 Atmospheres
0.88162 Inches of Hg at 32°F Kilograms 980,665 Dynes
62.3554 Pounds/square foot 2.205 Pounds
0.43302 Pounds/square inch 0.001102 Tons (short)
304.44 Kilogram/sq meter 1000 Grams
35.274 Ounces (avoir)
Gallons (Imperial) 277.42 Cubic inches 32.1507 Ounces (troy)
4.543 Liters
1.20095 Gallons (US) Kilograms/cubic meter 0.06243 Pounds/cubic foot
Gallons (US) 3785 Cubic centimeters Kilograms/sq centimeter 14.223 Pounds/sq inch
0.13368 Cubic feet 1 Meter atmosphere
231 Cubic inches
0.003785 Cubic meters Kilograms/sq meter 9.678 X 10-5 Atmospheres
0.004951 Cubic yards 0.003285 Feet of water at 62°F
3.785 Liters 0.002896 Inches of Hg at 32°F
8 Pints (liq. US) 0.2048 Pounds/square foot
4 Quarts (liq. US) 0.001422 Pounds/square inch
0.83267 Gallons (Imperial) 0.007356 Centimeters of Hg at 32°F
3.069 X 10-6 Acre feet
Kilometers 100,000 Centimeters
Gallon (US) of water 1000 Meters
at 62°F 8.3357 Pounds of water 3281 Feet
0.6214 Miles
Gallons (US)/minute 0.002228 Cubic feet/second 1094 Yards
0.13368 Cubic feet/minute
8.0208 Cubic feet/hour Liters 1000 Cubic centimeters
0.06309 Liters/second 0.03531 Cubic feet
3.78533 Liters/minute 61.02 Cubic inches
0.0044192 Acre feet/24 hours 0.001 Cubic meters
0.001308 Cubic yards
Grains/gallon (US) 17.118 Parts/million 0.2642 Gallons (US)
0.22 Gallons (Imp)
Grams 980.7 Dynes 2.113 Pints (liq. US)
15.43 Grains 1.057 Quarts (liq. US)
0.001 Kilograms 8.107 X 10-7 Acre feet
1000 Milligrams 2.2018 Pounds of water at 62°F
0.03527 Ounces (avoir)
0.03215 Ounces (troy) Liters/minute 0.0005886 Cubic feet/second
0.002205 Pounds 0.004403 Gallons (US)/second
0.26418 Gallons (US)/minute
Horse power.hours 2,544 BTU
(boiler) 0.7457 Kilowatts.hour Meters 100 Centimeters
66.64 Pounds of water 3.281 Feet
evaporated/hr. at 212°F 39.37 Inches
1.094 Yards
Inches 2.54 Centimeters 0.001 Kilometers
0.08333 Feet 1000 Millimeters
1000 Mils
12 Lines
72 Points
221
Conversion Factors
-6
Microns 10 Meters Pounds 16 Ounces
0.001 Millimeters 256 Drams
0.03937 Mils 7000 Grains
0.0005 Tons (short)
Miles 160,934 Centimeters 453.5924 Grams
5280 Feet 1.21528 Pounds (troy)
63,360 Inches 14.5833 Ounces (troy)
1,609 Kilometers
1760 Yards Pounds of water at 62°F 0.01604 Cubic feet
80 Chains 27.72 Cubic inches
320 Rods 0.120 Gallons (US)
0.8684 Nautical Miles
Pounds/square inch 0.068044 Atmospheres
Millibars 0.000987 Atmosphere 2.30934 Feet of water at 62°F
2.0630 Inches of Hg at 32°F
Milligrams 0.001 Grams 703.067 Kilograms/square meter
0.01543 Grains 27.912 Inches of water at 62°F
Milligrams/liter 1 Parts/million Quarts (liq. US) 2 Pints (liq. US)

0.9463 Liters
Millimeters 0.1 Centimeters 32 Ounces (fluid)
0.03937 Inches 57.75 Cubic inches
39.37 Mils 946.3 Cubic centimeters
1000 Microns
Tons of water/24 hours
Ounces (fluid) 1.805 Cubic inches at 62°F 83.33 Pounds of water/hour
0.02957 Liters 0.16510 Gallons (US)/minute
29.57 Cubic centimeters 1.3263 Cubic feet/hour
0.25 Gills
Yards 91.44 Centimeters
Parts/million 0.0584 Grains/gallon (US) 3 Feet
0.07016 Grains/gallon (Imp) 36 Inches
8.345 Pounds/million gal (US) 0.9144 Meters
0.1818 Rods
Pints (liq. US) 4 Gills
16 Ounces (fluid)
0.5 Quarts (liq. US)
28.875 Cubic inches
473.1 Cubic centimeters
222
Water Conditioning Glossary
Absorption - The process in which one substance is taken Bacteria - Unicellular micro-organisms which typically
into the body of another substance, termed the absorbent. reproduce by cell division.Although usually classed as plants,
An example is the absorption of water into soil. bacteria contain no chlorophyll.
Acid - A substance which releases hydrogen ions when Bacteriostatic - A feature of a carbon filter that is
dissolved in water. Most acids will dissolve the common supposed to inhibit the growth of bacteria within the filter -
metals and will react with a base to form a neutral salt and usually by the addition of silver.
water.
Base - A substance which released hydroxyl ions when
Activated Carbon - A granular material usually produced dissolved in water. Bases react with acids to form a neutral
by the roasting of cellulose base substances, such as wood salt and water.
or coconut shells, in the absence of air. It has a very porous
structure and is used in water conditioning as an adsorbent Bed - The ion exchange or filter media in a column or
of organic matter and certain dissolved gases. Sometimes other tank or operational vessel.
called “activated charcoal.”
Bed Depth - The height of the ion exchange or filter media
Adsorption - The process in which matter adheres to the in the vessel after preparation for service.
surface of the adsorbent.
Boiling Point - The temperature at which a substance will
Aeration - The process in which air is brought into change from a liquid state to a gaseous or vapor state.
intimate contact with water, often by spraying water through
air or by bubbling air through water.Aeration may be used Brackish Water - Water containing between 1000 and
to add oxygen to the water for oxidation of matter such as 1500 mg/l of dissolved solids is generally considered to be
iron or to cause the release of dissolved gases such as brackish.
carbon dioxide or hydrogen sulfide from the water.
Brine (R.O.) - Same as reject water. One of two streams
Alkalinity - The quantitative capacity of a water or water of fluids generated by a reverse osmosis unit. It contains the
solution to neutralize an acid. It is usually measured by impurities removed from the feed water.
titration with a standard acid solution of sulfuric acid and
expressed in terms of its calcium carbonate equivalent. Brine (Softening) - A strong solution of salt(s), such as
sodium chloride, and water used in the regeneration of ion
Anion - A negatively charged ion in solution such as exchange water softeners but also applied to the mixed
bicarbonate, chloride or sulfate. sodium, calcium and magnesium chloride waste solution
from regeneration.
Anion Exchange - An ion exchange process in which
anions in solution are exchanged for other anions from an Calcium (Ca) - One of the principal elements making up
ion exchanger. In demineralization, for example, bicarbonate, the earth’s crust, the compounds of which when dissolved,
chloride and sulfate anions are removed from solution in make the water hard.The presence of calcium in water is a
exchange for a chemically equivalent number of hydroxide factor contributing to the formation of scale and insoluble
anions from the anion exchange resin. soap curds which are a means of clearly identifying hard
water.
Aquifer - A layer or zone below the surface of the earth
which is capable of yielding a significant volume of water. Calcium Hypochlorite (CaCl2O2) - A chemical
compound used as a bleach and a source of chlorine water
Atom - The smallest particle of an element that can exist treatment; specifically useful because it is stable as a dry
either alone or in combination with smaller particles of the powder and can be formed into tablets.
same element or of a different element.
Capacity - An expression of the quantity of an undesirable
Attrition - The process in which solids are worn down or material which can be removed by a water conditioner
ground down by friction, often between particles of the between servicing of the media (i.e. cleaning, regeneration or
same material. Filter media and ion exchange materials are replacement) as determined under standard test conditions.
subject to attrition during backwashing, regeneration and For ion exchange water softeners, the capacity is expressed
service. in grains of hardness removal between successive regenera-
tions and is related to the pounds of salt used in regenera-
Backwash - The process in which beds of filter or ion tion. For filters, the capacity may be expressed in the length
exchange media are subjected to flow opposite to service of time or total gallons delivered between servicing.
flow direction to loosen the bed and to flush suspended
matter collected during the service run to waste. Caustic Soda (NaOH) - The common name for sodium
hydroxide.
223
Cation - An ion with a positive electrical charge, such as Conductivity - The quality or power to carry electrical
calcium, magnesium and sodium. current. In water, the conductivity is related to the concen-
tration of ions capable of carrying electrical current.
Cation Exchange - Ion exchange process in which cations
in solution are exchanged for other cations from an ion Contact Time - The length of time water is in direct
exchanger. contact with activated carbon (R.O.) or chlorine (chlorina-
tion system.) This is a major factor in determining how
Cellulose Acetate (CA) and Cellulose Triacetate effectively impurities will be removed.
(CTA) - A family of synthetic materials based on cellulose
used to make reverse osmosis membranes.While CTA is Corrosion - The destructive disintegration of a metal by
superior to CA, under adverse water conditions both are electrochemical means.
effective in removing a wide spectrum of impurities from
water.The disadvantage of cellulose-type membranes is that Cycle Time - The amount of time in seconds elapsed
they are subject to bacterial attack, particularly in unchlori- between pump start and pump shut-down.
nated water supplies. CTA has superior bacterial resistance.
Dechlorination - The removal of excess chlorine residual,
Channeling - The flow of water or other solution in a often after super-chlorination.
limited number of passages in a filter or ion exchange bed
instead of distributed flow through all passages in the bed. Deionization (DI) - The removal of all ionized minerals
and salts (both organic and inorganic) from a solution by a
Chloramines - Chemical complexes formed from the two-phase ion exchange procedure. First, positively charged
reaction between ammonia and chlorine.They are presently ions are exchanged for a chemically equivalent amount of
being used to disinfect municipal water supplies because, hydrogen ions. Second, negatively charged ions are removed
unlike chlorine, they do not combine with organics in the by an ion exchange resin for a chemically equivalent amount
water to form potentially dangerous carcinogens such as tri- of hydrogen ions.The hydrogen and hydroxide ions
halomethanes (THMs). Chloramines can exist in three introduced in this process unite to form water molecules.
forms, the proportions of which depend on the physical and The term is often used interchangeably with demineraliza-
chemical properties of the water.Water containing tion.
chloramines may not be used for fish or kidney dialysis
equipment. Disinfection - A process in which pathogenic, disease
producing bacteria are killed. May involve disinfecting agents
Chlorides (CI) - an ion which forms acids when combined such as chlorine or physical processes such as heating.
with hydrogen and salts when combined with metal ions.
Chlorides can be corrosive and impart a salty taste to Dissolved Solids - The weight of matter in true solution in
water. a stated volume of water. Includes both inorganic and
Chlorine (CI2) - A gas widely used in the disinfection of organic matter and is usually determined by weighing the
water and an oxidizing agent for organic matter, iron, etc. residue after evaporation of the water at 105°F or 180°C.
Coagulant - A material, such as alum, which will form a Distillation - The process in which a liquid, such as water, is
gelatinous precipitate in water and cause the agglomeration converted into its vapor state by heating and the vapor
of finely divided particles into larger particles which can cooled and condensed to the liquid state and collected.
then be removed by settling and/or filtration. Used to remove solids and other impurities from water.
Multiple distillations are required for extreme purity.
Colloid - Very finely divided solid particles which will not
settle out of a solution; intermediate between a true DNA - Deoxyribonucleic acid constituting the genetic
dissolved particle and a suspended solid which will settle material of the chromosome in a cell, responsible for repro-
out of solution.The removal of colloidal particles usually ductive characteristics.
requires coagulation to form larger particles which may be
Drawdown - The amount of water delivered by the storage
removed by sedimentation and/or filtration.
tank between pump shut-down and pump start.
Compensated Hardness - A calculated value based on
E-Coli (Escherichia Coli) - One of the members of the
the total hardness - the magnesium to calcium ratio and the
coliform group of bacteria indicating fecal contamination.
sodium concentration of a water. It is used to correct for
the reductions in hardness removal capacity caused by these Effluent - The stream emerging from a unit, system or
factors in cation exchange water softeners. No single process such as the softened water from an ion exchange
method of calculation has been widely accepted. softener.
224
Exhaustion - The state of an ion exchange material in
which it is no longer capable of effective function due to the Hardness - A characteristic of natural water due to the
depletion of the initial supply of exchangeable ions.The presence of dissolved calcium and magnesium.Water
exhaustion point may be defined in terms of a limiting con- hardness is responsible for most scale formation in pipes
centration of matter in the effluent or, in the case of dem- and water heaters and forms insoluble “curd” when it reacts
ineralization, in terms of electrical conductivity. with soaps. Hardness is usually expressed in grains per
gallon (gpg), parts per million (ppm) or milligrams per liter
Fecal - Matter containing or derived from animal or human (mg/l), all as calcium carbonate equivalent.
waste.
Hard Water - Water with a total hardness of 1 gpg or
Feed Pressure - The pressure at which water is supplied more as calcium carbonate equivalent.
to the R.O. module.
Hydrologic Cycle - The natural water cycle, including pre-
Feed Water - A term which refers to the water supply cipitation of water from the atmosphere as rain or snow,
that is put into a water treatment system for processing flow of water over or through the earth and evaporation or
(removal of impurities.) transpiration to water vapor in the atmosphere.
Flocculation - The agglomeration of finely divided Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) - A gas characterized by an
suspended solids into larger, usually gelatinous, particles.The offensive odor, commonly referred to as “rotten egg” odor.
development of a ‘floc’ after treatment with a coagulant by Flammable and poisonous in high concentrations, corrosive
gentle stirring or mixing. to most metals and can even tarnish silver. Detectable by
most people in concentrations as low as 0.5 ppm.
Flow Control - A device designed to limit the flow of
water or regenerant to a predetermined value over a broad Hydrocharger - Trade name of a particular type of air
range of inlet water pressures. induction or injector valve.
Flow Rate - The quantity of water or regenerant which Hydrolysis - The chemical degradation of an R.O.
passes a given point in a specified unit of time, often membrane in water due to certain conditions such as high
expressed in gallons per minute. pH. Cellulose based membranes are quite susceptible to
hydrolysis while the TFC type are virtually immune.
Flux - The flow rate of water through reverse osmosis
membranes, per square foot of surface. Influent - The stream entering a unit, stream or process,
such as the hard water entering an ion exchange water
Fouling - The process in which undesirable foreign matter softener.
accumulates in a bed of filter media or ion exchanger,
clogging pores and coating surfaces and thus inhibiting or Ion - An atom, or group of atoms, which function as a unit
retarding the proper operation of the bed. and have a positive or negative electrical charge due to the
gain or loss of one or more electrons.
Freeboard - The vertical distance between a bed of filter
media or ion exchange material and the overflow or Ion Exchange - A reversible process in which ions are
collector for backwash water.The height above the bed of released from an insoluble permanent material in exchange
granular media available for bed expansion during for other ions in a surrounding solution; the direction of the
backwashing. May be expressed either as a linear distance or exchange depends upon the affinities of the ion exchanger
a percentage of bed depth. for the ions present and the concentrations of the ions in
the solution.
Grain (gr) - A unit of weight equal to 1/7000 of a pound
or 0.0648 gram. Iron (Fe) - An element often found dissolved in ground
water (in the form of ferrous iron) in concentrations usually
Grain per Gallon (gpg) - A common basis for reporting ranging from 0-10 ppm (mg/l). It is objectionable in water
water analysis in the United States and Canada. One grain supplies because of the staining caused after oxidation and
per U.S. gallon equals 17.12 milligrams per liter (mg/l) or precipitation (as ferric hydroxide); because of the tastes; and
because of unsightly colors produced when iron reacts with
parts per million (ppm). One grain per British (Imperial)
tannins in beverages such as coffee and tea.
gallon equals 14.3 mg/l or ppm.
Iron Bacteria - Organisms which are capable of utilizing
Greensand - A natural mineral, primarily composed of ferrous iron, either from the water or from steel pipe in
complex silicates, which can be coated with manganese their metabolism and precipitating ferric hydroxide in their
oxide to form a catalytic absorptive surface.This surface is sheaths and gelatinous deposits.These organisms tend to
used to attract ferrous iron and manganese as well as to collect in pipelines and tanks during periods of low flow and
absorb dissolved oxygen which is used to oxidize iron, to break loose in slugs of turbid water to create staining,
manganese or hydrogen sulfide. taste and odor problems.
225
Magnesium (Mg) - One of the elements making up the the so-called inorganic form of minerals. In excess, they
earth’s crust, the compounds of which, when dissolved in cause water to have a disagreeable taste. Some are harmful
water, make the water hard.The presence of magnesium in to human health.
water is a factor contributing to the formation of scale and
insoluble soap curds. Molecular Weight - The sum of the atomic weights of the
individual atoms (from a periodic chart) that make up a
Manganese (Mn) - An element sometimes found dissolved molecule of a particular substance (e.g. H2O1 H=1
in ground water, usually with dissolved iron but in lower atomic weight, 0=16 atomic weight, therefore, molecular
concentrations. Causes black stains and other problems weight = 2 + 16 = 18.) Cellulose based membranes can
similar to iron. remove substances as light as MW of 300, while TFC type
membranes remove substances as light as MW of 200.
Manganese Greensand - Greensand which has been
processed to incorporate in its pores and on its surface the Nanometer - A measure of a wavelength in the electro-
higher oxides of manganese.The product has a mild magnetic spectrum. One nanometer equals 109 meter.
oxidizing power and is often used in the oxidation and pre-
cipitation of iron, manganese and/or hydrogen sulfide and Neutralization - In general, the addition of either an acid
their removal from water. or a base to a solution as required to produce a neutral
solution.The use of alkaline or basic materials to neutralize
Mechanical Filtration - The process of removing the acidity of some waters is common practice in water
suspended particles from water by a straining action.The conditioning.
finest mechanical filters can remove bacteria as small as .2
microns. Organic Iron - A ferrous iron molecule which is enveloped
in an organically complex molecule that resists oxidation.
Media - The selected materials in a filter that form the May be present in water that contains a great deal of
barrier to the passage of certain suspended solids or
colored colloidal turbidity.
dissolved minerals. (Singular of media is medium).
Milligrams per Liter (mg/l) - A unit concentration of Organics - Any of the compounds whose chemical
matter used in reporting the results of water and structure is based on carbon (e.g. carbon dioxide, wood,
wastewater analysis. In dilute water solutions, it is practically sugar, protein, plastics, methane,THM,TCE, etc.)
equal to parts per million but varies from the ppm in con-
centrated solutions such as brine.As most analysis are Osmosis - A process of diffusion of a solvent, such as water
performed on measured volumes of water, the mg/l is a through a semipermeable membrane, which will transmit the
more accurate expression of the concentration and is the solvent but impede most dissolved substances.The normal
preferred unit of measure. flow of solvent is from the dilute solution to the concentrat-
ed solution. (See Reverse Osmosis.)
Micron - A linear measure equal to one millionth of a
meter or .00003937 inch.The symbol for the micron is the Osmotic Pressure - The pressure created by the tendency
Greek letter ‘m’. of water to flow in osmosis. Every 100 ppm of TDS
generates about 1 pound per square inch (psi) of osmotic
Micron Rating - The term applied to a filter or filter pressure.This osmotic pressure must first be overcome by
medium to indicate the particle size above which all the water pressure for the reverse osmosis membrane to
suspended solids will be removed throughout the rated be effective.
capacity.As used in industry standards, this is an “absolute”
not “nominal” rating. (Refer to S-200, Recommended Oxidation - A chemical process in which electrons are
Industry Standards for Household & Commercial Water removed from an atom, ion or compound.The addition of
Filters.) oxygen is a specific form of oxidation. Combustion is an
extremely rapid form of oxidation while the rusting of iron
Mineral - A term applied to inorganic substances such as is a slow form.
rocks and similar matter found in the earth strata as
opposed to organic substances such as plant and animal Oxidizing Agents - Any substance that oxidizes another
matter. Minerals normally have definite chemical composition substance and is itself reduced in the process. Common
and crystal structure.The term is also applied to matter
examples include: oxygen, chlorine, potassium permanganate,
derived from minerals such as the inorganic ions found in
hydrogen peroxide, iodine and ozone.
water.The term has been incorrectly applied to ion
exchangers, even though most of the modern materials are
organic ion exchange resins. Ozone (O3) - An unstable form of oxygen occurring
naturally in the upper atmosphere or artificially produced
Mineral Salts - The form in which minerals from dissolved because of its strong oxidizing or disinfection characteristics.
solids exist in water. Same as Total Dissolved Solids.This is
226
Particle Size - As used in industry standards, the size of a by the cycle time (seconds) and multiplying the result by 60
particle suspended in water as determined by its smallest (seconds.)
dimension, usually expressed in microns.
Quartz - A high grade of glass made using quartz sand.
Parts per Million (ppm) - A common basis for reporting Raw Water - Untreated water or any water before it
the results of water and waste water analysis, indicating the reaches a specific water treatment device or process.
number of parts by weight of water or other solvent. In
dilute water solutions, on part per million is practically equal Recovery - The amount of product water as compared
to one milligram per liter, which is the preferred unit. 17.12 with the total amount of feed water.This will give a measure
ppm equals one grain per U.S. gallon. of the efficiency of operation. For example, starting with 10
gallons of feed water, if 6 gallons is product water and 4
Pathogen - An organism which may cause disease. gallons reject water, the recovery is 60%.
PCB - Polychlorinated Biphenyls - A highly toxic Regenerant - A solution of a chemical used to restore the
organic contaminant found in water supplies which is capacity of an ion exchange or oxidation system.
suspected of causing cancer in humans.
Regeneration - In general, includes the backwash, brine
pH - or the potential of hydrogen ion activity or concentra- and fresh water rinse steps necessary to prepare a water
tion. pH is a measure of the intensity of the acidity or softener exchange bed for service after exhaustion.
alkalinity of water on a scale from 0 to 14, with 7 being Specifically, the term may be applied to the “brine” step in
neutral.When acidity is increased, the hydrogen ion concen- which the sodium chloride solution is passed through the
tration increases, resulting in a lower pH value. Similarly, exchanger bed.The term may also be used for similar
when alkalinity is increased, the hydrogen ion concentration operations relating to demineralizers and certain filters.
decreases, resulting in higher pH.The pH value is an
Rejection - The percentage of TDS removed from the feed
exponential function so that pH is 10 times as alkaline as pH
water.Typically greater than 90% rejection is achieved with
9 and 100 times as alkaline as pH 8. Similarly, a pH 4 is 100
reverse osmosis.
times as acid as pH 6 and 1000 times as acid as pH 7.
Reject Water (same as Brine) - That portion of the feed
Potassium Chloride (KCI) - a compound consisting of water that does not pass through the R.O. membrane and
potassium and chloride, becoming increasingly popular as a which carries the remaining impurities to the drain.
substitute for sodium chloride in regenerating water
softeners. Residual Chlorine - Chlorine remaining in a treated water
after a specified period of contact time to provide
Potassium Permanganate (KMnO4) - A powerful protection throughout a distribution system.The difference
oxidizing agent consisting of dark purple crystals with blue between the total chlorine added and that consumed by
metallic sheen. Explosive in contact with sulfuric acid or oxidizable matter.
hydrogen peroxide. Increases flammability of combustible
materials. Used to renew the black manganese oxide coating Resin - Synthetic organic ion exchange material such as the
on greensand media. high capacity cation exchange resin widely used in water
softeners.
Precipitate - To cause a dissolved substance to form a
solid particle which can be removed by settling or filtering Reverse Osmosis (R.O.) - A process that reverses, by the
such as in the removal of dissolved iron by oxidation, precip- application of pressure, the flow of water in the natural
itation and filtration.The term is also used to refer to the process of osmosis so that the water passes from the more
solid formed and the condensation of water in the concentrated to the more dilute solution through a semi-
atmosphere to form rain or snow. permeable membrane.
Pre-treatment - Whatever alterations of the raw feed Sediment - The sum of particles of dirt, clay, silt and
water are required to prevent damage to the reverse vegetation which float or are suspended in water and can be
osmosis membrane. removed by mechanical filtration. See Turbidity.
Product Water - The pure water that has been separated Semi-permeable - A term which applies to special
from the feed water stream by the reverse osmosis materials, both natural and synthetic, which allow certain
membrane. substances such as water to pass through (to permeate)
while blocking or rejecting the passage of other substances
Pumping Rate - The amount of actual water that can be such as dissolved solids and organics.
drawn from a pressure system expressed in gallons per
minute (gpm) obtained by dividing the drawdown (gallons)
227
Service (Peak) Flow Rate - The greatest amount of Toxic Metals - Elemental metals that find their way into
water (expressed in gallons per minute) that a particular water supplies from natural and industrial sources and
filter can effectively process based on short pump runs of which are detrimental to human health (e.g. lead, cadmium,
less than 10 to 15 minutes maximum. mercury, arsenic.)
Sequester - A chemical reaction in which certain ions are Toxic Organics - Carbon-based chemicals which are
bound into a stable, water soluble compound, thus frequently found in our water supplies and are harmful to
preventing undesirable action by the ions. human health.They are usually from agricultural and
industrial effluents and hazardous waste dumps (e.g.TCE,
Soap - One of a class of chemical compounds which PCB, DCBP, pesticides, etc.)
possesses cleaning properties, formed by the reaction of a
fatty acid with a base of alkali. Sodium and potassium soaps Turbidity - Suspended biological, inorganic and organic
are soluble and useful but can be converted to insoluble particles in water which may be in sufficient amount to
calcium and magnesium soaps (curd) by the presence of make the water seem cloudy (see Sediment.)
these hardness ions in water.
Virus - The smallest form of life known to be capable of
Soda Ash (CNa2O3) - The common name for sodium producing disease or infection, usually considered to be of
carbonate, a chemical compound used as an alkaline builder large molecular size.They multiply by assembly of
in some soap and detergent formulations to neutralize acid component fragments in living cells, rather than by cell
water and in the lime soda ash water conditioning process. division as do most bacteria.
Total Hardness - The sum of all hardness constituents in a Volatile Organic Chemical (VOC) - Chemicals or
water, expressed as their equivalent concentration of compounds with boiling points below 212°F, facilitating their
calcium carbonate. Primarily due to calcium and magnesium evaporation before water.
in solution but may include small amounts of metals, such as
iron, which can act like calcium and magnesium in certain Water Softening - The removal of calcium and
reactions (see Hardness.) magnesium, the ions which are the principal cause of
hardness, from water.
Toxic - Having an adverse physiological effect on man.
228

Petwa Softeners Catalogue PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Petwa Softeners Catalogue PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Petwa Catalogue Cover May10.

qxp 5/26/2010 9:34 AM Page 1

Water Treatment Solutions

Welcome to Petwa® ....................................................................................................................................................2

Team Directory ............................................................................................................................................................3

Terms & Conditions of Sale and Guarantee ........................................................................................................4

Water Softener Sizing ................................................................................................................................................8

Residential Water Softeners......................................................................................................................................9

Residential Water Filters ........................................................................................................................................19

Drinking Water Systems ........................................................................................................................................63

Ultraviolet Disinfection Systems............................................................................................................................81

Point-of-Use Filtration Products............................................................................................................................87

Miscellaneous Filter Systems & Cartridges ......................................................................................................155

Testing Equipment & Reagents ..........................................................................................................................165

Chemical Feed Pumps, Applications & Accessories ........................................................................................169

Commercial Products ............................................................................................................................................199

Sales & Marketing ..................................................................................................................................................215

Reference Section ..................................................................................................................................................219

Contact our Order Desk Toll Free at

We look forward to being of service to your company.

Eastern Canada Office

Western Canada Office

Contact our Order Desk Toll Free at

Toll Free Fax

ORDERS: Minimum order accepted is $25.00 net, exclusive of freight.

FIVE YEAR COMPLETE PARTS GUARANTEE

Questionnaire/Report Report No. __________________________

CUSTOMER DEALER DISTRIBUTOR

_______________________________________ _______________________________________ _______________________________________

_______________________________________ _______________________________________ _______________________________________

_______________________________________ _______________________________________ _______________________________________

_______________________________________ _______________________________________ _______________________________________

Bacterial analysis must be performed by your local health department.

F. Total Dissolved Solids (TDS)

Recommended by ____________________________________ Date ______________________________

1.To determine the size of the water conditioner to be

The Calendar Clock Series

Water Softener Performance and Specifications

The Demand Series

Logix Series - 760 Demand Logix Series - 762 Demand

Water Softener Performance and Specifications

The 400 Series

400 Series - 440i Time Clock 400 Series - 460i Demand

Water Softener Performance and Specifications

742 Time Clock 762 Demand

Water Softener Performance and Specifications

The Performa Valve is a full 1” ported valve. It offers

440i Timer Control 460i Demand Control

400 Series - 440i Time Clock 400 Series - 460i Demand

Water Softener Performance and Specifications

Tannin units use a specialty formulated anion resin to

Water Filter Performance and Specifications

CL Series WS1 Softeners CL Series WS1CS Softeners CL Series WS1TC Softeners

• Full manufacturers guarantee

Water Softener Performance and Specifications

These water filters use a variety of filtering medias such as FilterAg™,

Adapters available in:

Sample Tube Adapters

Water Filter Performance and Specifications

Manganese Greensand Plus Iron Filters

Chemical Free Iron Filters

The Chemical Free Iron

Note: Potassium Permanganate Feeder available with Air Pump and

___________________ _ _____________________

___________________ _ _____________________

___________________ _ _____________________

___________________ _ _____________________

Recommended by ______ Date